A Schema for practicing with an Encoding Model for Genetic Editions

[Page]

About this Document

This document describes a draft encoding model for Genetic Editions and Genetic Editing. The document is the product of a Workgroup on Genetic Editions (chair: Fotis Jannidis), which is part of the TEI MS SIG (chairs: Elena Pierazzo, Malte Rehbein, Amanda Galley).

The workgroup's goal was to develop an Application Profile for the encoding of genetic editions and, in general, genetic phenomena. It is expressed as a TEI P5 conformant customization, integrating material from the existing TEI Guidelines, chiefly Chapter 11. Representation of Primary Sources and Chapter 12. Critical Apparatus, together with additional new material. It may eventually, at the end of the process described in the following section, constitute a free-standing new chapter of the Guidelines or remain a set of recommendations for how to customize the Guidelines, but that is a decision for the TEI Council.

The document reflects discussions held at a number of different meetings:

The document was subsequently extensively revised by Elena Pierazzo and Lou Burnard, for presentation at a panel held at the Annual TEI Members Meeting in November 2009; at a Genetic Edition workgroup held in Oxford (February 2010); at a Genetic Edition workgroup held in Würzburg (March 2010); and finally in Oxford in April of the same year for presentation to the TEI Council meeting in Dublin.

The work group was initially inspired by HMNL, the ‘HyperNietzsche Markup Language’ and following versions (GML Genetic Markup Language) produced by Paolo D'Iorio and colleagues from the HyperNietzsche project. We would like to thank Paolo D'Iorio for his invaluable contribution in the early stages of the work.

Major contributors to this document, in addition to those already cited, include Gregor Middel and Moritz Wissenbach, from the Faustprojekt at the University of Wuerzburg.

Work Plan

The planned evolution of this document and the encoding model it describes may be summarized as follows:

This draft document is publicly available for discussion and feedback from the community. The document source is maintained in the TEI subversion repository at http://tei.svn.sourceforge.net/viewvc/tei/trunk/genetic/ ; background information about the development of the proposals and associated materials, is hosted on the TEI Wiki at http://wiki.tei-c.org/index.php/Category:Genetic_Editions .

Conventions used

Although the entire document is a draft and therefore susceptible of changes, some sections are less stable than others. In particular, when a section or a particular element requires further discussion or is considered an open problem, such a section or element is marked by a * mark.

As required for TEI conformance, non-TEI elements are defined in a distinct non-TEI namespace. In the usage examples and throughout this document that namespace is mapped to the prefix ge:, while TEI elements are not marked by any namespace prefix.

1 Theoretical Framework

The genetic approach differs from other approaches to the study of texts because it aims not only to identify ‘what is on the page’, but also to reconstruct the process necessary to produce ‘what is on the page’.

The encoding model for Genetic Editing must therefore handle:- A Genetic Edition may be prepared by producing a full transcription of all extant witnesses, or by combining a full transcription of only one document (a base-text) with information derived from other witnesses by means of automatic collation.

Because our model aims to be independent of presuppositions associated with any particular theoretical framework, we begin by reviewing some typical dichotomies in editorial theory.

1.1 Fact vs. Interpretation

In German editorial theory there is a well known opposition between what is there in the source document, the record (Befund), and the interpretation of this phenomenon (Deutung). This opposition implies that there is a way to talk about the record without any interpretation. Yet at some possibly simplistic level, everything we say about a text is based on interpretation, particularly in the realm of genetic criticism.
Note: See also the TEI’s (implicit) position on this point: ‘we define markup, or (synonymously) encoding, as any means of making explicit an interpretation of a text’ (TEI Guidelines: v. A Gentle Introduction to XML). See also reference to Robinson and Solopova 1993/1997: 21: ‘Any primary textual source… has its own semiotic system within it.[…] The two semiotic system are materially distinct, in that text written by hand is not the same as the text on the computer screen’.
At the same time, there is an obvious difference between the interpretation that some trace of ink is indeed a specific letter and the assumption that a change in one line of a manuscript must have been made at the same time as a change in another line because their effects are textually related (for example, the first change was to a rhyming word, which necessitated the second change). Therefore we propose to talk about differing levels of interpretation, thus differentiating between ‘what’s there’ (document/fact) and ‘how does it relate’ (text/interpretation).

1.2 Status vs. Process

When a scholar examines a written text, especially a manuscript, the object of the investigation is usually to discover the final result of that writing and rewriting process. The examination can take various forms: it can be approached from a codicological or documentary point of view, ‘photographing’ the resulting product, from a textual point of view, or from a genetic point of view, by trying to describe the flow of authoring.

The present proposal addresses both approaches: sections 3.1 Transcription of a document and 3.2 Textual Alterations are presented from the codicological or documentary point of view, while the other sections investigate the process of writing and re-writing of the text, thus constituting the purely genetic parts of the present proposal.

1.3 Document vs. Text

In Manuscript Studies (Editing, Codicology, Palaeography, Art History, History) the first level of enquiry is always the document, the physical support that lies in front of the scholar’s eyes.

To understand the text that is contained in the manuscript, a deep study of the manuscript itself is fundamental: the layout, the type of script, the type of support, the binding, and many other aspects are able to tell us about when, where, and why this particular text was composed. The text however represents a different level of enquiry: it is a construct, derived from the reading of the documents.

In the case of modern draft manuscripts scholars must give detailed consideration to the layout, the different stratifications of writing and the disposition of these in the physical space; all of these, together with an understanding of the text, are required to gain insight about the composition, time of revisions, and flow (flux) of the text. Furthermore, in some cases, we know that the kind of physical support used to record it not only influences but may also actually determine the text itself. For instance, the content and the length of letters are often determined by the size and quantity of the paper available to the writer; even more so for items such as postcards.

The TEI has traditionally prioritised the text level. Of the two possible views available to someone transcribing a primary source (text and document), the TEI privileges the text (hence Text Encoding Initiative). Such physical or topographical information as a typical TEI encoding provides is subordinate to the main structural encoding, whether because it is represented by empty elements (<pb/>, <lb/>, <cb/>) or attributes (<add place="">, <note place="">, or rend). The TEI thus reflects the not uncommon view that, while relevant, documents are somehow less relevant than the texts they embody; to use a bibliographical metaphor, texts are ‘substantial’ while documents are ‘accidental’.

However, for genetic editions, a focus on the document is crucial. In many cases, the only way to reconstruct the process of writing and re-writing which leads to a new text is to examine a specific document. We therefore propose to complement the existing text-focussed approach with a new encoding scheme focussed instead on the document.

We should then clarify the way we will use the following words:

1.4 Writing Acts vs. Text Stages

As noted in the previous section, the focus on purely documentary aspects in a genetic edition often serves to reconstruct the writing process, which in turn enables allow the editor to justify a genetic analysis, for example to identify which text passage has been altered first or which textual variant predates another. The encoding of the writing process, it must be observed, is not simply a different point of view about the text in hand, but rather regards as a relevant a set of information fundamentally different from that captured by a purely textual encoding.

When talking about alterations on a textual level, it is the stages of the text which vare of major interest. These stages are the results of various alterations applied to the draft; each addition, deletion, substitution etc. is viewed from the perspective of the possibly new text state it yields. For example the following substitution is well-defined from this perspective:

<subst>
 <del>landscape</del>
 <add>scenery</add>
</subst>
When considering the writing process however, a number of different possible writing acts can be imagined leading to the same change of state. For example:
<p>
 <del rend="strikethrough">landsca</del>pe <handShift new="#new_material"/>scenery
</p>

This example stresses the writing process and provides two additional pieces of information: firstly the fact that the author did not strike through the whole of the first word and secondly that a change in writing material happened just before the word scenery was written. In current encoding practice, which tends to favour the textual view, the two perspectives are often integrated, subordinating aspects of the writing process to their textual outcome or regularizing them so they do not interfere with a text-driven evaluation of the encoding.

<subst>
 <del>
  <hi rend="strikethrough">landsca</hi>pe</del>
 <add hand="#new_material">scenery</add>
</subst>

As the example shows, this integrative approach can be a viable one in many cases, but taking this pragmatic shortcut blurs a specific editorial distinction, maybe exactly the distinction one wants to emphasize (e.g. to separate Befund from Deutung). Furthermore, it makes it particularly hard to be as precise about the documentation of ‘what’s there’ as one is about the interpretation of ‘what’s the possible outcome’. Ideally in a genetic edition the editor would prefer to encode the two perspectives separately and align them later on instead of trying to integrate them right away, and thereby potentially neglect information of importance in their genetic analysis.

2 Aspects of Genetic Editions

Modern genetic editions describe the genetic process within one manuscript and over the course of two or more manuscripts, which are said to form part of a dossier, that is, the set of documents which a genetic editor considers as having contributed to the evolution of a particular text, including associated diaries, letters, etc. Usually a view of a manuscript as a single self-contained object is also offered. This is because the manuscript view provides the material basis for the relationships established by the inter-manuscript relationship. Therefore we propose to differentiate between the following aspects of a genetic edition:

Document level
topological description
description of the layout of the text and the basis for a rendition of a text as a diplomatic transcription.
Textual Alterations
like additions, deletions, substitutions.
Grouping Modifications
groups of changes at different locations of one document, used to create sets which express the editorial assumption that these changes have been undertaken in one stage.
Dossier level
Genetic Grouping
groups phenomena in more than one document, in order to describe editorial assumption that these phenomena are related in some way.
Genetic Relation
describes the genetic relation between different parts of a text, 2 or across several documents, as a series of steps on a path.
Comparison or Collation
expresses the differences between texts as the result of a comparison between documents.
Document and Dossier levels
Chronology, Date and Time
the encoding of the chronology of the text or parts of it in absolute or relative time.
Documenting Editorial Decisions
documents the arguments which are the basis for editorial decisions to encode the text in a specific way including ways to express uncertainty and alternatives.
Text Stage
a reconstructable stage in the evolution of a text, represented by a document or by a revision campaign within one or more documents, possibly assigned to a specific point in time.

3 The document level

3.1 Transcription of a document

A document-based transcription is hierarchically organised in the following way:
  • document
    • Writing Surface (page, double page, folium, etc.)
      • zone
        • Text, lines or tables
We propose to introduce a new element, <ge:document> to encode a document-based transcription, at the same level as the existing TEI text element. A full TEI document may thus comprise:
  • a TEI Header, containing metadata
  • a TEI facsimile element, containing and describing visual representations of a document
  • a <ge:document> element, containing a genetic transcription of a document
  • a TEI text element, containing an encoded version of the text constructed from the document.
The header and at least one of the other three components must be present. We do not discuss facsimile or text elements here; for these refer to the published TEI Guidelines.
In the simplest case, a document contains one or more written surfaces, of various types (pages, for example). Each surface may contain one or more distinct written zones of writing, each comprising one or more identifiable topographic lines. The following elements are used to represent these basic components:
  • document contains a document-centric transcription of a primary source, providing topographical information as well as transcription
  • surface defines a written surface in terms of a rectangular coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, and rectangular zones of interest within it.
    type characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology.
  • zone defines a rectangular area contained within a surface element.
    rotate indicates the amount by which this zone has been rotated clockwise, with respect to the normal orientation of the parent surface element as implied by the dimensions given in the msDesc section or by the coordinates of the surface itself. The orientation is expressed in arc degrees.
  • line contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document
    type characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology.
  • table contains text displayed in tabular form, in rows and columns.

Like a facsimile, a <ge:document> contains information about the written surfaces constituting a document. Because of this similarity, we would like to use the same elements (surface and zone) as proposed in the existing TEI scheme, although these place limits on what can be described. Specifically, the zone element as currently defined can represent only a rectangular area; it also lacks any way of stating the baseline applicable to any writing contained within it

The size of the writing surface is defined by a set of cartesian coordinates measured from the top left corner. The co-ordinates of all zones identified within the writing surface are given in terms of the same co-ordinates, as further discussed in the TEI proposals for facsimile. It will often be the case that explicit dimensions for a manuscript page (expressed in mm for example) are also supplied in a msDesc element in the TEI Header, but this is not a requirement; in particular there is no assumption that the co-ordinate system defined by a surface maps to any particular external dimensions, nor that the co-ordinate systems of different documents necessarily correspond.

A surface element may contain any number of zone, graphic, <ge:line> or tableelements. The graphic element is used to point to any graphic (non textual) component forming part of the page, in the usual TEI manner. The zone element is used to delimit any contiguous section of writing which the encoder wishes to identify for some purpose.

Zones can be nested and grouped, and can also overlap. Their positioning with respect to the surface element is defined by coordinate values taken from the same co-ordinate system as the surface itself, measured from the top left corner. The element carries a rotate attribute which describes (in degrees) the orientation of the surface with respect to the content (writing, images) in that zone, with respect to its normal orientation. Note that the mechanism aims to describes the process by which the content of a specific zone has been supplied (i.e. the author has physically rotated the writing surface) rather than the orientation of the writing.

Zones are arbitrarily defined by the encoder according to the layout of the writing surface and can make use of a standardised vocabulary (e.g. the top margin).

To overcome the inherent limitations of the existing zone and surface elements, we need to extend their capability to include the definition of arbitrary polygons, using an attribute such as svg:points, from the Standard Vector Graphics (SVG) XML namespace. This would also provide a way of defining a baseline for the writing. This work is not yet fully elaborated.

The attribute stage is used to indicate the stage in a writing campaign to which this zone has been assigned by the encoder, as further discussed in 6.1 Stages/ Revision campaigns below.

Within a zone, individual lines of writing are usually, but not necessarily, distinguished using the <ge:line>. Zones can also include table elements, as lines and tables represent the principal ways of organising texts on a surface. In the case of an interlineated text, interlinear writing can be treated as a line on its own (perhaps characterised by a type attribute) or as textual addition, encoded with an add (see below 3.2 Textual Alterations).

In the following imaginary example, there are two main areas of writing, the diary entry (black ink) and another (supposedly later) annotation in blue ink.
Note that the diary entry forms a zone which itself contains two zones: one containing the date, and the other containing three lines about birds. The five lines of annotation in blue ink form another zone, to record which the diary page has been rotated 90° clockwise by the author. Using the elements discussed so far, the page might be transcribed as follows:
<ge:document>
 <surface
   ulx="0"
   uly="0"
   lrx="200"
   lry="300">

  <zone
    ulx="10"
    uly="43"
    lrx="185"
    lry="84"
    rotate="0">

   <zone>
    <ge:line rend="right"> 1 April 2009 </ge:line>
   </zone>
   <ge:line>Fed Birds in the park today.</ge:line>
   <ge:line>Might write an article about </ge:line>
   <ge:line>the Thick-billed Warbler. </ge:line>
  </zone>
  <zone
    ulx="9"
    uly="20"
    lrx="70"
    lry="60"
    rotate="90">

   <ge:line>Samaria is a Greek </ge:line>
   <ge:line>brand of water that</ge:line>
   <ge:line>comes from the natural</ge:line>
   <ge:line>springs of Stilos, in </ge:line>
   <ge:line>Crete </ge:line>
  </zone>
 </surface></ge:document>
On the other hand, if the encoder considers it inconvenient to mark the text within <ge:line> elements, one could encode the same text as follows:
<ge:document>
 <surface
   ulx="0"
   uly="0"
   lrx="200"
   lry="300">

  <zone
    ulx="10"
    uly="43"
    lrx="185"
    lry="84"
    rotate="0">

   <zone>1 April 2009 </zone>
   <lb/>Fed Birds in the park today.<lb/> Might write an article about
  <lb/> the Thick-billed Warbler. </zone>
  <zone
    ulx="9"
    uly="20"
    lrx="70"
    lry="60"
    rotate="90">

   <lb/>Samaria is a Greek <lb/> brand of water that <lb/> comes from the
     natural <lb/> springs of Stilos, in <lb/> Crete </zone>
 </surface></ge:document>
For comparison, here is a typical TEI transcription of the same page, focussing on its textual structure
<div type="diary-entry">
 <dateline>
  <date value="2009-04-01"> 1 April 2009 </date>
 </dateline>
 <p>
  <lb/>Fed Birds in the park today.<lb/> Might write an article about <lb/>
   the Thick-billed Warbler. </p>
</div>
<div type="note" rend="rotated">
 <p>
  <lb/>Samaria is a Greek <lb/> brand of water that <lb/> comes from the
   natural <lb/> springs of Stilos, in <lb/> Crete</p>
</div>

Is it possible to combine both perspectives (documentary and textual views) within a single encoding? In general a document-based transcription, which is done page-by-page and possibly line-by-line, is almost certain to overlap with some part of a the text-based structure. The cleanest solution may be to encode both structures separately, providing both a <ge:document> and a distinct text solution, perhaps using some form of external pointing to link the two, and minimizing redundancy of encoding by using XInclude. This option is further discussed below and also in the TEI Guidelines.

A further, and possibly simpler, approach is to apply to the textual elements such as p exactly the same kind of ‘flattening’ approach as has been applied to the <ge:line> elements in the preceding example. Instead of marking the textual paragraphs as full elements, we mark only their frontiers, using the standard TEI milestone element, with the addition of a spanning attribute, as follows:
<surface
  ulx="0"
  uly="0"
  lrx="200"
  lry="300">

 <zone
   stage="#stage1"
   seq="0"
   ulx="10"
   uly="43"
   lrx="185"
   lry="84">

  <zone>
   <milestone unit="date" spanTo="#endDate"/>1 April 2009 <anchor xml:id="endDate"/>
  </zone>
  <milestone unit="p" spanTo="#p2"/>
  <ge:line>Fed Birds in the park today.</ge:line>
  <ge:line> Might write an article about </ge:line>
  <ge:line>the Thick-billed Warbler.</ge:line>
 </zone>
 <zone
   stage="#stage2"
   ulx="9"
   uly="20"
   lrx="70"
   lry="60"
   rotate="90">

  <milestone unit="p" xml:id="p2" spanTo="#end"/>
  <ge:line>Samaria is a Greek</ge:line>
  <ge:line>brand of water that</ge:line>
  <ge:line>comes from the natural</ge:line>
  <ge:line>springs of Stilos, in</ge:line>
  <ge:line>Crete</ge:line>
  <anchor xml:id="end"/>
 </zone>
</surface>
Elements zone, <ge:line>, and cell may all contain a selection of the phrase level elements which have been considered essential to a document based transcription. These elements are all drawn from the following existing TEI classes:
  • model.pPart.transcriptional groups phrase-level elements used for editorial transcription of pre-existing source materials.
  • model.pPart.editorial groups phrase-level elements for simple editorial interventions that may be useful both in transcribing and in authoring.
  • model.hiLike groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct but to which no specific function can be attributed.
  • model.gLike groups elements used to represent individual non-Unicode characters or glyphs.
  • model.global groups elements which may appear at any point within a TEI text.
A subset of the elements provided by these classes needs to be defined. In addition, a mechanism is needed to constrain the content of the selected elements such that they contain only elements which are allowed within <ge:line>. The generic seg element can also be used to encode any semantic aspect of the transcribed document (e.g. dates or names), though it is recommended that such an approach is kept to a minimum. In case extensive semantic markup is to be applied, the textual perspective should be preferred or included alongside, as suggested above.
The written surfaces of which a document is composed are not always homogenous. In the following example, taken from the Walt Whitman archive, two pieces of newsprint have been glued to a piece of blue paper on which a poem is being drafted:
Image from
                        http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/duk.00258.001.jpg
Figure 1. Image from http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/duk.00258.001.jpg
The two pieces of newsprint might perhaps be regarded as special kinds of zone, but they are effectively new surfaces, since they might contain additional written zones themselves (such as the numbers in this case). We therefore propose a distinct element, <ge:patch>, which can appear within a surface, and behaves effectively like one, except that it contains specialized attributes to provide additional information.
  • patch contains a part of a written surface which was originally physically distinct but became attached to it at the time that one or more written zones were created.
    binder Describe the method by which a patch is or was connected to the main surface
    type characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology.
    height height of the patch in mm
    width width of the patch in mm
Using this element, the Whitman draft above might be encoded as follows:
<surface>
 <zone>
  <ge:line>Poem</ge:line>
  <ge:line>As in Visions of — at</ge:line>
  <ge:line>night —</ge:line>
  <ge:line>All sorts of fancies running through</ge:line>
  <ge:line>the head</ge:line>
 </zone>
 <ge:patch
   type="newsprint"
   binder="glue"
   height="40"
   width="90">
Spring has
   just set in here, and the weather.... a steamer <zone>
   <ge:metaMark function="sequence">2</ge:metaMark>
  </zone></ge:patch>
 <ge:patch
   type="newsprint"
   binder="glue"
   height="35"
   width="90">
"The shores
   on either side of the Sound are... The In- <zone>
   <ge:metaMark function="sequence">3</ge:metaMark>
  </zone></ge:patch>
</surface>
The <ge:metaMark> element used in this example is further discussed below ( 3.2.3 Metamarks)
Surfaces can also be damaged, perforated, and cut. In such cases a combination of damageSpan and gap elements may be used.
  • damageSpan/ (damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible.
    group assigns an arbitrary number to each stretch of damage regarded as forming part of the same physical phenomenon.
  • gap (gap) indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible.
Suppose that a piece of paper has been cut from the page encoded by a surface element, and that we can infer the dimensions of the missing piece. This could be encoded as follows:
<surface
  ulx="0"
  uly="0"
  lrx="200"
  lry="300">

 <zone>...</zone>
 <damageSpan
   hand="#author"
   spanTo="#zoneEnd"
   agent="knife_or_scissors"
   group="1"
   extent="3x5"
   unit="cm"/>

 <zone
   ulx="9"
   uly="20"
   lrx="70"
   lry="60"/>

 <anchor xml:id="zoneEnd"/>
</surface>
In the example an empty zone element has been provided in order to give the coordinates of the missing piece of surface, assuming that those are reconstructible. If a full page is missing, damageSpan can be used within <ge:document>, perhaps in conjunction with a gap element.
<ge:document>
 <surface
   ulx="0"
   uly="0"
   lrx="200"
   lry="300">

  <zone>...</zone>
 </surface>
 <damageSpan spanTo="#p3"/>
 <gap extent="1" unit="folio">
  <desc>Stub of a missing folio</desc>
 </gap>
 <surface
   ulx="0"
   uly="0"
   lrx="200"
   lry="300"
   xml:id="p3">

  <zone>...</zone>
 </surface></ge:document>
Now suppose that the missing folio is by chance found somewhere; in this case it is likely that the editor might want to encode the two statuses of the document, before and after the damage, tracing the genesis of the document as well as the genesis of the text. In this case, the same mechanism used to describe the genetic history of the text can be used to describe the genesis of the document (see below 6.1 Stages/ Revision campaigns): a stage attribute linked to a <ge:stageNote> element can identify the different states in the history of the document.
<ge:document>
 <surface
   ulx="0"
   uly="0"
   lrx="200"
   lry="300">

  <zone>...</zone>
 </surface>
 <damageSpan spanTo="#P3" stage="#stage2"/>
 <gap extent="1" unit="folio" stage="#stage2">
  <desc>Stub of a missing folio</desc>
 </gap>
 <surface corresp="folio.xml#p1" stage="#stage1"/>
 <surface corresp="folio.xml#p2" stage="#stage1"/>
 <surface
   ulx="0"
   uly="0"
   lrx="200"
   lry="300"
   xml:id="P3">

  <zone>...</zone>
 </surface></ge:document>
In this example, we assume that the two recovered pages (i.e. both sides of the missing folio) have been encoded in some separate XML document which can be obtained from the URL folio.xml. This could be referenced via the corresp attribute, transcluded by means of a ptr or included by XInclude. The content could also simply be encoded within the same document as content for the otherwise empty surfaces). Note that the damageSpan and gap belong to a second stage in the life of the document; the descriptions of #stage1 and #stage2 can be found in the header, within the <ge:stageNote> section.

3.2 Textual Alterations

Traces of authorial alteration (correction, addition, deletion, etc.) are frequently found within a single document, and may also be inferred when different documents are compared. It is however an open question as to whether inter-document discrepancies at the dossier level should be regarded in the same way as intra-document alterations. If two witnesses are collated, we may observe that a word present in one is missing from the other: does it necessarily follow that this is an addition or a deletion, which we would not hesitate to mark with an add or del tag if we are transcribing a single manuscript? We return to this question below.

In this section we discuss elements introduced for the markup of alterations at the document level, within a single document, complementary to the elements already provided for this purpose by the TEI scheme. We discuss specifically:
  • ‘meta-marks’, that is a kind of authorial markup present in the source and indicating how it should be read;
  • additions, where a passage has been rewritten to fix or clarify it;
  • deletions, where a passage had been struck through to indicate that it has been removed, or where a deletion has itself been cancelled
  • transpositions, where passages have been reorganized or resequenced.
The TEI already provides the following basic elements for transcription, which constitute the model.pPart.transcriptional class:
  • add (addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the text by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector.
  • app (apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and at least one reading.
  • corr (correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text.
  • damage contains an area of damage to the text witness.
  • del (deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector.
  • orig (original form) contains a reading which is marked as following the original, rather than being normalized or corrected.
  • reg (regularization) contains a reading which has been regularized or normalized in some sense.
  • restore indicates restoration of text to an earlier state by cancellation of an editorial or authorial marking or instruction.
  • sic (latin for thus or so ) contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate.
  • subst (substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text.
  • supplied signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason, typically because the original cannot be read because of physical damage or loss to the original.
  • unclear contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source.
The present proposals extend this list by adding the following elements to the same class:
  • mod represents any kind of modification identified within a text at a documentary level.
    rend (rendition) indicates how the element in question was rendered or presented in the source text.
    type characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology.
  • modSpan/ represents any kind of modification identified within a text at a documentary level, where this extends over other XML markup constructs in the document.
    spanTo indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute.
  • metaMark contains any textual or graphical mark in a written text intended to signal how the text should be read and not forming part of the text itself.
    function describes the function (e.g. add, delete, alternate) of the mark.
  • used/ a passage of text which has been marked as used, usually meaning that it has been transcribed to a fair copy.
    spanTo indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute.
  • undo/ points to any marked-up intervention in a text which has subsequently been marked as to be cancelled or undone.
    spanTo indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute.
  • redo/ points to a marked-up intervention in a text which has subsequently been marked for a second time in a different way.
    spanTo indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute.
  • rewrite contains a sequence of text which has been rewritten by the author, for example by over-inking, to clarify or fix it.
    cause documents the presumed cause of the repeated act of writing.
  • transposeGrp supplies a list of transpositions indicated at some point in the text, typically by means of metamarks.
  • transpose describes a single textual transposition as an ordered list of at least two pointers specifying the order in which the elements indicated should be re-combined.
.

Most of these elements imply a certain level of semantic interpretation; for instance the usage of the add element to encode, say, interlinear insertions involves a decision that the interlinear text has been deliberately inserted rather than simply misplaced. As discussed above (see 1.4 Writing Acts vs. Text Stages), the use of these elements when transcribing from a documentary perspective is a pragmatic shortcut. In cases where it is felt desirable to keep the recording of ‘what is on the page’ entirely separate from ‘what is the editor’s interpretation’ (see 1.1 Fact vs. Interpretation), we provide two generic elements, <ge:mod> and <ge:modSpan>, which can be used to record any kind of modification identified in the document. These elements can be categorised by means of their type attribute, and visual aspects of their appearance can be described by means of the rend attribute, but they provide no further interpretation of the function or intention of the passage so marked up.

Whether such a modification, for instance a struck-out passage, is to be interpreted as a deletion or as some other phenomenon (e.g. as being already used) should be be expressed using the other, more semantically motivated, elements, which function at a different level of description.

3.2.1 Additions, fixations and clarifications

A writer may sometimes rewrite material a second time without significant change and in the same place. We consider this a distinct activity from addition as usually defined because no new textual material results but the status of existing material changes. We distinguish two variants of this: fixation where the first version was a tentative draft which is subsequently fixed, for example by inking it over; and clarification, where the first version was badly written and has been rewritten for clarity. The element <ge:rewrite> is provided to cover both cases.

In this simple example, taken from the papers of Henrik Ibsen, the writer wrote the word skuldren hastily, and then returned to it to make the letter l larger and clearer:
Image from a ms of Peer Gynt, Collin 2869, 4°, I.1.1, the
                           Royal Library of Copenhagen
Figure 2. Image from a ms of Peer Gynt, Collin 2869, 4°, I.1.1, the Royal Library of Copenhagen
We might transcribe this word as follows:
<ge:line>... Sku<ge:rewrite cause="unclear">l</ge:rewrite>dren </ge:line>
The following example, taken from a manuscript of Jane Austen's Sanditon, shows a rewriting where a pencilled passage has been fixed with ink, with some modification:
Image from page 70 of the Sanditon manuscript
Figure 3. Image from page 70 of the Sanditon manuscript
In this example, Austen sees in the fixation an opportunity to manipulate the text previously written, and thus changes the pencilled could but get a young to the inked could get a young, writing the inky get on top of pencilled but and striking over with black ink the pencilled but. A simple way of encoding this might be as follows:
<ge:rewrite cause="fix" hand="#ja2" stage="#s1">Now, if we could <subst stage="#s1">
  <add>get</add>
  <del>but</del>
 </subst>
 <del stage="#s1" rend="overstrike">get</del> a young Heiress</ge:rewrite>
where the stage attribute groups the operations that belong to the rewriting stage, assuming an implied previous stage (the first layer of writing). If the first layer need to be addressed independently, another pointer can be added to the stage attribute:
<ge:line stage="#s0"> <ge:rewrite cause="fix" hand="#ja2" stage="#s1">Now...</ge:rewrite>
</ge:line>
where #s0 and #s1 both point to the declaration of such stages in the header, the first one conventionally representing the first layer of writing and the second the rewriting stage.
A single rewrite may not be sufficient, and it may be that the document becomes almost unreadable as a result of repeated clarification. In the following example, we can distinguish at least two attempts to write the letters er in the word bægerklang:
Image from http://www.emunch.no/tei-mm-2008/ms.html
Figure 4. Image from http://www.emunch.no/tei-mm-2008/ms.html
We might encode this by nesting the rewrite element as follows:
<ge:line>ved Bæg<ge:rewrite cause="unclear" stage="#stage2">
  <ge:rewrite cause="unclear" stage="#stage1">er</ge:rewrite></ge:rewrite> ...</ge:line>
The stage attribute used here is discussed further below ( 6.1 Stages/ Revision campaigns).

Metamarks and other markup-like strokes can also be inked over with the same purpose as the fixation or clarification of text passages. For instance, in a draft version of Goethe’s Faust, a passage was struck through once in pencil during one revision and then again with ink during a later revision, supposedly to fixate the deletion.

Fixation of a deletion in Goethe’s Faust
Figure 5. Fixation of a deletion in Goethe’s Faust

We propose an element redo (the opposite of undo, see 3.2.7 Undoing alterations), which can be used to encode this process as follows:

<ge:line>
 <ge:redo
   xml:id="redo_3"
   hand="#g_t"
   target="#mod_1"
   cause="fix"/>

 <ge:modSpan
   xml:id="mod_1"
   rend="strikethrough"
   spanTo="#anchor_1"
   hand="#g_bl"/>
Ihr hagren, triſten, krummgezog<ge:mod rend="strikethrough">nen</ge:mod>ener Nacken
</ge:line>
<ge:line>Wenn ihr nur piepſet iſt die Welt ſchon matt.<anchor xml:id="anchor_1"/>
</ge:line>

3.2.2 Deletions and marked as used

In general, deletion in a source is marked using the del or delSpan element. However, it is useful to distinguish cases where a passage has been ‘indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector’ (TEI P5, s.v. del) from cases where a passage has been struck through or otherwise marked as having been used or copied to another location. In this latter case, the author does not intend to suppress the content, but only to mark that it has been transferred or reused. The element <ge:used> is provided to mark this kind of ‘deletion’.

The following page from the Walt Whitman archive has been crossed through to indicate used material:
Page from
                           http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/20051105_0650.jpg
Figure 6. Page from http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/20051105_0650.jpg
This page contains many internal deletions, but these should be distinguished from the ‘deletion’ signalled by the large cross, which actually shows that the page has been transferred or re-used, not deleted.
Material marked as re-used in this way often spans more than one zone or line. For that reason, the <ge:used> element is a spanning element, indicating the end of the used area by means of a spanTo attribute. We might encode the above page as follows:
<surface>
 <ge:used rend="cross" spanTo="#X2"/>
 <zone>
  <ge:line rend="underline">The Poet</ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <del rend="strikethrough">I think</del> His sight is
     the</ge:line>
  <ge:line> sight of the ? and</ge:line>
  <ge:line>has sent the instinct of the</ge:line>
  <ge:line>? dog</ge:line>
 </zone>
 <zone>
  <ge:line>I think <ge:rewrite>ten</ge:rewrite> million</ge:line>
  <ge:line>well; those <subst>
    <del rend="strikethrough">supple-fingered gods</del>
    <add>journeymen divine.</add>
   </subst>
  </ge:line>
  <anchor xml:id="X2"/>
 </zone>
</surface>

3.2.3 Metamarks

By metamark we mean marks such as numbers, arrows, crosses, or other symbols introduced by the writer into a document expressly for the purpose of indicating how the text is to be read. Such marks thus constitute a kind of markup of the document, rather than forming part of the text.

Unlike marginal notes or other additions to the text, meta-marks indicate a deliberate alteration of the writing (e.g. ‘move this passage over there’). We also consider as metamarks dates introduced to mark the beginning of a manuscript or a revision, but not forming part of it.

The <ge:metaMark> element carries a function attribute which specifies the function of the meta-mark and a target attribute which points to the element or elements concerned.

The following example is taken from Kundige bok 2, a 15th century legal book from the city of Göttingen, containing regulations of everyday life issued by the city council
Malte's example
Figure 7. Malte's example
In the second paragraph, the sentence beginning ‘Ock en schullen de bruwere...’ was first written along with the word lege ("read") in the left hand margin, functioning as a metamark to indicate that this sentence forms part of the regulations. A further sentence was then added, while at some later stage or stages the text and also the metamark were deleted. We might encode this as follows:
<del>
 <ge:metaMark function="flag" target="#s1">lege</ge:metaMark>
 <s xml:id="s1">Ock en schullen de bruwere des hilgen dages nicht over
 <lb/>setten noch uppe den stillen fridach bruwen.</s>
 <add>
  <s>Noch nymande <lb/>over setten, se en sehin denne erst, dat uppe den
     bonen <lb/>neyn stro noch, huw noch flaß ligghe, by pine eyner
     halven <lb/>roden, deme bruwere so wol alse dem bruwheren to
     murende.</s>
 </add>
</del>
Here are some further examples showing the use of this element, taken from the manuscript drafts of Thomas Moore's Lalla Rookh (1817). The first shows a simple use of a metamark used to take stock of the progress of composition:
Lalla Rookh
Figure 8. Lalla Rookh

At regular points throughout the various drafts of the work, a number occurs, usually in the right margin (in this instance, "100"). These numbers result from the author counting the number of verse lines he has composed to the given point, and are not part of the text, but represent a stage at which Moore is taking stock of the progress of his composition.

<surface>
 <zone>
  <ge:line>Be this she cried &amp; wing’d her flight</ge:line>
  <ge:line>My offering at the Gates of Bliss</ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <del>Fully to know the odours <gap extent="1" unit="word" reason="illegible"/>
   </del></ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <del>Tho foul to heaven the vapour went</del></ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <del>From vulgar</del>
   <add>common</add>
   <del>victors</del>, blood like this</ge:line>
  <ge:line> Shed out for freedom, flows so bright. <ge:metaMark function="count">100</ge:metaMark>
  </ge:line>
  <ge:line> It would not stain the purest <subst>
    <del>fount</del>
    <add>rill</add>
   </subst> .</ge:line>
  <ge:line>“That sparkles thro the fields of light. <del>
    <ge:metaMark function="count">100</ge:metaMark>
   </del>
  </ge:line>
  <ge:line> Behold her in the skies again —</ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <subst>
    <del>But</del>
    <add>And</add>
   </subst>, tho so fleet her pinions bore</ge:line>
  <ge:line> The spirit of the Warriors slain,</ge:line>
  <ge:line>Now reach’d &amp; pass’d the gates before her</ge:line>
 </zone>
 <zone>
  <ge:line> Tho foul too oft the</ge:line>
  <ge:line>tears that still</ge:line>
  <ge:line>Tho foul the droppings <add>weepings</add>
  </ge:line>
  <ge:line>that distil</ge:line>
  <ge:line>Tho foul the tears that</ge:line>
  <ge:line>oft distil</ge:line>
  <ge:line>From glory’s faulchion’</ge:line>
 </zone>
</surface>
Lalla Rookh 2
Figure 9. Lalla Rookh 2
This example demonstrates the use of a common proof-correction mark: in the left margin of the page, adjacent to a group of three cancelled lines of verse, the word "stet" is written. "Stet", a Latin word meaning "let it stand" is commonly used by authors, editors and proofreaders where a previous action should be disregarded. In this instance, Moore is indicating that the three deleted verse lines should be let stand, as evidenced by their appearance in the first printed edition of Lalla Rookh. The word, "stet" does not form part of the text, but rather declares that a certain function be performed upon the text.
<surface>
 <zone>
  <ge:line>
   <gap extent="1" unit="word" reason="illegible"/>
   <del>in his light</del>
   <add>within</add> eyelids, within the spray</ge:line>
  <ge:line>From Eden’s fountain, when it lies</ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <hi rend="underline">On that blue</hi>
   <del>before that</del> flower, which, Brahmins say</ge:line>
  <ge:line> Can only <add>blooms nowhere but</add> bloom in
     Paradise,</ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <del xml:id="del1">“Nymph of a bright, fair but erring line!</del></ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <ge:metaMark function="undo" target="#del1 #del2 #del3">stet</ge:metaMark>
   <del xml:id="del2">(He gently <add>gently</add> he said) one hope
       is thine</del></ge:line>
  <ge:line>
   <del xml:id="del3">One hope (he gently said) is thine</del></ge:line>
 </zone>
</surface>
Other examples of <ge:metaMark> can be seen in marked-up proofs such as the following, taken from the Walt Whitman archive:
http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/loc.00295.jpg
Figure 10. http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/loc.00295.jpg

3.2.4 Alternative Readings

Lalla Rookh 3
Figure 11. Lalla Rookh 3
In this example two alternative readings are provided, without either one being prioritised or subordinated. While the author apparently first composed the line "Alone before his native river -", at some later point, he entertained the possibility of using the word "beside" instead of "before." In the context of this manuscript, there is no indication of which word the Moore favours, so the status of these words as possible alternative readings needs to be encoded. The evidence of the first edition of Lalla Rookh shows that the word "beside" was chosen, but for the purposes of encoding this manuscript, the facility to encode two equally-possible alternative readings needs to be available.
<zone>
 <ge:line>Alone <seg type="alternative" xml:id="alt1">before</seg>
  <add place="above" type="alternative" xml:id="alt2">beside</add> his
   native river ­—</ge:line>
 <alt targets="#alt1 #alt2" mode="excl" weights="0 1"/>
</zone>

3.2.5 Transpositions

Metamarks are commonly used in the context of transposition, that is, the moving of words or blocks by the author to a different position using arrows, asterisks or numbers or other metamarks. One possible approach (used, for instance in HNML) would be to regard such transpositions as a special kind of substitution, and actually to represent the result of the transposition indicated by the metamarks in the encoding, for example by considering the segment previous to the transposition as deleted, and substituted by the one after the transposition.

Our recommendation is to record the actual state of the witness, but in such a way as to facilitate its reorganization as a distinct processing step. We propose to represent the re-alignment of transposed blocks or segments by means of a stand-off mechanism. The elements <ge:transposeGrp> and <ge:transpose> are provided for this purpose. For example, in the following extract from an Ibsen manuscript
Extracted from
Figure 12. Extracted from http://www.emunch.no/tei-mm-2008/ms.html
, the underlined numbers 1 and 2 indicate that, although the word bör precedes the word hör in the text, the order of the two words should be reversed. We may encode this as follows:
<ge:line>
 <seg xml:id="ib01">bör</seg>
 <ge:metaMark
   rend="underline"
   function="transposition"
   target="#ib1"
   place="above">
2.</ge:metaMark>
og <seg xml:id="ib02">hör</seg>
 <ge:metaMark
   rend="underline"
   function="transposition"
   target="#ib02"
   place="above">
1.</ge:metaMark>
</ge:line>
<ge:transposeGrp>
 <ge:transpose>
  <ptr target="#ib02"/>
  <ptr target="#ib01"/></ge:transpose></ge:transposeGrp>
Note the use of the generic seg element to identify the sections of text being transposed. When (as in the following example) the whole of line is to be transposed, there is no need to delimit the sections concerned:
Extracted from
Figure 13. Extracted from http://www.emunch.no/tei-mm-2008/ms3.html
<ge:line xml:id="ib3">
 <ge:metaMark function="transposition" place="margin-left">2.)</ge:metaMark> thi da er du med Himmelen i
Pagt; —
</ge:line>
<ge:line xml:id="ib4">
 <ge:metaMark function="transposition" place="margin-left">1.)</ge:metaMark> da kan du Folkets Jøkelhjerter tine;</ge:line>
<ge:transposeGrp>
 <ge:transpose>
  <ptr target="#ib4"/>
  <ptr target="#ib3"/></ge:transpose></ge:transposeGrp>
When transposition is made, the whole element indicated is understood to be moved, not just its contents. In the above example, the metamarks are thus understood to be moved along with the lines to which they apply.

In case the area to be transposed is overlapping with some other kind of markup, the generic milestone can be used instead of seg or any other existing elements.

One or more transposeGrp elements may be supplied either embedded within the text or in the profileDesc of the header, depending on local preference. Each transposeGrp can contain one or more transpose element, each of which defines a single transposition.

3.2.6 Substitution

In the current model for the TEI subst element, one or more additions and deletions may be combined if they are considered as representing a single editorial act, a substitution. Without extension, this model could not therefore include cases such as the following example taken from Thomas Moore's Lalla Rooke
Here the word pondering is deleted, and the phrase she mus'd are added, while the word thus remains unchanged. It seems appropriate to treat all of this as a single substitution. This would require a modification to the content model of subst so as to permit text along with other members of model.pPart.transcriptional, so that this example could be encoded as follows:
<ge:line>While <subst>
  <del>pondering</del> thus <add>she
     mus'd</add>
 </subst>, her pinions fann'd</ge:line>

3.2.7 Undoing alterations

In some cases an author indicates that an alteration is itself to be altered: for example, a struck through passage may be restored via a dotted underlining, or the underlining of a passage may be deleted by a wavy line.

The TEI provides an element restore for one specific kind of alteration to an alteration, namely the undoing of a deletion. We propose a more general element, <ge:undo>. The element <ge:undo> usually encloses the element (e.g. the add, del etc.) to be undone. If it appears within such an element, the implication is that only this part of the parent element has been cancelled. For example, in this passage taken from Giacomo Leopardi's Zibaldone (p. 3595), the phrase si rechi á was underlined word by word, and then the underlining of the word si was cancelled.
This could be encoded as follows:
<ge:line> che e’ <hi rend="underline">
  <ge:undo spanTo="#x2"/>si <anchor xml:id="x2"/> rechi a’</hi>
 <del rend="overstrike">dotti</del>
 <hi rend="underline">denti</hi> l’un d’essi cibi</ge:line>

To make explicit the relation between the undoing act and the initial act, we propose an alternative way of encoding these scribal acts, namely an empty <ge:undo> element, which points to the element the effect of which is being cancelled. If more than one (not coherent) part of the deletion is undone, more than one undo element will be needed, and each part undone must be given an identifier.

In the following example, three text stages can be identified:
  • s1 (initial): This is just some sample text, we need a real example.
  • s2: This is not a real example.
  • s3: This is just some text, not a real example.
This can be encoded using empty <ge:undo> elements as follows:
<ge:line>This is <del stage="#s2" xml:id="del_1" rend="overstrike">
  <ge:undo
    target="#del_1"
    spanTo="#X02"
    rend="dotted"
    stage="#s3"/>
just some
 <anchor xml:id="X02"/>sample <ge:undo
    target="#del_1"
    spanTo="#x4"
    rend="dotted"
    stage="#s3"/>
text,<anchor xml:id="x4"/> we need
 </del>
 <add stage="#s2">not </add>a real example.</ge:line>
The target attributes on undo point to the elements representing the initial acts (the deletions) which are undone. The rend attribute indicates the way this reversion is indicated. The spanTo attributes points to the anchor which marks the point in the text where this reversion finishes. Since two non-contiguous parts of the deletion are undone, there are two <ge:undo> elements, each with the appropriate attribute values. If spanTo is not supplied, the <ge:undo> is understood to refer to the whole of the text contained by the element indicated by its target attribute.

3.2.8 Instant corrections

The use of tags such as del and add necessarily implies that the modification concerned was made at some time after the original writing. An exception to this is where a false start or ‘instant’ correction has been identified: the author starts to write, and then immediately corrects what has been written. A special mechanism is provided for this case: an instant attribute has been introduced to att.editLike, whose datatype is data.xTruthValue and false is the default value. When the value of instant is true this indicates that the addition or deletion is considered to belong to the same writing stage as the rest of the unmodified document, while false means some stage later than the current stage.

An example of false start can be seen in the following line:
http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/uva.00256.001.jpg
Figure 14. http://www.whitmanarchive.org/resources/sleepers/uva.00256.001.jpg
in which we can detect the following sequence of events:
  1. The letter T is written and then immediately deleted
  2. The word The is written, deleted, and replaced by the word His
  3. The added word His is then deleted
  4. The initial letter i of the words iron necklace is overwritten with a capital I
To indicate that the first of these acts must have taken place before the others, we might encode this revision campaign as follows:
<ge:line>
 <del instant="true">T</del>
 <subst>
  <del>The</del>
  <add place="above">
   <del rend="overstrike">His</del>
  </add>
 </subst>
 <subst>
  <del rend="overwritten">i</del>
  <add place="superimposed">I</add>
 </subst>ron necklace
</ge:line>

4 The dossier level

The term dossier is used to refer to the set of documents which a genetic editor considers as having contributed to the evolution of a particular text. These may include drafts, revisions, or documents related in other ways.

4.1 Assembling a dossier

Since a dossier needs to be assembled from many documents, which will most probably be encoded in distinct TEI documents, one way to assemble a dossier’s contents for further processing would be to use the existing teiCorpus element in combination with XML Inclusions (XInclude). The teiCorpus construct provides for a common place to record metadata regarding the organization of the dossier itself, independently of the metadata regarding each particular document contained within it, which would be held in a discrete TEI Header attached to that particular encoded document. The XInclude mechanism provides a convenient means of managing the many separate resources which are likely to be needed to constitute a complete dossier. For example, supposing we have a dossier comprising three documents, each of which has been encoded in its own document:

<teiCorpus> <teiHeader>
<!-- information about the dossier -->
</teiHeader>
<xi:include href="document1.xml"/>
<xi:include href="document2.xml"/>
<xi:include href="document3.xml"/>

</teiCorpus>

(Note that each of the documents referenced (document1.xml etc) should contain a complete TEI element.)

4.2 Genetic Graphs

Looking at the documents which constitute a given dossier, there are many types of relationships which can be identified, both amongst complete documents, and amongst parts of those documents, including alterations, revisions, stages and other compositional phenomena. A further complexity arises if for example an author chooses to correct two different versions at the same time, 3 . We may thus need to express that two or more documents are related in different ways; for instance, one document may be the sequel of another, one may have been drafted at the same time as another, one may contain material or treat topics related to those of another, for example a newspaper article may inspire or be quoted by a given work.

We propose to model the ‘genetic relations’ one can deduce from such penomena by means of a graph. 4 A graph is a mathematical representation composed of nodes and arcs. Nodes represent objects, which are related: Typical objects in our case are documents, document components, text stages (as defined in 6.1 Stages/ Revision campaigns below) or even single phenomena (acts of writing or a textual alterations). Each arc between two nodes then represents a relation, in our case a genetic relation, between the two objects it links. Arcs may be typed and directed to further specify the kind of relationship they represent. For our purposes one can assume that a typical genetic graph is directed and acyclic, because we generally expect the paths through a genetic graph (formally defined as an ordered set of nodes traversed by following its arcs) to represent genetic processes with an implied chronological order. In this respect a genetic graph resembles a family tree, in that there is a single terminal node, representing the final or published version of a text with many preceding nodes linking to it, either directly or via other nodes, each of which represents draft versions of various parts. Alternatively, there may be more than one final state, e. g. in the case of multiple published texts or unpublished fragments.

A visual representation of an exemplary genetic graph might look as follows:

What can be seen here is on a very abstract level: The nodes (drawn as rectangular shapes with letters) represent parts of the dossier, the directed arcs (drawn as lines with arrows) represent relationships between the parts (probably of an evolutionary type). Thus the graph can be read as A and B being precursors of C, C in turn leading to F, F to G, G to H, and H leading to the final state Z, which additionally draws influences from E and D.

All this abstract information can be encoded using the following elements (see also the Guidelines chapter 19. Graphs, Networks, and Trees):
  • graph encodes a graph, which is a collection of nodes, and arcs which connect the nodes.
    type describes the type of graph.
  • node encodes a node, a possibly labeled point in a graph.
    value provides the value of a node, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
  • arc encodes an arc, the connection from one node to another in a graph.
    from gives the identifier of the node which is adjacent from this arc.
    to gives the identifier of the node which is adjacent to this arc.
    value provides the value of an arc, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
<graph type="directed">
 <node xml:id="A" value="http://edition.net/witness/A">
  <label>A</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="B" value="http://edition.net/witness/B">
  <label>B</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="C" value="http://edition.net/witness/C">
  <label>C</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="D" value="http://edition.net/witness/X#part1">
  <label>D</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="E" value="http://edition.net/witness/X#part2">
  <label>E</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="F" value="http://edition.net/witness/F">
  <label>F</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="G" value="http://edition.net/witness/G">
  <label>G</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="H" value="http://edition.net/witness/H">
  <label>H</label>
 </node>
 <node xml:id="Z" value="http://edition.net/text/">
  <label>Z</label>
 </node>
 <arc
   xml:id="AC"
   from="#A"
   to="#C"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#ac"/>

 <arc
   xml:id="BC"
   from="#B"
   to="#C"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#bc"/>

 <arc
   xml:id="CF"
   from="#C"
   to="#F"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#cf"/>

 <arc
   xml:id="FG"
   from="#F"
   to="#G"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#fg"/>

 <arc
   xml:id="GH"
   from="#G"
   to="#H"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#gh"/>

 <arc
   xml:id="DZ"
   from="#D"
   to="#Z"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#dz"/>

 <arc
   xml:id="EZ"
   from="#E"
   to="#Z"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#ez"/>

 <arc
   xml:id="HZ"
   from="#H"
   to="#Z"
   value="http://edition.net/genetic/analysis#hz"/>

</graph>

Such an abstract graph structure can be easily imported into or exported from a graph database, transformed into other XML-based representations of graph-based data models like RDF/XML, or it can be serialized to SVG for interactive visualization.

4.3 Genetic analysis

With the graph’s abstract structure defined, one can now go on and specify, what the nodes and arcs actually represent. This is done by assigning properties to them via the value attribute. In the example the nodes A-H point to individual witnesses, D and E being an exception as they point to different parts of the same witness. The node Z (the final state in our example) supposedly points to the edited text and each arc’s value points to a resource, whose contents comprise the genetic analysis, which underlies the assumed genetic relations expressed in the graph.

[...]

4.4 Constructing genetic graphs

It is highly unlikely, that editors will construct and encoded genetic graphs by hand, unless the dossier is as simply structured as the given example. Rather a typical workflow might be:

  1. The editor transcribes each witness in a separate TEI document.
  2. During the transcription process phenomena of genetic relevance are annotated with identifiers, that classify these phenoma as belonging to a certain genetic process or that simply relates these phenomena in a well-defined way.
  3. By automatically collecting and evaluating all those annotations from all transcribed documents, a preliminary graph is constructed, that can be visualized and navigated.
  4. Steps 1-3 are repeated up to the point, where the graph cannot be further refined via this procedure.
  5. Optionally, the automatically constructed graph can be annotated manually.

For example in the genetic edition of Goethe’s Faust, the final text is known and can therefore serve as a canonical reference system for constructing genetic relations. Each verse has a unique number:

<speaker>Faust.</speaker>
<lg>
 <l n="354">Habe nun, ach! Philosophie,</l>
 <l n="355">Juristerei und Medicin,</l>
 <l n="356">Und leider auch Theologie!</l>
 <l n="357">Durchaus studirt, mit heißem Bemühn.</l>
 <l n="358">Da steh' ich nun, ich armer Thor!</l>
 <l n="359">Und bin so klug als wie zuvor;</l>
</lg>

This makes it possible to express genetic relations by using these same verse numbers to index corresponding verses or ranges of verse-numbers throughout their various witnesses, stages or variants. Although a genetic graph generated from the coindexed verses will not be of a very fine granularity, it can be a useful preliminary base for subsequent refinement. By incorporating metadata for the witnesses (especially dating information) and results of collation eith other relevant information, the graph can be enriched in an iterative manner and periodically checked for consistency. Finally, together with the transcriptions, collation results, and a critical apparatus it can be archived as an integral part of the genetic edition.

5 *Collation and Critical Apparatus

As noted above, not all kinds of variation within and between documents are equivalent. For example, most people would regard authorial modifications within a single draft or between subsequent drafts as having a different significance from modifications assigned to scribal variation within a long textual tradition, despite their formal similarities.

When a passage has been visibly deleted in one version of a text we will generally mark it explicitly; if however a passage present in one version (A) is omitted in another (B), it may be a matter of uncertainty as to whether it has been deleted from B, or added to A. Even if this is certain (perhaps because the order of the two versions is known), the omission from B of material in A is not entirely the same phenomenon as an explicit deletion.

The addition (or deletion) of a segment from a version is normally a deliberate act of the author and we would like to be able to record that in positive way; whether we need another set of editorial elements or we should use the same set that are used for transcription remains an open question.

Identifying additions or deletions on the basis of a comparison of different versions of a text is possible, using existing TEI elements for critical editing such as app and its child rdg elements. This method uses the argument e silentio: for example, to identify that something is missing from a witness, all available readings must be compared, and there is no way of explicitly marking an absent (or additional) reading. For instance, the 1856 edition of Leaves of Grassof the 1856 omits the words ‘all, all’ which are included in the 1881-82 version. We may record this as an apparatus:
<l n="22">And the enraged and treacherous dispositions <app>
  <rdg wit="#Leaves81-82">, all, all</rdg>
  <rdg wit="#Leaves56"/>
 </app> sleep</l>
but this does not indicate whether the words were deleted consciously from the 1856 dedition, or added in the 1881 version. Furthermore, if we decided to use the existing add or del elements within the rdg, for example:
<l n="22">And the enraged and treacherous dispositions <app>
  <rdg wit="#Leaves81-82">
   <add>, all, all</add>
  </rdg>
  <rdg wit="#Leaves56"/>
 </app>...</l>
the result would be ambiguous: it might indicate that there is an explicit addition (for example, by interlinear or marginal interpolation) within the 1881 text, or it might indicate that this addition appears as a result of collating the 1881 and 1856 texts.
One solution might be to use a different element (say <ge:interAdd>) for addition implied by collation, reserving add for deletions that happen at the document level. Another, if all the documents have been fully transcribed, might be to use stand off techniques to represent the collation. This is a more promising possibility which the workgroup has not yet fully explored. If all the alterations occurring at document level are already encoded within each transcription, the dossier-level collation will only need to point to passages within the separate files and classify the types of readings resulting from the collation:
<app>
<rdg wit="#Leaves81-82">
<span from="#v22-5" to="#v22-8" type="add"/></rdg>
<rdg wit="#Leaves56">
<span from="#v22-5" type="del"/></rdg></app>

6 Manuscript and Dossier Levels

6.1 Stages/ Revision campaigns

A major purpose of genetic editing is the identification of ‘revision campaigns’ or, more generally, stages. A genetic editor needs to be able to assign a set of alterations (deletions, additions, substitutions, transpositions, etc.) and/or an act of writing to a particular stage, to indicate both that one or more of such phenomena preceded or followed another and also to indicate that they are related in some way, for example that one is a consequence of the other. To document this we need:
  • a system to assign phenomena to a particular stage
  • a way to characterize a stage, in itself and in relation to other stages.

The existing element creation (within the TEI Header profile description) is defined as the appropriate location for all information relating to the genesis or production of a text. We modify it slightly to permit a new stageNotes element which contains a number of stageNote elements, one for each identified stage:

  • stageNotes contains one or more descriptions of the stages which have been identified in the genesis of a text.
    ordered indicates whether or not the order in which the children of this element are presented is significant
  • stageNote documents a particular stage in the genesis of a text.
  • In the following example taken from the genetic edition of Goethe’s Faust, the editor has identified four distinct stages:

    <profileDesc>
     <creation>
      <ge:stageNotes ordered="true">
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="ST-1">First stage, written in ink by a
           writer</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="ST-2">Second stage, written in Goethe's hand using
           pencil</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="ST-3">Fixation of the revised passages and
           further revisions by Goethe using ink</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="ST-4">Addition of
           another stanza in a different hand, probably
           at a later stage</ge:stageNote></ge:stageNotes>
     </creation>
    </profileDesc>

    The stageNotes elements carries an attribute ordered, which can take the values true or false (the default). The attribute specifies whether the order of child elements signifies a temporal order for the revision campaigns which they document. In the Faust example above, the editor has asserted that the four stages distinguished are ordered chronologically according to the order of the stageNote elements. Note that asserting a specific order early on, though probably one of the hardest tasks in a genetic analysis, can considerably reduce the encoding effort in assigning textual alterations to stages during the transcription, as we will see below. For instance deletions can only be assigned to a stage that follows the one in which the passage being deleted was written down. Hence, having a certain order of stages put in place before transcription begins, will allow the encoder to reduce verbose tagging, where default assumptions based on the natural order of actions can be made.

    If necessary, stageNotes elements can be nested hierarchically. This may be helpful in two cases. Firstly one can build up hypotheses about related revisions step-by-step, starting with stages of smaller coverage, whose members are certainly related, and then in a subsequent pass grouping these stages in turn, thereby extending their reach.

    <profileDesc>
     <creation>
      <ge:stageNotes>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="o">An unrelated stage note</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNotes xml:id="m" cert="low">
        <ge:stageNote xml:id="m1">Alterations on one manuscript page, certainly
             related</ge:stageNote>
        <ge:stageNote xml:id="m2">Alterations on another manuscript page,
             certainly related</ge:stageNote>
        <ge:stageNote xml:id="p">Another unrelated stage note</ge:stageNote></ge:stageNotes></ge:stageNotes>
     </creation>
    </profileDesc>

    Another use case for nested stageNote elements would be the need to express a partial ordering of revision campaigns.

    <ge:stageNotes ordered="true">
     <ge:stageNote xml:id="ST1">The first stage</ge:stageNote>
     <ge:stageNotes xml:id="STlast">
       .
     <ge:stageNote xml:id="ST-rev1">A revision of the first stage</ge:stageNote>
      <ge:stageNote xml:id="ST-rev2">Another revision of the first
         stage</ge:stageNote></ge:stageNotes></ge:stageNotes>

    In addition to the possibility of ordering text stages in relation to each other, stageNote elements may carry a number of attributes from the att.datable class (period, when, notBefore, notAfter, from, and to) which allow each stage to be dated as exactly or inexactly as necessary, in the same way as is currently possible for the TEI date element.

    <profileDesc>
     <creation>
      <date notAfter="1816-07-18"/>
      <ge:stageNotes ordered="true">
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="mod1" when="1816-07-16">The first draft of
       <title>Persuasion</title> is completed by the <date>July 16
             1816</date> written after the word <q>Finis</q> at <ref target="#pers-30">page 30</ref>.</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="mod2" notBefore="1816-07-16">After the <date>16th
             of July</date> Austen starts revision of the two final chapters, by
           rewriting the end and adding a new block (<ref target="#transp-1">pages 32-35</ref>) to be inserted at <ref target="#insertion-p1">page 19</ref>. This stage is documented by the deletion of the
           date (<date>July 16 1816</date>) at <ref target="#pers-30">page
             30</ref>, and the addition of more text and of a new date
           (<date>July 18. 1816</date>) at <ref target="#pers-31">page
             31</ref>
       </ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote notBefore="1816-07-18">Before publication, after <date>July
             18th, 1816</date> chapters 10-11 were broken into three chapters,
           10, 11, 12, as witnessed by the print.</ge:stageNote></ge:stageNotes>
     </creation>
    </profileDesc>

    Each stageNote element, apart from declaring a text stage, may also contain references to other annotations contained within the teiHeader or in the document (as shown in the previous example). Such references, along with the textual content are purely documentary and do not affect the textual stage associated with any element thus referred to. The association of a textual component with a writing stage is always made explicitly, either by pointing from the stageNote attribute @target to one or more elements, or (for preference) by pointing from the element concerned to the stageNote element by means of its stage attribute:

    <ge:line stage="#firstStage">This is a <subst stage="#secondStage">
      <del>house</del>
      <add>mouse</add>
     </subst>.</ge:line>

    This simple example shows the latter of the two options: The relevant stages are declared in the header; then textual alterations and acts of writing are assigned to them. So the whole sentence was realized in the first stage, while the substitution of “house” with “mouse” happened at the second stage.

    A more complex and complete example:

    <profileDesc>
     <creation>
      <ge:stageNotes type="ordered">
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="firstStage">First stage, written in ink by a
           writer</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="secondStage">Revised by Goethe using
           pencil</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="thirdStage">Fixation of the revised passages and
           further revisions by Goethe using ink</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote xml:id="fourthStage">Addition of another stanza, probably
           at a later stage</ge:stageNote></ge:stageNotes>
     </creation>
    </profileDesc> [...]
    <div stage="#firstStage">
     <l n="11656">
      <subst>
       <del>Ihr</del>
       <add>
        <ge:rewrite stage="#thirdStage">
         <seg stage="#secondStage">Nun</seg></ge:rewrite>
       </add>
      </subst> wanſtige Schuften mit den Feuerbacken</l>
     <l n="11657">Ihr glüht ſo recht vom Höllen Schwefel <subst
        stage="#secondStage #thirdStage">

       <del>ſatt</del>
       <add>feiſt</add>
      </subst>.</l>
     <l n="11658">
      <delSpan spanTo="#anchor_delSpan_1" stage="#thirdStage"/>Ihr hagren,
       triſten, krummgezog<subst>
       <del>nen</del>
       <add>ener</add>
      </subst> Nacken</l>
     <l>Wenn ihr nur piepſet iſt die Welt ſchon matt.<anchor xml:id="anchor_delSpan_1"/>
     </l>
    </div>

    Note first, that a stage, once assigned to an element, is inherited by all descendents of that element, unless overridden by a subsequent assignment. So in the example above the three verses are assigned to the first stage initially. The writing of Nun (as part of the substitution in the first verse) takes place in the second stage and is repeated or fixated in the third. Also the substitution in the second verse is done repeatedly: initially it takes place in the second stage, but is fixated as a whole in the third.

    As one can see, the interpretation of what the stage assignments mean for a particular text passage and the actions upon it can be based on a number of implicit assumptions and constraints which have the effect of minimizing the amount of tagging necessary. If it is desired to make these presuppositions more explicit, one can differentiate between acts of writing and textual alterations and accordingly between their assignment to stages as follows:

    <profileDesc>
     <creation>
      <ge:stageNotes type="ordered">
       <ge:stageNote target="#zone_1 #subst_3">First stage, written in ink by a
           writer</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote
         target="#zone_2 #mod_1 #line_1 #line_2 #subst_1 #subst_2 #subst_4 #delSpan_1">
    Revised by Goethe using pencil</ge:stageNote>
       <ge:stageNote
         target="#redo_1 #redo_2 #redo_3 #subst_1 #subst_2 #delSpan_1 #add_1">
    Fixation of the revised passages and further revisions by Goethe
           using ink</ge:stageNote></ge:stageNotes>
     </creation>
    </profileDesc> [...]
    <ge:document>
     <surface>
      <zone xml:id="zone_1">
       <ge:line xml:id="line_1">
        <handShift new="#g_bl"/>
        <ge:rewrite hand="#g_t" xml:id="redo_1">Nun</ge:rewrite></ge:line>
       <ge:line>
        <handShift new="#jo_t"/>Ihr wanſtige Schuften mit den
           Feuerbacken</ge:line>
       <ge:line xml:id="line_2">
        <handShift new="#g_bl"/>
        <ge:rewrite hand="#g_t" xml:id="redo_2">feiſt</ge:rewrite></ge:line>
       <ge:line>Ihr glüht ſo recht vom Höllen Schwefel ſatt.</ge:line> [...]
      </zone>
     </surface></ge:document>
    <text>
     <body>
      <l n="11656">
       <subst xml:id="subst_1">
        <del>Ihr</del>
        <add>Nun</add>
       </subst> wanſtige Schuften mit den Feuerbacken</l>
      <l n="11657">Ihr glüht ſo recht vom Höllen Schwefel <subst xml:id="subst_2">
        <del>ſatt</del>
        <add>feiſt</add>
       </subst>.</l>
     </body>
    </text>

    Here two transcriptions of the same passage are given, one from a documentary perspective stressing the writing process, and one from the textual perspective emphasizing textual alterations. The assignment to stages is also done differently here, pointing from the stage notes to the text passages and alterations in question. From the documentary perspective, the stage assignments describe the writing process, in that they specify, which segment has been written when and how often. From the textual perspective, the markup concentrates on the order of textual alterations and makes no assumptions about the order of writing.

    ODD

    WWP customization for genetic encoding exercises

    Schema geneticExercise: Model classes

    model.addrPart

    model.addrPart groups elements such as names or postal codes which may appear as part of a postal address.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.nameLike [model.nameLike.agent [name persName] model.placeStateLike [model.placeNamePart [country placeName settlement] ] idno rs] addrLine

    model.addressLike

    model.addressLike groups elements used to represent a postal or e-mail address.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members address affiliation email

    model.applicationLike

    model.applicationLike groups elements used to record application-specific information about a document in its header.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members application

    model.biblLike

    model.biblLike groups elements containing a bibliographic description.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members bibl biblFull biblStruct msDesc

    model.biblPart

    model.biblPart groups elements which represent components of a bibliographic description.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.imprintPart [biblScope distributor pubPlace publisher] model.respLike [author editor funder principal respStmt sponsor] edition extent msIdentifier relatedItem series

    model.castItemPart

    model.castItemPart groups component elements of an entry in a cast list, such as dramatic role or actor's name.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members actor role roleDesc

    model.catDescPart

    model.catDescPart groups component elements of the TEI Header Category Description.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members textDesc

    model.choicePart

    model.choicePart groups elements (other than choice itself) which can be used within a choice alternation.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members abbr am corr ex expan orig reg seg sic unclear

    model.common

    model.common groups common chunk- and inter-level elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.divPart [model.lLike [l] model.pLike [ab p] eTree floatingText forest forestGrp graph lg sp tree] model.inter [model.biblLike [bibl biblFull biblStruct msDesc] model.egLike [eg] model.labelLike [desc label] model.listLike [list listBibl listEvent listNym listWit] model.qLike [model.quoteLike [cit quote] q said] model.stageLike [camera caption move sound stage tech view] castList table] include
    Note
    This class defines the set of chunk- and inter-level elements; it is used in many content models, including those for textual divisions.

    model.dateLike

    model.dateLike groups elements containing temporal expressions.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members date time

    model.dimLike

    model.dimLike groups elements which describe a measurement forming part of the physical dimensions of some object.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members depth height width

    model.divBottom

    model.divBottom groups elements appearing at the end of a text division.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.divBottomPart [closer postscript signed trailer] model.divWrapper [argument byline dateline docAuthor docDate epigraph salute]

    model.divBottomPart

    model.divBottomPart groups elements which can occur only at the end of a text division.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members closer postscript signed trailer

    model.divGenLike

    model.divGenLike groups elements used to represent a structural division which is generated rather than explicitly present in the source.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members divGen

    model.divLike

    model.divLike groups elements used to represent un-numbered generic structural divisions.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members div

    model.divPart

    model.divPart groups paragraph-level elements appearing directly within divisions.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.lLike [l] model.pLike [ab p] eTree floatingText forest forestGrp graph lg sp tree
    Note
    Note that this element class does not include members of the model.inter class, which can appear either within or between paragraph-level items.

    model.divTop

    model.divTop groups elements appearing at the beginning of a text division.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.divTopPart [model.headLike [head] opener] model.divWrapper [argument byline dateline docAuthor docDate epigraph salute]

    model.divTopPart

    model.divTopPart groups elements which can occur only at the beginning of a text division.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.headLike [head] opener

    model.divWrapper

    model.divWrapper groups elements which can appear at either top or bottom of a textual division.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members argument byline dateline docAuthor docDate epigraph salute

    model.editorialDeclPart

    model.editorialDeclPart groups elements which may be used inside editorialDecl and appear multiple times.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members correction hyphenation interpretation normalization quotation segmentation

    model.egLike

    model.egLike groups elements containing examples or illustrations.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members eg

    model.emphLike

    model.emphLike groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct and to which a specific function can be attributed.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members code distinct emph foreign gloss ident mentioned soCalled term title

    model.encodingDescPart

    model.encodingDescPart groups elements which may be used inside encodingDesc and appear multiple times.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members appInfo charDecl classDecl editorialDecl geoDecl projectDesc refsDecl samplingDecl variantEncoding

    model.entryPart.top

    model.entryPart.top groups high level elements within a structured dictionary entry
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members cit
    Note
    Members of this class typically contain related parts of a dictionary entry which form a coherent subdivision, for example a particular sense, homonym, etc.

    model.frontPart

    model.frontPart groups elements which appear at the level of divisions within front or back matter.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.frontPart.drama [castList epilogue performance prologue set] divGen titlePage

    model.frontPart.drama

    model.frontPart.drama groups elements which appear at the level of divisions within front or back matter of performance texts only.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members castList epilogue performance prologue set

    model.gLike

    model.gLike groups elements used to represent individual non-Unicode characters or glyphs.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members g

    model.global

    model.global groups elements which may appear at any point within a TEI text.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.global.edit [addSpan damageSpan delSpan gap modSpan space] model.global.meta [alt altGrp certainty index interp interpGrp join joinGrp link linkGrp precision respons span spanGrp timeline transposeGrp] model.milestoneLike [anchor cb fw gb lb milestone pb] model.noteLike [note witDetail] figure rewrite used

    model.global.edit

    model.global.edit groups globally available elements which perform a specifically editorial function.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members addSpan damageSpan delSpan gap modSpan space

    model.global.meta

    model.global.meta groups globally available elements which describe the status of other elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members alt altGrp certainty index interp interpGrp join joinGrp link linkGrp precision respons span spanGrp timeline transposeGrp
    Note
    Elements in this class are typically used to hold groups of links or of abstract interpretations, or by provide indications of certainty etc. It may find be convenient to localize all metadata elements, for example to contain them within the same divison as the elements that they relate to; or to locate them all to a division of their own. They may however appear at any point in a TEI text.

    model.glossLike

    model.glossLike groups elements which provide an alternative name, explanation, or description for any markup construct.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members certainty desc gloss precision respons

    model.graphicLike

    model.graphicLike groups elements containing images, formulae, and similar objects.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members formula graphic

    model.headLike

    model.headLike groups elements used to provide a title or heading at the start of a text division.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members head

    model.hiLike

    model.hiLike groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct but to which no specific function can be attributed.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members hi

    model.highlighted

    model.highlighted groups phrase-level elements which are typographically distinct.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.emphLike [code distinct emph foreign gloss ident mentioned soCalled term title] model.hiLike [hi]

    model.imprintPart

    model.imprintPart groups the bibliographic elements which occur inside imprints.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members biblScope distributor pubPlace publisher

    model.inter

    model.inter groups elements which can appear either within or between paragraph-like elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.biblLike [bibl biblFull biblStruct msDesc] model.egLike [eg] model.labelLike [desc label] model.listLike [list listBibl listEvent listNym listWit] model.qLike [model.quoteLike [cit quote] q said] model.stageLike [camera caption move sound stage tech view] castList table

    model.lLike

    model.lLike groups elements representing metrical components such as verse lines.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members l

    model.lPart

    model.lPart groups phrase-level elements which may appear within verse only.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members caesura rhyme

    model.labelLike

    model.labelLike groups elements used to gloss or explain other parts of a document.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members desc label

    model.limitedPhrase

    model.limitedPhrase groups phrase-level elements excluding those elements primarily intended for transcription of existing sources.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.emphLike [code distinct emph foreign gloss ident mentioned soCalled term title] model.pPart.data [model.addressLike [address affiliation email] model.dateLike [date time] model.measureLike [depth dim height measure measureGrp num width] model.nameLike [model.nameLike.agent [name persName] model.placeStateLike [model.placeNamePart [country placeName settlement] ] idno rs] ] model.pPart.editorial [abbr am choice ex expan subst] model.pPart.msdesc [catchwords dimensions handShift heraldry locus locusGrp material origDate origPlace secFol signatures stamp watermark] model.phrase.xml [att gi tag val] model.ptrLike [ptr ref]

    model.linePart

    model.linePart elements which can form part of a line
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    Used by
    Members model.gLike [g] model.hiLike [hi] model.pPart.editorial [abbr am choice ex expan subst] model.pPart.msdesc [catchwords dimensions handShift heraldry locus locusGrp material origDate origPlace secFol signatures stamp watermark] model.pPart.transcriptional [add app corr damage del metaMark mod orig redo reg restore rewrite sic supplied surplus unclear undo used] model.segLike [m pc phr s seg]

    model.listLike

    model.listLike groups list-like elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members list listBibl listEvent listNym listWit

    model.measureLike

    model.measureLike groups elements which denote a number, a quantity, a measurement, or similar piece of text that conveys some numerical meaning.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members depth dim height measure measureGrp num width

    model.milestoneLike

    model.milestoneLike groups milestone-style elements used to represent reference systems.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members anchor cb fw gb lb milestone pb

    model.msItemPart

    model.msItemPart groups elements which can appear within a manuscript item description.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.msQuoteLike [colophon explicit finalRubric incipit rubric title] model.quoteLike [cit quote] model.respLike [author editor funder principal respStmt sponsor] bibl decoNote filiation listBibl msItem msItemStruct textLang

    model.msQuoteLike

    model.msQuoteLike groups elements which represent passages such as titles quoted from a manuscript as a part of its description.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members colophon explicit finalRubric incipit rubric title

    model.nameLike

    model.nameLike groups elements which name or refer to a person, place, or organization.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.nameLike.agent [name persName] model.placeStateLike [model.placeNamePart [country placeName settlement] ] idno rs
    Note
    A superset of the naming elements that may appear in datelines, addresses, statements of responsibility, etc.

    model.nameLike.agent

    model.nameLike.agent groups elements which contain names of individuals or corporate bodies.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members name persName
    Note
    This class is used in the content model of elements which reference names of people or organizations.

    model.noteLike

    model.noteLike groups globally-available note-like elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members note witDetail

    model.pLike

    model.pLike groups paragraph-like elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members ab p

    model.pLike.front

    model.pLike.front groups paragraph-like elements which can occur as direct constituents of front matter.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members argument byline docAuthor docDate docEdition docImprint docTitle epigraph head titlePart

    model.pPart.data

    model.pPart.data groups phrase-level elements containing names, dates, numbers, measures, and similar data.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.addressLike [address affiliation email] model.dateLike [date time] model.measureLike [depth dim height measure measureGrp num width] model.nameLike [model.nameLike.agent [name persName] model.placeStateLike [model.placeNamePart [country placeName settlement] ] idno rs]

    model.pPart.edit

    model.pPart.edit groups phrase-level elements for simple editorial correction and transcription.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.pPart.editorial [abbr am choice ex expan subst] model.pPart.transcriptional [add app corr damage del metaMark mod orig redo reg restore rewrite sic supplied surplus unclear undo used]

    model.pPart.editorial

    model.pPart.editorial groups phrase-level elements for simple editorial interventions that may be useful both in transcribing and in authoring.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members abbr am choice ex expan subst

    model.pPart.msdesc

    model.pPart.msdesc groups phrase-level elements used in manuscript description.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members catchwords dimensions handShift heraldry locus locusGrp material origDate origPlace secFol signatures stamp watermark

    model.pPart.transcriptional

    model.pPart.transcriptional groups phrase-level elements used for editorial transcription of pre-existing source materials.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members add app corr damage del metaMark mod orig redo reg restore rewrite sic supplied surplus unclear undo used

    model.persStateLike

    model.persStateLike groups elements describing changeable characteristics of a person which have a definite duration, for example occupation, residence, or name.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members affiliation persName
    Note
    These characteristics of an individual are typically a consequence of their own action or that of others.

    model.personPart

    model.personPart groups elements which form part of the description of a person.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.persStateLike [affiliation persName] bibl

    model.phrase

    model.phrase groups elements which can occur at the level of individual words or phrases.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.graphicLike [formula graphic] model.highlighted [model.emphLike [code distinct emph foreign gloss ident mentioned soCalled term title] model.hiLike [hi] ] model.lPart [caesura rhyme] model.pPart.data [model.addressLike [address affiliation email] model.dateLike [date time] model.measureLike [depth dim height measure measureGrp num width] model.nameLike [model.nameLike.agent [name persName] model.placeStateLike [model.placeNamePart [country placeName settlement] ] idno rs] ] model.pPart.edit [model.pPart.editorial [abbr am choice ex expan subst] model.pPart.transcriptional [add app corr damage del metaMark mod orig redo reg restore rewrite sic supplied surplus unclear undo used] ] model.pPart.msdesc [catchwords dimensions handShift heraldry locus locusGrp material origDate origPlace secFol signatures stamp watermark] model.phrase.xml [att gi tag val] model.ptrLike [ptr ref] model.segLike [m pc phr s seg]
    Note
    This class of elements can occur only within larger elements of the class inter or chunk. In prose, this means these elements can occur within paragraphs, list items, lines of verse, etc.

    model.phrase.xml

    model.phrase.xml groups phrase-level elements used to encode XML constructs such as element names, attribute names, and attribute values
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members att gi tag val

    model.physDescPart

    model.physDescPart groups specialised elements forming part of the physical description of a manuscript or similar written source.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members accMat additions bindingDesc decoDesc handDesc musicNotation objectDesc scriptDesc sealDesc typeDesc

    model.placeNamePart

    model.placeNamePart groups elements which form part of a place name.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members country placeName settlement

    model.placeStateLike

    model.placeStateLike groups elements which describe changing states of a place.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.placeNamePart [country placeName settlement]

    model.placeTraitLike

    model.placeTraitLike groups elements which describe unchanging traits of a place.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members climate

    model.profileDescPart

    model.profileDescPart groups elements which may be used inside profileDesc and appear multiple times.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members creation geneticGrp handNotes langUsage particDesc settingDesc textClass textDesc transposeGrp

    model.ptrLike

    model.ptrLike groups elements used for purposes of location and reference.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members ptr ref

    model.publicationStmtPart

    model.publicationStmtPart groups elements which may appear within the publicationStmt element of the TEI Header.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members address authority availability date distributor idno pubPlace publisher

    model.qLike

    model.qLike groups elements related to highlighting which can appear either within or between chunk-level elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members model.quoteLike [cit quote] q said

    model.quoteLike

    model.quoteLike groups elements used to directly contain quotations.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members cit quote

    model.rdgLike

    model.rdgLike groups elements which contain a single reading, other than the lemma, within a textual variation.
    Module textcrit
    Used by
    Members rdg
    Note
    This class allows for variants of the rdg element to be easily created via TEI customizations.

    model.rdgPart

    model.rdgPart groups elements which mark the beginning or ending of a fragmentary manuscript or other witness.
    Module textcrit
    Used by
    Members lacunaEnd lacunaStart wit witEnd witStart
    Note
    These elements may appear anywhere within the elements lem and rdg, and also within any of their constituent elements.

    model.resourceLike

    model.resourceLike groups non-textual elements which may appear together with a header and a text to constitute a TEI document.
    Module tei
    Used by
    TEI
    Members document facsimile

    model.respLike

    model.respLike groups elements which are used to indicate intellectual or other significant responsibility, for example within a bibliographic element.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members author editor funder principal respStmt sponsor

    model.segLike

    model.segLike groups elements used for arbitrary segmentation.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members m pc phr s seg

    model.settingPart

    model.settingPart groups elements used to describe the setting of a linguistic interaction.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members activity locale

    model.stageLike

    model.stageLike groups elements containing stage directions or similar things defined by the module for performance texts.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members camera caption move sound stage tech view
    Note
    Stage directions are members of class inter: that is, they can appear between or within component-level elements.

    model.teiHeaderPart

    model.teiHeaderPart groups high level elements which may appear more than once in a TEI Header.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members encodingDesc profileDesc

    model.textDescPart

    model.textDescPart groups elements used to categorise a text for example in terms of its situational parameters.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members channel constitution derivation domain factuality interaction preparedness

    model.titlepagePart

    model.titlepagePart groups elements which can occur as direct constituents of a title page, such as docTitle, docAuthor, docImprint, or epigraph.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Members argument byline docAuthor docDate docEdition docImprint docTitle epigraph graphic imprimatur titlePart

    model.zonePart

    model.zonePart elements which can form part of a zone
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    Used by
    Members model.gLike [g] model.hiLike [hi] model.pPart.editorial [abbr am choice ex expan subst] model.pPart.msdesc [catchwords dimensions handShift heraldry locus locusGrp material origDate origPlace secFol signatures stamp watermark] model.pPart.transcriptional [add app corr damage del metaMark mod orig redo reg restore rewrite sic supplied surplus unclear undo used] model.segLike [m pc phr s seg] line table zone

    Schema geneticExercise: Attribute classes

    att.ascribed

    att.ascribed provides attributes for elements representing speech or action that can be ascribed to a specific individual.
    Module tei
    Members change move q said setting sp
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    who indicates the person, or group of people, to whom the element content is ascribed.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values For transcribed speech, this will typically identify a participant or participant group; in other contexts, it will point to any identified <person> element.

    att.canonical

    att.canonical provides attributes which can be used to associate a representation such as a name or title with canonical information about the object being named or referenced.
    Module tei
    Members att.naming [att.personal [persName] affiliation author climate collection country editor institution name origPlace placeName pubPlace relation repository rs settlement] docAuthor docTitle material resp term title
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    key provides an externally-defined means of identifying the entity (or entities) being named, using a coded value of some kind.
    Status Optional
    Datatype string
    Values any string of Unicode characters
    Note
    The value may be a unique identifier from a database, or any other externally-defined string identifying the referent.
    ref (reference) provides an explicit means of locating a full definition for the entity being named by means of one or more URIs.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Note
    The value must point directly to one or more XML elements by means of one or more URIs, separated by whitespace. If more than one is supplied, the implication is that the name identifies several distinct entities.

    att.coordinated

    att.coordinated elements which can be positioned within a two dimensional coordinate system.
    Module transcr
    Members patch surface zone
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    start indicates the element within a transcription of the text containing at least the start of the writing represented by this zone or surface.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    ulx gives the x coordinate value for the upper left corner of a rectangular space.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    uly gives the y coordinate value for the upper left corner of a rectangular space.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    lrx gives the x coordinate value for the lower right corner of a rectangular space.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    lry gives the y coordinate value for the lower right corner of a rectangular space.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    points identifies a non-rectangular area within the bounding box specified by the other attributes by specifying a series of pairs of numbers, each of which gives the x,y coordinates of a point on a line defining the non-rectangular area.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 3–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\-?[0-9]+\.?[0-9]*,\-?[0-9]+\.?[0-9]*)" } separated by whitespace

    att.damaged

    att.damaged provides attributes describing the nature of any physical damage affecting a reading.
    Module tei
    Members damage damageSpan
    Attributes att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max))
    hand In the case of damage (deliberate defacement, inking out, etc.) assignable to a distinct hand, signifies the hand responsible for the damage.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values must be one of the hand identifiers declared in the document header (see section ??).
    agent categorizes the cause of the damage, if it can be identified.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    rubbing
    damage results from rubbing of the leaf edges
    mildew
    damage results from mildew on the leaf surface
    smoke
    damage results from smoke
    degree Signifies the degree of damage according to a convenient scale. The damage tag with the degree attribute should only be used where the text may be read with some confidence; text supplied from other sources should be tagged as supplied.
    Status Optional
    Datatype
    Values a coded representation of the degree of damage, either as a number between 0 (undamaged) and 1 (very extensively damaged), or as one of the codes high, medium, low.
    Note
    The damage tag with the degree attribute should only be used where the text may be read with confidence despite the damage. It is appropriate where it is desired to record the fact of damage, though this has not affected the readability of the text (as may be the case with weathered inscriptional materials). Where the damage has rendered the text more or less illegible either the unclear tag (for partial illegibility) or the gap tag (for complete illegibility, with no text supplied) should be used, with the information concerning the damage given in the attribute values of these tags. See section ?? for discussion of the use of these tags in particular circumstances.
    group assigns an arbitrary number to each stretch of damage regarded as forming part of the same physical phenomenon.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger

    att.datable

    att.datable provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain dates, times, or datable events.
    Module tei
    Members acquisition affiliation application binding change climate country custEvent date origDate origPlace origin persName placeName provenance relation seal settlement stageNote stamp time
    Attributes att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to) att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)
    Note
    This ‘superclass’ provides attributes that can be used to provide normalized values of temporal information. By default, the attributes from the att.datable.w3c class are provided. If the module for names & dates is loaded, this class also provides attributes from the att.datable.iso class. In general, the possible values of attributes restricted to the W3C datatypes form a subset of those values available via the ISO 8601 standard. However, the greater expressiveness of the ISO datatypes may not be needed, and there exists much greater software support for the W3C datatypes.

    att.datable.iso

    att.datable.iso provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain datable events using the ISO 8601 standard.
    Module namesdates
    Members att.datable [acquisition affiliation application binding change climate country custEvent date origDate origPlace origin persName placeName provenance relation seal settlement stageNote stamp time]
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    when-iso supplies the value of a date or time in a standard form.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime | token { pattern = "[0-9.,DHMPRSTWYZ/:+\-]+" }
    Values Any string representing a valid date, time, or one of a variety of combinations.

    The following are examples of ISO date, time, and date & time formats that are not valid W3C format normalizations.

    <date when-iso="1996-09-24T07:25+00">Sept. 24th, 1996 at 3:25 in the morning</date>
    <date when-iso="1996-09-24T03:25-04">Sept. 24th, 1996 at 3:25 in the morning</date>
    <time when-iso="1999-01-04T20:42-05">4 Jan 1999 at 8:42 pm</time>
    <time when-iso="1999-W01-1T20,70-05">4 Jan 1999 at 8:42 pm</time>
    <date when-iso="2006-05-18T10:03">a few minutes after ten in the morning on Thu 18 May</date>
    <time when-iso="03:00">3 A.M.</time>
    <time when-iso="14">around two</time>
    <time when-iso="15,5">half past three</time>

    All of the examples of the when attribute in the att.datable.w3c class are also valid with respect to this attribute.

    He likes to be punctual. I said <q>
     <time when-iso="12">around noon</time>
    </q>, and he showed up at <time when-iso="12:00:00">12 O'clock</time> on the dot.

    The second occurence of time could have been encoded with the when attribute, as 12:00:00 is a valid time with respect to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes specification. The first occurence could not.

    Note
    The value of the when-iso attribute should be the normalized representation of the date, time, or combined date & time intended, in any of the standard formats specified by ISO 8601, using the Gregorian calendar.
    notBefore-iso specifies the earliest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime | token { pattern = "[0-9.,DHMPRSTWYZ/:+\-]+" }
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming ISO 8601.
    notAfter-iso specifies the latest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime | token { pattern = "[0-9.,DHMPRSTWYZ/:+\-]+" }
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming ISO 8601.
    from-iso indicates the starting point of the period in standard form.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime | token { pattern = "[0-9.,DHMPRSTWYZ/:+\-]+" }
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming ISO 8601.
    to-iso indicates the ending point of the period in standard form.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime | token { pattern = "[0-9.,DHMPRSTWYZ/:+\-]+" }
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming ISO 8601.
    Note
    If both when-iso and dur-iso are specified, the values should be interpreted as indicating a span of time by its starting time (or date) and duration. That is,
    <date when-iso="2007-06-01" dur-iso="P8D"/>
    indicates the same time period as
    <date when-iso="2007-06-01/P8D"/>
    In providing a ‘regularized’ form, no claim is made that the form in the source text is incorrect; the regularized form is simply that chosen as the main form for purposes of unifying variant forms under a single heading.

    att.datable.w3c

    att.datable.w3c provides attributes for normalization of elements that contain datable events using the W3C datatypes.
    Module tei
    Members att.datable [acquisition affiliation application binding change climate country custEvent date origDate origPlace origin persName placeName provenance relation seal settlement stageNote stamp time]
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    period supplies a pointer to some location defining a named period of time within which the datable item is understood to have occurred.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    when supplies the value of the date or time in a standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition.

    Examples of W3C date, time, and date & time formats.

    <date when="1945-10-24">24 Oct 45</date>
    <date when="1996-09-24T07:25:00Z">September 24th, 1996 at 3:25 in the morning</date>
    <time when="1999-01-04T20:42:00-05:00">Jan 4 1999 at 8 pm</time>
    <time when="14:12:38">fourteen twelve and 38 seconds</time>
    <date when="1962-10">October of 1962</date>
    <date when="--06-12">June 12th</date>
    <date when="---01">the first of the month</date>
    <date when="--08">August</date>
    <date when="2006">MMVI</date>
    <date when="0056">AD 56</date>
    <date when="-0056">56 BC</date>
    This list begins in
    the year 1632, more precisely on Trinity Sunday, i.e. the Sunday after
    Pentecost, in that year the <date calendar="Julian" when="1632-06-06">27th of May (old style)</date>.
    <opener>
     <dateline>
      <placeName>Dorchester, Village,</placeName>
      <date when="1828-03-02">March 2d. 1828.</date>
     </dateline>
     <salute>To
       Mrs. Cornell,</salute> Sunday <time when="12:00:00">noon.</time>
    </opener>
    Note
    The value of the when attribute should be the normalized representation of the date, time, or combined date & time intended, in any of the standard formats specified by XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition, using the Gregorian calendar.
    The most commonly-encountered format for the date part of the when attribute is yyyy-mm-dd, but yyyy, --mm, ---dd, yyyy-mm, or --mm-dd may also be used. For the time part, the form hh:mm:ss is used.
    Note that this format does not currently permit use of the value 0000 to represent the year 1 BCE; instead the value -0001 should be used.
    notBefore specifies the earliest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition.
    notAfter specifies the latest possible date for the event in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition.
    from indicates the starting point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition.
    to indicates the ending point of the period in standard form, e.g. yyyy-mm-dd.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime
    Values A normalized form of temporal expression conforming to the W3C XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition.

    att.declarable

    att.declarable provides attributes for those elements in the TEI Header which may be independently selected by means of the special purpose decls attribute.
    Module tei
    Members availability bibl biblFull biblStruct correction editorialDecl geoDecl hyphenation interpretation langUsage listBibl listEvent listNym normalization particDesc projectDesc quotation refsDecl samplingDecl segmentation settingDesc sourceDesc textClass textDesc
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    default indicates whether or not this element is selected by default when its parent is selected.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype xsd:boolean
    Legal values are:
    true
    This element is selected if its parent is selected
    false
    This element can only be selected explicitly, unless it is the only one of its kind, in which case it is selected if its parent is selected. [Default]
    Note
    The rules governing the association of declarable elements with individual parts of a TEI text are fully defined in chapter ??. Only one element of a particular type may have a default attribute with a value of true.

    att.declaring

    att.declaring provides attributes for elements which may be independently associated with a particular declarable element within the header, thus overriding the inherited default for that element.
    Module tei
    Members ab back body div facsimile floatingText front gloss graphic group lg p ptr ref surface term text
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    decls identifies one or more declarable elements within the header, which are understood to apply to the element bearing this attribute and its content.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values must identify a set of declarable elements of different types.
    Note
    The rules governing the association of declarable elements with individual parts of a TEI text are fully defined in chapter ??.

    att.dimensions

    att.dimensions provides attributes for describing the size of physical objects.
    Module tei
    Members att.damaged [damage damageSpan] att.editLike [att.transcriptional [add addSpan del delSpan mod modSpan redo restore rewrite subst undo] affiliation am climate corr date ex expan gap geneticNote origDate origPlace origin persName placeName reg relation stageNote supplied surplus time unclear] depth dim dimensions height space width
    Attributes att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)
    unit names the unit used for the measurement
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    cm
    (centimetres)
    mm
    (millimetres)
    in
    (inches)
    lines
    lines of text
    chars
    (characters) characters of text
    quantity specifies the length in the units specified
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    extent indicates the size of the object concerned using a project-specific vocabulary combining quantity and units in a single string of words.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values any measurement phrase, e.g. 25 letters, 2 × 3 inches.
    <gap extent="5 words"/>
    <height extent="half the page"/>
    precision characterizes the precision of the values specified by the other attributes.
    Status Optional
    Datatype "high" | "medium" | "low" | "unknown"
    scope where the measurement summarizes more than one observation, specifies the applicability of this measurement.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    all
    measurement applies to all instances.
    most
    measurement applies to most of the instances inspected.
    range
    measurement applies to only the specified range of instances.

    att.divLike

    att.divLike provides attributes common to all elements which behave in the same way as divisions.
    Module tei
    Members div lg
    Attributes att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)
    org (organization) specifies how the content of the division is organized.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    composite
    composite content: i.e. no claim is made about the sequence in which the immediate contents of this division are to be processed, or their inter-relationships.
    uniform
    uniform content: i.e. the immediate contents of this element are regarded as forming a logical unit, to be processed in sequence. [Default]
    sample indicates whether this division is a sample of the original source and if so, from which part.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    initial
    division lacks material present at end in source.
    medial
    division lacks material at start and end.
    final
    division lacks material at start.
    unknown
    position of sampled material within original unknown.
    complete
    division is not a sample. [Default]
    part specifies whether or not the division is fragmented by some other structural element, for example a speech which is divided between two or more verse stanzas.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Legal values are:
    Y
    (yes) the division is incomplete in some respect
    N
    (no) either the division is complete, or no claim is made as to its completeness. [Default]
    I
    (initial) the initial part of an incomplete division
    M
    (medial) a medial part of an incomplete division
    F
    (final) the final part of an incomplete division
    Note
    The values I, M, or F should be used only where it is clear how the division is to be reconstituted.

    att.docStatus

    att.docStatus provides attributes for use on metadata elements describing the status of a document.
    Module tei
    Members change revisionDesc
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    status describes the status of a document either currently or, when associated with a dated element, at the time indicated.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    approved
    candidate
    cleared
    deprecated
    draft
    [Default]
    embargoed
    expired
    frozen
    galley
    proposed
    published
    recommendation
    submitted
    unfinished
    withdrawn
    Example
    <revisionDesc status="published">
     <change when="2010-10-21" status="published"/>
     <change when="2010-10-02" status="cleared"/>
     <change when="2010-08-02" status="embargoed"/>
     <change when="2010-05-01" status="frozen" who="#MSM"/>
     <change when="2010-03-01" status="draft" who="#LB"/>
    </revisionDesc>

    att.editLike

    att.editLike provides attributes describing the nature of a encoded scholarly intervention or interpretation of any kind.
    Module tei
    Members att.transcriptional [add addSpan del delSpan mod modSpan redo restore rewrite subst undo] affiliation am climate corr date ex expan gap geneticNote origDate origPlace origin persName placeName reg relation stageNote supplied surplus time unclear
    Attributes att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    instant Is this an instant revision?
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    evidence indicates the nature of the evidence supporting the reliability or accuracy of the intervention or interpretation.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:Name separated by whitespace
    Suggested values include:
    internal
    there is internal evidence to support the intervention.
    external
    there is external evidence to support the intervention.
    conjecture
    the intervention or interpretation has been made by the editor, cataloguer, or scholar on the basis of their expertise.
    source contains a list of one or more pointers indicating sources supporting the given intervention or interpretation.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A space-delimited series of sigla; each sigil should correspond to a witness or witness group and occur as the value of the xml:id attribute on a witness or msDesc element elsewhere in the document.

    att.enjamb

    att.enjamb (enjambement) groups elements bearing the enjamb attribute.
    Module verse
    Members l
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    enjamb (enjambement) indicates that the end of a verse line is marked by enjambement.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    no
    the line is end-stopped
    yes
    the line in question runs on into the next
    weak
    the line is weakly enjambed
    strong
    the line is strongly enjambed
    Note
    The usual practice will be to give the value ‘yes’ to this attribute when enjambement is being marked, or the values ‘weak’ and ‘strong’ if degrees of enjambement are of interest; if no value is given, however, the attribute does not default to a value of ‘no’; this allows the attribute to be omitted entirely when enjambement is not of particular interest.

    att.global

    att.global provides attributes common to all elements in the TEI encoding scheme.
    Module tei
    Members document geneticGrp geneticNote line metaMark mod modSpan patch redo rewrite stageNote stageNotes transpose transposeGrp undo used
    Attributes att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select) att.global.analytic (@ana) att.global.facs (@facs) att.staged (@stage)
    xml:id (identifier) provides a unique identifier for the element bearing the attribute.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:ID
    Values any valid XML identifier.
    Note
    The xml:id attribute may be used to specify a canonical reference for an element; see section ??.
    n (number) gives a number (or other label) for an element, which is not necessarily unique within the document.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values the value may contain only letters, digits, punctuation characters, or symbols: it may not contain whitespace or word separating characters. It need not be restricted to numbers.
    Note
    The n attribute may be used to specify the numbering of chapters, sections, list items, etc.; it may also be used in the specification of a standard reference system for the text.
    xml:lang (language) indicates the language of the element content using a ‘tag’ generated according to BCP 47
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:language
    Values The value must conform to BCP 47. If the value is a private use code (i.e., starts with x- or contains -x-) it should, and if not it may, match the value of an ident attribute of a language element supplied in the TEI Header of the current document.
    Note
    If no value is specified for xml:lang, the xml:lang value for the immediately enclosing element is inherited; for this reason, a value should always be specified on the outermost element (TEI).
    rend (rendition) indicates how the element in question was rendered or presented in the source text.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values may contain any number of tokens, each of which may contain letters, punctuation marks, or symbols, but not word-separating characters.
    <head rend="align(center) case(allcaps)">
     <lb/>To The <lb/>Duchesse <lb/>of <lb/>Newcastle,
    <lb/>On Her <lb/>
     <hi rend="case(mixed)">New Blazing-World</hi>.
    </head>
    Note
    These Guidelines make no binding recommendations for the values of the rend attribute; the characteristics of visual presentation vary too much from text to text and the decision to record or ignore individual characteristics varies too much from project to project. Some potentially useful conventions are noted from time to time at appropriate points in the Guidelines.
    rendition points to a description of the rendering or presentation used for this element in the source text.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values one or more URIs, separated by whitespace.
    <head rendition="#ac #sc">
     <lb/>To The <lb/>Duchesse <lb/>of <lb/>Newcastle, <lb/>On Her
    <lb/>
     <hi rendition="#no">New Blazing-World</hi>.
    </head>
    <!-- elsewhere... -->
    <rendition xml:id="sc" scheme="css">font-variant: small-caps</rendition>
    <rendition xml:id="no" scheme="css">font-variant: normal</rendition>
    <rendition xml:id="ac" scheme="css">text-align: center</rendition>
    Note
    The rendition attribute is used in a very similar way to the class attribute defined for XHTML but with the important distinction that its function is to describe the appearance of the source text, not necessarily to determine how that text should be presented on screen or paper.
    Where both rendition and rend are supplied, the latter is understood to override or complement the former.
    Each URI provided should indicate a <rendition> element defining the intended rendition in terms of some appropriate style language, as indicated by the scheme attribute.
    xml:base provides a base URI reference with which applications can resolve relative URI references into absolute URI references.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values any syntactically valid URI reference.
    <div type="bibl">
     <head>Bibliography</head>
     <listBibl
       xml:base="http://www.lib.ucdavis.edu/BWRP/Works/">

      <bibl n="1">
       <author>
        <name>Landon, Letitia Elizabeth</name>
       </author>
       <ref target="LandLVowOf.sgm">
        <title>The Vow of the Peacock</title>
       </ref>
      </bibl>
      <bibl n="2">
       <author>
        <name>Compton, Margaret Clephane</name>
       </author>
       <ref target="NortMIrene.sgm">
        <title>Irene, a Poem in Six Cantos</title>
       </ref>
      </bibl>
      <bibl n="3">
       <author>
        <name>Taylor, Jane</name>
       </author>
       <ref target="TaylJEssay.sgm">
        <title>Essays in Rhyme on Morals and Manners</title>
       </ref>
      </bibl>
     </listBibl>
    </div>
    xml:space signals an intention about how white space should be managed by applications.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    default
    the processor should treat white space according to the default XML white space handling rules
    preserve
    the processor should preserve unchanged any and all white space in the source
    Note
    The XML specification provides further guidance on the use of this attribute.

    att.global.analytic

    att.global.analytic provides additional global attributes for associating specific analyses or interpretations with appropriate portions of a text.
    Module analysis
    Members att.global [document geneticGrp geneticNote line metaMark mod modSpan patch redo rewrite stageNote stageNotes transpose transposeGrp undo used]
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    ana (analysis) indicates one or more elements containing interpretations of the element on which the ana attribute appears.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values one or more valid identifiers of one or more interpretive elements (usually <fs> or interp), separated by white space.
    Note
    When multiple values are given, they may reflect either multiple divergent interpretations of an ambiguous text, or multiple mutually consistent interpretations of the same passage in different contexts.

    att.global.facs

    att.global.facs groups elements corresponding with all or part of an image, because they contain an alternative representation of it, typically but not necessarily a transcription of it.
    Module transcr
    Members att.global [document geneticGrp geneticNote line metaMark mod modSpan patch redo rewrite stageNote stageNotes transpose transposeGrp undo used]
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    facs (facsimile) points to all or part of an image which corresponds with the content of the element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values one or more URIs, separated by whitespace.

    att.global.linking

    att.global.linking defines a set of attributes for hypertext and other linking, which are enabled for all elements when the additional tag set for linking is selected.
    Module linking
    Members att.global [document geneticGrp geneticNote line metaMark mod modSpan patch redo rewrite stageNote stageNotes transpose transposeGrp undo used]
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    corresp (corresponds) points to elements that correspond to the current element in some way.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values one or more URIs, separated by whitespace.
    synch (synchronous) points to elements that are synchronous with the current element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values one or more URIs, separated by whitespace.
    sameAs points to an element that is the same as the current element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a URI.
    copyOf points to an element of which the current element is a copy.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a URI.
    Note
    Any content of the current element should be ignored. Its true content is that of the element being pointed at.
    next points to the next element of a virtual aggregate of which the current element is part.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a URI.
    prev (previous) points to the previous element of a virtual aggregate of which the current element is part.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a URI.
    exclude points to elements that are in exclusive alternation with the current element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values one or more URIs, separated by whitespace.
    select selects one or more alternants; if one alternant is selected, the ambiguity or uncertainty is marked as resolved. If more than one alternant is selected, the degree of ambiguity or uncertainty is marked as reduced by the number of alternants not selected.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values one or more URIs, separated by whitespace.
    Note
    This attribute should be placed on an element which is superordinate to all of the alternants from which the selection is being made.

    att.handFeatures

    att.handFeatures provides attributes describing aspects of the hand in which a manuscript is written.
    Module tei
    Members handNote handShift scriptNote typeNote
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    scribe gives a name or other identifier for the scribe believed to be responsible for this hand.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    scribeRef points to a full description of the scribe concerned, typically supplied by a <person> element elsewhere in the description.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    script characterizes the particular script or writing style used by this hand, for example secretary, copperplate, Chancery, Italian, etc.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:Name separated by whitespace
    scriptRef points to a full description of the script or writing style used by this hand, typically supplied by a scriptNote element elsewhere in the description.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    medium describes the tint or type of ink, e.g. brown, or other writing medium, e.g. pencil
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    scope specifies how widely this hand is used in the manuscript.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    sole
    only this hand is used throughout the manuscript
    major
    this hand is used through most of the manuscript
    minor
    this hand is used occasionally in the manuscript
    Note
    Usually either script or scriptRef, and similarly, either scribe or scribeRef, will be supplied.

    att.internetMedia

    att.internetMedia provides attributes for specifying the type of a computer resource using a standard taxonomy.
    Module tei
    Members graphic
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    mimeType (MIME media type) specifies the applicable multimedia internet mail extension (MIME) media type
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Values The value should be a valid MIME media type
    Note
    This attribute class provides attributes for describing a computer resource, typically available over the internet, according to standard taxonomies. At present only a single taxonomy is supported, the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions Media Type system. This system of typology of media types is defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force in RFC 2046. The list of types is maintained by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority.

    att.interpLike

    att.interpLike provides attributes for elements which represent a formal analysis or interpretation.
    Module tei
    Members interp interpGrp span spanGrp
    Attributes att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    type indicates what kind of phenomenon is being noted in the passage.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    image
    identifies an image in the passage.
    character
    identifies a character associated with the passage.
    theme
    identifies a theme in the passage.
    allusion
    identifies an allusion to another text.
    inst (instances) points to instances of the analysis or interpretation represented by the current element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values One or more valid identifiers, separated by whitespace.
    Note
    The current element should be an analytic one. The element pointed at should be a textual one.

    att.measurement

    att.measurement provides attributes to represent a regularized or normalized measurement.
    Module tei
    Members measure measureGrp
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    unit indicates the units used for the measurement, usually using the standard symbol for the desired units.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    m
    (metre) SI base unit of length
    kg
    (kilogram) SI base unit of mass
    s
    (second) SI base unit of time
    Hz
    (hertz) SI unit of frequency
    Pa
    (pascal) SI unit of pressure or stress
    (ohm) SI unit of electric resistance
    L
    (litre) 1 dm³
    t
    (tonne) 10³ kg
    ha
    (hectare) 1 hm²
    (ångström) 10⁻¹⁰ m
    mL
    (millilitre)
    cm
    (centimetre)
    dB
    (decibel) see remarks, below
    kbit
    (kilobit) 10³ or 1000 bits
    Kibit
    (kibibit) 2¹⁰ or 1024 bits
    kB
    (kilobyte) 10³ or 1000 bytes
    KiB
    (kibibyte) 2¹⁰ or 1024 bytes
    MB
    (megabyte) 10⁶ or 1 000 000 bytes
    MiB
    (mebibyte) 2²⁰ or 1 048 576 bytes
    Note
    If the measurement being represented is not expressed in a particular unit, but rather is a number of discrete items, the unit count should be used, or the unit attribute may be left unspecified.
    Wherever appropriate, a recognised SI unit name should be used (see further http://www.bipm.org/en/si/ ; http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/ ). The list above is indicative rather than exhaustive.
    quantity specifies the number of the specified units that comprise the measurement
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    commodity indicates the substance that is being measured
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Note
    In general, when the commodity is made of discrete entities, the plural form should be used, even when the measurement is of only one of them.
    Note
    This attribute class provides a triplet of attributes that may be used either to regularize the values of the measurement being encoded, or to normalize them with respect to a standard measurement system.
    <l>So weren't you gonna buy <measure quantity="0.5" unit="gal" commodity="ice cream">half a gallon</measure>, baby</l>
    <l>So won't you go and buy <measure quantity="1.893" unit="L" commodity="ice cream">half a gallon</measure>,
    baby?</l>
    Note
    The unit should normally be named using the standard abbreviation for an SI unit (see further http://www.bipm.org/en/si/ ; http://physics.nist.gov/cuu/Units/ ). However, encoders may also specify measurements using informally defined units such as lines or characters.

    att.metrical

    att.metrical defines a set of attributes which certain elements may use to represent metrical information.
    Module verse
    Members att.divLike [div lg] att.segLike [m pc phr s seg] l
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    met (metrical structure, conventional) contains a user-specified encoding for the conventional metrical structure of the element.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype token
    Values May contain either a standard term for the kind of metrical unit (e.g. hexameter) or an encoded representation for the metrical pattern (e.g. +--+-+-+-+-). In either case, the notation used should be documented by a <metDecl> element within the encodingDesc of the associated header.
    Note
    Where this attribute is not specified, the metrical pattern for the element concerned is understood to be inherited from its parent.
    real (metrical structure, realized) contains a user-specified encoding for the actual realization of the conventional metrical structure applicable to the element.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype token
    Values May contain either a standard term for the kind of metrical unit (e.g. hexameter) or an encoded representation for the metrical pattern (e.g. +--+-+-+-+-). In either case, the notation used should be documented by a <metDecl> element within the encodingDesc of the associated header.
    Note
    Where this attribute is not specified, the metrical realization for the element concerned is understood to be identical to that specified or implied for the met attribute.
    rhyme (rhyme scheme) specifies the rhyme scheme applicable to a group of verse lines.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype token
    Values By default, the rhyme scheme is expressed as a string of alphabetic characters each corresponding with a rhyming line. Any non-rhyming lines should be represented by a hyphen or an X. Alternative notations may be defined as for met by use of the <metDecl> element in the TEI header.
    Note
    When the default notation is used, it does not make sense to specify this attribute on any unit smaller than a line. Nor does the default notation provide any way to record internal rhyme, or to specify non-conventional rhyming practice. These extensions would require user-defined alternative notations.

    att.msExcerpt

    att.msExcerpt (manuscript excerpt) provides attributes used to describe excerpts from a manuscript placed in a description thereof.
    Module msdescription
    Members explicit incipit msContents msItem msItemStruct quote
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    defective indicates whether the passage being quoted is defective, i.e. incomplete through loss or damage.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Note
    In the case of an incipit, indicates whether the incipit as given is defective, i.e. the first words of the text as preserved, as opposed to the first words of the work itself. In the case of an explicit, indicates whether the explicit as given is defective, i.e. the final words of the text as preserved, as opposed to what the closing words would have been had the text of the work been whole.

    att.naming

    att.naming provides attributes common to elements which refer to named persons, places, organizations etc.
    Module tei
    Members att.personal [persName] affiliation author climate collection country editor institution name origPlace placeName pubPlace relation repository rs settlement
    Attributes att.canonical (@key, @ref)
    role may be used to specify further information about the entity referenced by this name, for example the occupation of a person, or the status of a place.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    nymRef (reference to the canonical name) provides a means of locating the canonical form (nym) of the names associated with the object named by the element bearing it.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values One or more valid identifiers, separated by whitespace.
    Note
    The value must point directly to one or more XML elements by means of one or more URIs, separated by whitespace. If more than one is supplied, the implication is that the name is associated with several distinct canonical names.

    att.personal

    att.personal (attributes for components of personal names) common attributes for those elements which form part of a personal name.
    Module tei
    Members persName
    Attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    full indicates whether the name component is given in full, as an abbreviation or simply as an initial.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    yes
    the name component is spelled out in full. [Default]
    abb
    (abbreviated) the name component is given in an abbreviated form.
    init
    (initial letter) the name component is indicated only by one initial.
    sort specifies the sort order of the name component in relation to others within the personal name.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A positive number indicating the sort order.

    att.placement

    att.placement provides attributes for describing where on the source page or object a textual element appears.
    Module tei
    Members add addSpan figure fw metaMark note witDetail
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    place
    Status Recommended
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:Name separated by whitespace
    Suggested values include:
    below
    below the line
    bottom
    at the foot of the page
    margin
    in the margin (left, right, or both)
    top
    at the top of the page
    opposite
    on the opposite, i.e. facing, page
    overleaf
    on the other side of the leaf
    above
    above the line
    end
    at the end of e.g. chapter or volume.
    inline
    within the body of the text.
    inspace
    in a predefined space, for example left by an earlier scribe.
    <add place="margin">[An addition written in the margin]</add>
    <add place="bottom opposite">[An addition written at the
    foot of the current page and also on the facing page]</add>
    <note place="bottom">Ibid, p.7</note>

    att.pointing

    att.pointing defines a set of attributes used by all elements which point to other elements by means of one or more URI references.
    Module tei
    Members att.pointing.group [altGrp joinGrp linkGrp] alt catRef gloss join link locus note ptr ref term witDetail
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    target specifies the destination of the reference by supplying one or more URI References
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values One or more syntactically valid URI references, separated by whitespace. Because whitespace is used to separate URIs, no whitespace is permitted inside a single URI. If a whitespace character is required in a URI, it should be escaped with the normal mechanism, e.g. TEI%20Consortium.
    evaluate specifies the intended meaning when the target of a pointer is itself a pointer.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    all
    if the element pointed to is itself a pointer, then the target of that pointer will be taken, and so on, until an element is found which is not a pointer.
    one
    if the element pointed to is itself a pointer, then its target (whether a pointer or not) is taken as the target of this pointer.
    none
    no further evaluation of targets is carried out beyond that needed to find the element specified in the pointer's target.
    Note
    If no value is given, the application program is responsible for deciding (possibly on the basis of user input) how far to trace a chain of pointers.

    att.pointing.group

    att.pointing.group defines a set of attributes common to all elements which enclose groups of pointer elements.
    Module tei
    Members altGrp joinGrp linkGrp
    Attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    domains optionally specifies the identifiers of the elements within which all elements indicated by the contents of this element lie.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 2–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values a list of at least two pointers, separated by whitespace.
    Note
    If this attribute is supplied every element specified as a target must be contained within the element or elements named by it. An application may choose whether or not to report failures to satisfy this constraint as errors, but may not access an element of the right identifier but in the wrong context. If this attribute is not supplied, then target elements may appear anywhere within the target document.
    targFunc (target function) describes the function of each of the values of the targets attribute of the enclosed link, join, or alt tags.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 2–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values a list of at least two valid names, separated by whitespace.
    Note
    The number of separate values must match the number of values in the targets attribute in the enclosed link, join, or alt tags (an intermediate ptr element may be needed to accomplish this). It should also match the number of values in the domains attribute, of the current element, if one has been specified.

    att.ranging

    att.ranging provides attributes for describing numerical ranges.
    Module tei
    Members att.dimensions [att.damaged [damage damageSpan] att.editLike [att.transcriptional [add addSpan del delSpan mod modSpan redo restore rewrite subst undo] affiliation am climate corr date ex expan gap geneticNote origDate origPlace origin persName placeName reg relation stageNote supplied surplus time unclear] depth dim dimensions height space width] num
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    atLeast gives a minimum estimated value for the approximate measurement.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    atMost gives a maximum estimated value for the approximate measurement.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    min where the measurement summarizes more than one observation or a range, supplies the minimum value observed.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    max where the measurement summarizes more than one observation or a range, supplies the maximum value observed.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal

    att.rdgPart

    att.rdgPart attributes for elements which mark the beginning or ending of a fragmentary manuscript or other witness.
    Module textcrit
    Members lacunaEnd lacunaStart wit witEnd witStart
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    wit (witness or witnesses) contains a list of one or more sigla indicating the witnesses which begin or end at this point.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A space-delimited series of sigla; each sigil should correspond to a witness or witness group and occur as the value of the xml:id attribute on a witness element elsewhere in the document.
    Note
    These elements may appear anywhere within the elements lem and rdg, and also within any of their constituent elements.

    att.repeatable

    att.repeatable 
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    Members redo rewrite
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    cause documents the presumed cause of the repeated act of writing.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Legal values are:
    fix
    repeated for the purpose of fixation
    unclear
    repeated to clarify a previously illegible or badly written text or mark

    att.responsibility

    att.responsibility provides attributes indicating who is responsible for something asserted by the markup and the degree of certainty associated with it.
    Module tei
    Members att.editLike [att.transcriptional [add addSpan del delSpan mod modSpan redo restore rewrite subst undo] affiliation am climate corr date ex expan gap geneticNote origDate origPlace origin persName placeName reg relation stageNote supplied surplus time unclear] att.interpLike [interp interpGrp span spanGrp] att.textCritical [lem rdg rdgGrp] abbr handShift note orig seg sic witDetail
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    cert (certainty) signifies the degree of certainty associated with the intervention or interpretation.
    Status Optional
    Datatype "high" | "medium" | "low" | "unknown"
    resp (responsible party) indicates the agency responsible for the intervention or interpretation, for example an editor or transcriber.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A pointer to an element in the document header that is associated with a person asserted as responsible for some aspect of the text's creation, transcription, editing, or encoding.

    att.scoping

    att.scoping provides attributes for selecting particular elements within a document by means of XPath.
    Module tei
    Members certainty precision respons
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    target points at one or several elements or sets of elements by means of one or more data pointers, using the URI syntax.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values a series of one or more identifiers (URIs), separated by whitespace
    Elizabeth went
    to <persName xml:id="ESSEX">Essex</persName>
    <certainty target="#ESSEX" locus="name" degree="0.6"/>
    Note
    If more than one identifier is given, the implication is that all elements (or nodesets) are intended. The match attribute may also be used as a means of identifying groups of elements.
    match supplies an arbitrary XPath expression identifying a set of nodes, selected within the context identified by the target attribute if this is supplied, or within the context of the element bearing this attribute if it is not.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype text
    Values Any XPath expression using the syntax defined in ??.
    Elizabeth went to <persName>
     <certainty locus="name" degree="0.6"/>Essex
    </persName>
    Note
    The expression of certainty applies to the nodeset identified by the value of the target attribute, possibly modified additionally by the value of the match attribute. If neither attribute is present, the expression of certainty applies to the context of the certainty element itself, i.e. its parent element.
    Note that the value of the target attribute may include an XPointer expression including an XPath expression (see ??).

    att.segLike

    att.segLike provides attributes for elements used for arbitrary segmentation.
    Module tei
    Members m pc phr s seg
    Attributes att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)
    function characterizes the function of the segment.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values For a <cl>, may take values such as coordinate, subject, adverbial etc. For a phr, such values as subject, predicate etc. may be more appropriate.
    part specifies whether or not the segment is fragmented by some other structural element, for example a clause which is divided between two or more sentences.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Legal values are:
    Y
    (yes) the segment is incomplete in some respect
    N
    (no) either the segment is complete, or no claim is made as to its completeness [Default]
    I
    (initial) the initial part of an incomplete segment
    M
    (medial) a medial part of an incomplete segment
    F
    (final) the final part of an incomplete segment
    Note
    The values I, M, or F should be used only where it is clear how the division is to be reconstituted.

    att.sourced

    att.sourced provides attributes identifying the source edition from which some encoded feature derives.
    Module tei
    Members cb lb milestone pb refState
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    ed (edition) supplies an arbitrary identifier for the source edition in which the associated feature (for example, a page, column, or line break) occurs at this point in the text.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values Any string of characters; usually a siglum conventionally used for the edition.
    Example
    <l>Of Mans First Disobedience,<lb ed="1674"/> and<lb ed="1667"/> the Fruit</l>
    <l>Of that Forbidden Tree, whose<lb ed="1667 1674"/> mortal tast</l>
    <l>Brought Death into the World,<lb ed="1667"/> and all<lb ed="1674"/> our woe,</l>

    att.spanning

    att.spanning provides attributes for elements which delimit a span of text by pointing mechanisms rather than by enclosing it.
    Module tei
    Members addSpan cb damageSpan delSpan gb index lb metaMark milestone modSpan pb redo rewrite undo used
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    spanTo indicates the end of a span initiated by the element bearing this attribute.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values points to an element following this one in the current document.
    Note
    The span is defined as running in document order from the start of the content of the pointing element (if any) to the end of the content of the element pointed to by the spanTo attribute (if any). If no value is supplied for the attribute, the assumption is that the span is coextensive with the pointing element.

    att.staged

    att.staged groups elements which can be assigned to a specific text stage by means of the attributes it provides.
    Module tei
    Members att.global [document geneticGrp geneticNote line metaMark mod modSpan patch redo rewrite stageNote stageNotes transpose transposeGrp undo used]
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    stage points to one or more stageNote elements which contain a description of a text-stage to which the editors think the alteration/ text passage marked by the element bearing this attribute (and its children) belongs.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace

    att.tableDecoration

    att.tableDecoration provides attributes used to decorate rows or cells of a table.
    Module tei
    Members cell row
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    role indicates the kind of information held in this cell or in each cell of this row.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    label
    labelling or descriptive information only.
    data
    data values. [Default]
    Note
    When this attribute is specified on a row, its value is the default for all cells in this row. When specified on a cell, its value overrides any default specified by the role attribute of the parent row element.
    rows indicates the number of rows occupied by this cell or row.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A number; a value greater than one indicates that this cell (or row) spans several rows.
    Note
    Where several cells span several rows, it may be more convenient to use nested tables.
    cols (columns) indicates the number of columns occupied by this cell or row.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A number; a value greater than one indicates that this cell or row spans several columns.
    Note
    Where an initial cell spans an entire row, it may be better treated as a heading.

    att.textCritical

    att.textCritical defines a set of attributes common to all elements representing variant readings in text critical work.
    Module textcrit
    Members lem rdg rdgGrp
    Attributes att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    wit (witness or witnesses) contains a list of one or more pointers indicating the witnesses which attest to a given reading.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A space-delimited series of sigla; each sigil should correspond to a witness or witness group and occur as the value of the xml:id attribute on a witness element elsewhere in the document.
    Note
    If the apparatus contains readings only for a single witness, this attribute may be consistently omitted.
    This attribute may occur both within an apparatus gathering variant readings in the transcription of an individual witness and within an apparatus gathering readings from different witnesses.
    Additional descriptions or alternative versions of the sigla referenced may be supplied as the content of a child wit element.
    type classifies the reading according to some useful typology.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    substantive
    the reading offers a substantive variant.
    orthographic
    the reading differs only orthographically, not in substance, from other readings.
    cause classifies the cause for the variant reading, according to any appropriate typology of possible origins.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    homeoteleuton
    homeoarchy
    paleographicConfusion
    haplography
    dittography
    falseEmendation
    varSeq (variant sequence) provides a number indicating the position of this reading in a sequence, when there is reason to presume a sequence to the variants on any one lemma.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values a positive integer
    Note
    Different variant sequences could be coded with distinct number trails: 1-2-3 for one sequence, 5-6-7 for another. More complex variant sequences, with (for example) multiple branchings from single readings, may be expressed through the join element.
    hand signifies the hand responsible for a particular reading in the witness.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values must be one of the hand identifiers declared in the document header (see section ??).
    Note
    This attribute is only available within an apparatus gathering variant readings in the transcription of an individual witness. It may not occur in an apparatus gathering readings from different witnesses.
    Note
    This element class defines attributes inherited by rdg, lem, and rdgGrp.

    att.transcriptional

    att.transcriptional provides attributes specific to elements encoding authorial or scribal intervention in a text when transcribing manuscript or similar sources.
    Module tei
    Members add addSpan del delSpan mod modSpan redo restore rewrite subst undo
    Attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    hand signifies the hand of the agent which made the intervention.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values must refer to a handNote element, typically declared in the document header (see section ??).
    status indicates the effect of the intervention, for example in the case of a deletion, strikeouts which include too much or too little text, or in the case of an addition, an insertion which duplicates some of the text already present.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    duplicate
    all of the text indicated as an addition duplicates some text that is in the original, whether the duplication is word-for-word or less exact.
    duplicate-partial
    part of the text indicated as an addition duplicates some text that is in the original
    excessStart
    some text at the beginning of the deletion is marked as deleted even though it clearly should not be deleted.
    excessEnd
    some text at the end of the deletion is marked as deleted even though it clearly should not be deleted.
    shortStart
    some text at the beginning of the deletion is not marked as deleted even though it clearly should be.
    shortEnd
    some text at the end of the deletion is not marked as deleted even though it clearly should be.
    partial
    some text in the deletion is not marked as deleted even though it clearly should be.
    unremarkable
    the deletion is not faulty. [Default]
    Note
    Status information on each deletion is needed rather rarely except in critical editions from authorial manuscripts; status information on additions is even less common.
    Marking a deletion or addition as faulty is inescapably an interpretive act; the usual test applied in practice is the linguistic acceptability of the text with and without the letters or words in question.
    seq (sequence) assigns a sequence number related to the order in which the encoded features carrying this attribute are believed to have occurred.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger

    att.translatable

    att.translatable provides attributes used to indicate the status of a translatable portion of an ODD document.
    Module tei
    Members desc gloss
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    version specifies the version name or number of the source from which the translated version was derived
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Note
    The version may be a number, a letter, or a date

    att.typed

    att.typed provides attributes which can be used to classify or subclassify elements in any way.
    Module tei
    Members att.pointing.group [altGrp joinGrp linkGrp] ab accMat add addSpan alt altIdentifier anchor application bibl biblStruct camera cb charProp cit climate corr country custEvent damage damageSpan date decoNote del delSpan dim div eLeaf eTree explicit figure filiation finalRubric floatingText g gb geneticNote gloss head ident incipit join lb lg line link listBibl listEvent listNym m mapping measureGrp milestone mod modSpan msName name note origDate patch pb pc persName phr placeName ptr quote ref reg relatedItem relationGrp restore rhyme rubric s seal seg settlement stageNote stageNotes stamp surface term text time unclear
    Attributes In addition to global attributes
    type characterizes the element in some sense, using any convenient classification scheme or typology.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    subtype provides a sub-categorization of the element, if needed
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Note
    The subtype attribute may be used to provide any sub-classification for the element, additional to that provided by its type attribute.
    Note
    The typology used may be formally defined using the <classification> element of the encodingDesc within the associated TEI header, or as a list within one of the components of the encodingDesc element, or informally as descriptive prose within the encodingDesc element.

    Schema geneticExercise: Macros

    AnyThing

    AnyThing Matches any element
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    Used by
    Declaration
    AnyThing =
       (
          element * { attribute * - (xml:id | xml:lang) { text }*, AnyThing }
        | text
       )*

    macro.anyXML

    macro.anyXML defines a content model within which any XML elements are permitted
    Module tei
    Used by
    Declaration
    macro.anyXML =
       element 
                            * - (d31e1:* | d3149e7a2504:egXML)
       {
          attribute * { text }*,
          ( text | macro.anyXML )*
       }

    macro.limitedContent

    macro.limitedContent (paragraph content) defines the content of prose elements that are not used for transcription of extant materials.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Declaration
    macro.limitedContent = ( text | model.limitedPhrase | model.inter )*

    macro.paraContent

    macro.paraContent (paragraph content) defines the content of paragraphs and similar elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Declaration
    macro.paraContent =
       ( text | model.gLike | model.phrase | model.inter | model.global )*

    macro.phraseSeq

    macro.phraseSeq (phrase sequence) defines a sequence of character data and phrase-level elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Declaration
    macro.phraseSeq = ( text | model.gLike | model.phrase | model.global )*

    macro.phraseSeq.limited

    macro.phraseSeq.limited (limited phrase sequence) defines a sequence of character data and those phrase-level elements that are not typically used for transcribing extant documents.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Declaration
    macro.phraseSeq.limited = ( text | model.limitedPhrase | model.global )*

    macro.specialPara

    macro.specialPara ('special' paragraph content) defines the content model of elements such as notes or list items, which either contain a series of component-level elements or else have the same structure as a paragraph, containing a series of phrase-level and inter-level elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Declaration
    macro.specialPara =
       (
          text
        | model.gLikemodel.phrasemodel.intermodel.divPartmodel.global
       )*

    macro.xtext

    macro.xtext (extended text) defines a sequence of character data and gaiji elements.
    Module tei
    Used by
    Declaration
    macro.xtext = ( text | model.gLike )*

    Schema geneticExercise: Elements

    <TEI>

    <TEI> (TEI document) contains a single TEI-conformant document, comprising a TEI header and a text, either in isolation or as part of a teiCorpus element. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DS http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCDEF
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    version specifies the version number of the TEI Guidelines against which this document is valid.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" }
    Values A TEI version number
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: document
    header: teiHeader
    textstructure: text
    transcr: facsimile
    Declaration
                            element 
                            TEI
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute version { token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" } }?,
       ( teiHeader, ( ( model.resourceLike+, text? ) | text ) )
    }
    Schematron

    <s:ns prefix="tei" uri="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0"/>
    Schematron

    <s:ns prefix="rng" uri="http://relaxng.org/ns/structure/1.0"/>
    Example
    <TEI version="1.2.0">
     <teiHeader>
      <fileDesc>
       <titleStmt>
        <title>The shortest TEI Document Imaginable</title>
       </titleStmt>
       <publicationStmt>
        <p>First published as part of TEI P2.</p>
       </publicationStmt>
       <sourceDesc>
        <p>No source: this is an original work.</p>
       </sourceDesc>
      </fileDesc>
     </teiHeader>
     <text>
      <body>
       <p>This is about the shortest TEI document imaginable.</p>
      </body>
     </text>
    </TEI>
    Note
    This element is required.

    <ab>

    <ab> (anonymous block) contains any arbitrary component-level unit of text, acting as an anonymous container for phrase or inter level elements analogous to, but without the semantic baggage of, a paragraph. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SASE
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.declaring (@decls)
    part specifies whether or not the block is complete.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Legal values are:
    Y
    (yes) the block is incomplete
    N
    (no) either the block is complete, or no claim is made as to its completeness [Default]
    I
    (initial) the initial part of an incomplete block
    M
    (medial) a medial part of an incomplete block
    F
    (final) the final part of an incomplete block
    Note
    The values I, M, or F should be used only where it is clear how the block is to be reconstituted.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            ab
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       attribute part { "Y" | "N" | "I" | "M" | "F" }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <div type="book" n="Genesis">
     <div type="chapter" n="1">
      <ab>In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.</ab>
      <ab>And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep. And the spirit of God moved upon the face of the waters.</ab>
      <ab>And God said, Let there be light: and there was light.</ab>
     </div>
    </div>
    Note
    The ab element may be used at the encoder's discretion to mark any component-level elements in a text for which no other more specific appropriate markup is defined.

    <abbr>

    <abbr> (abbreviation) contains an abbreviation of any sort. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONAAB
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    type allows the encoder to classify the abbreviation according to some convenient typology.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    suspension
    the abbreviation provides the first letter(s) of the word or phrase, omitting the remainder.
    contraction
    the abbreviation omits some letter(s) in the middle.
    brevigraph
    the abbreviation comprises a special symbol or mark.
    superscription
    the abbreviation includes writing above the line.
    acronym
    the abbreviation comprises the initial letters of the words of a phrase.
    title
    the abbreviation is for a title of address (Dr, Ms, Mr, …)
    organization
    the abbreviation is for the name of an organization.
    geographic
    the abbreviation is for a geographic name.
    Note
    The type attribute is provided for the sake of those who wish to classify abbreviations at their point of occurrence; this may be useful in some circumstances, though usually the same abbreviation will have the same type in all occurrences. As the sample values make clear, abbreviations may be classified by the method used to construct them, the method of writing them, or the referent of the term abbreviated; the typology used is up to the encoder and should be carefully planned to meet the needs of the expected use. For a typology of Middle English abbreviations, see ??
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            abbr
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.responsibility.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <choice>
     <expan>North Atlantic Treaty Organization</expan>
     <abbr cert="low">NorATO</abbr>
     <abbr cert="high">NATO</abbr>
     <abbr cert="high" xml:lang="FR">OTAN</abbr>
    </choice>
    Example
    <choice>
     <abbr>SPQR</abbr>
     <expan>senatus populusque romanorum</expan>
    </choice>
    Note
    The abbr tag is not required; if appropriate, the encoder may transcribe abbreviations in the source text silently, without tagging them. If abbreviations are not transcribed directly but expanded silently, then the TEI header should so indicate.

    <accMat>

    <accMat> (accompanying material) contains details of any significant additional material which may be closely associated with the manuscript being described, such as non-contemporaneous documents or fragments bound in with the manuscript at some earlier historical period. «#msadac»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            accMat
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <accMat>A copy of a tax form from 1947 is included in the envelope
    with the letter. It is not catalogued separately.</accMat>

    <acquisition>

    <acquisition> contains any descriptive or other information concerning the process by which a manuscript or manuscript part entered the holding institution. «#mshy»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            acquisition
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <acquisition>Left to the <name type="place">Bodleian</name> by
    <name type="person">Richard Rawlinson</name> in 1755.
    </acquisition>

    <activity>

    <activity> contains a brief informal description of what a participant in a language interaction is doing other than speaking, if anything. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHSE
    Module corpus
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element activity { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq.limited }
    Example
    <activity>driving</activity>
    Note
    For more fine-grained description of participant activities during a spoken text, the <event> element should be used.

    <actor>

    <actor> Name of an actor appearing within a cast list. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRCAST
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element actor { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <castItem>
     <role>Mathias</role>
     <roleDesc>the Burgomaster</roleDesc>
     <actor>Mr. Henry Irving</actor>
    </castItem>
    Note
    This element should be used only to mark the name of the actor as given in the source. Chapter ?? discusses ways of marking the components of names, and also of associating names with biographical information about a person.

    <add>

    <add> (addition) contains letters, words, or phrases inserted in the text by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDADD
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) ) att.placement (@place) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            add
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       gt_att.placement.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    The story I am going to relate is true as to
    its main facts, and as to the consequences <add place="above">of
    these facts</add> from which this tale takes its title.
    Note
    The add element should not be used for additions made by editors or encoders. In these cases, either the corr or supplied element should be used.

    <addSpan>

    <addSpan> (added span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text added by an author, scribe, annotator or corrector (see also add). http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHAD
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) ) att.placement (@place) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.spanning (@spanTo)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            addSpan
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       gt_att.placement.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="@spanTo">The spanTo= attribute of <sch:name/> is required.</sch:assert>
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="@spanTo">L'attribut spanTo est requis.</sch:assert>
    Example
    <handNote xml:id="HEOL" scribe="HelgiÓlafsson"/>
    <body>
     <div/>
     <addSpan n="added gathering" hand="#HEOL" spanTo="#P025"/>
     <div/>
     <div/>
     <div/>
     <div/>
     <anchor xml:id="P025"/>
     <div/>
    </body>
    Note
    Both the beginning and the end of the added material must be marked; the beginning by the addSpan element itself, the end by the spanTo attribute.

    <additional>

    <additional> groups additional information, combining bibliographic information about a manuscript, or surrogate copies of it with curatorial or administrative information. «#msad»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: listBibl
    msdescription: adminInfo surrogates
    Declaration
                            element 
                            additional
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( adminInfo?, surrogates?, listBibl? )
    }
    Example
    <additional>
     <adminInfo>
      <recordHist/>
      <custodialHist/>
     </adminInfo>
     <surrogates/>
     <listBibl/>
    </additional>

    <additions>

    <additions> contains a description of any significant additions found within a manuscript, such as marginalia or other annotations. «#msph2»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element additions { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <additions>
     <p>There are several marginalia in this manuscript. Some consist of
       single characters and others are figurative. On 8v is to be found a drawing of
       a mans head wearing a hat. At times sentences occurs: On 5v:
     <q xml:lang="is">Her er skrif andres isslendin</q>,
       on 19r: <q xml:lang="is">þeim go</q>,
       on 21r: <q xml:lang="is">amen med aund ok munn halla rei knar hofud summu all huad
         batar þad mælgi ok mal</q>,
       On 21v: some runic letters and the sentence <q xml:lang="la">aue maria gracia plena dominus</q>.</p>
    </additions>

    <addrLine>

    <addrLine> (address line) contains one line of a postal address. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONAAD http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element addrLine { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <address>
     <addrLine>Computing Center, MC 135</addrLine>
     <addrLine>P.O. Box 6998</addrLine>
     <addrLine>Chicago, IL</addrLine>
     <addrLine>60680 USA</addrLine>
    </address>
    Note
    Addresses may be encoded either as a sequence of lines, or using any sequence of component elements from the model.addrPart class. Other non-postal forms of address, such as telephone numbers or email, should not be included within an address element directly but may be wrapped within an addrLine if they form part of the printed address in some source text.

    <address>

    <address> contains a postal address, for example of a publisher, an organization, or an individual. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONAAD http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            address
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.global*, ( ( model.addrPart ), model.global* )+ )
    }
    Example
    <address>
     <street>via Marsala 24</street>
     <postCode>40126</postCode>
     <name>Bologna</name>
     <name n="I">Italy</name>
    </address>
    Example
    <address>
     <addrLine>Computing Center, MC 135</addrLine>
     <addrLine>P.O. Box 6998</addrLine>
     <addrLine>Chicago, IL 60680</addrLine>
     <addrLine>USA</addrLine>
    </address>
    Note
    This element should be used for postal addresses only. Within it, the generic element addrLine may be used as an alternative to any of the more specialized elements available from the model.addrPart class, such as <street>, <postCode> etc.

    <adminInfo>

    <adminInfo> (administrative information) contains information about the present custody and availability of the manuscript, and also about the record description itself. «#msadad»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: note
    header: availability
    msdescription: custodialHist recordHist
    textcrit: witDetail
    Declaration
                            element 
                            adminInfo
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( recordHist?, availability?, custodialHist?, model.noteLike? )
    }
    Example
    <adminInfo>
     <recordHist>
      <source>Record created <date>1 Aug 2004</date>
      </source>
     </recordHist>
     <availability>
      <p>Until 2015 permission to photocopy some materials from this
         collection has been limited at the request of the donor. Please ask repository staff for details
         if you are interested in obtaining photocopies from Series 1:
         Correspondence.</p>
     </availability>
     <custodialHist>
      <p>Collection donated to the Manuscript Library by the Estate of
         Edgar Holden in 1993. Donor number: 1993-034.</p>
     </custodialHist>
    </adminInfo>

    <affiliation>

    <affiliation> (affiliation) contains an informal description of a person's present or past affiliation with some organization, for example an employer or sponsor. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHPA
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            affiliation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <affiliation>Junior project officer for the US <name type="org">National Endowment for
       the Humanities</name>
    </affiliation>
    <affiliation notAfter="1960-01-01" notBefore="1957-02-28">Paid up member of the
    <orgName>Australian Journalists Association</orgName>
    </affiliation>
    Note
    If included, the name of an organization may be tagged using either the name element as above, or the more specific <orgName> element.

    <alt>

    <alt> (alternation) identifies an alternation or a set of choices among elements or passages. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAAT
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    targets specifies the identifiers of the alternative elements or passages.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 2–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values Each value specified must be the same as that specified as value for an xml:id attribute for some other element in the current document.
    Note
    This attribute is deprecated. It is retained for backward compatibility only; the attribute target should be used for preference. It is an error to supply both attributes, but one or the other must be present.
    mode states whether the alternations gathered in this collection are exclusive or inclusive.
    Status Recommended
    Legal values are:
    excl
    (exclusive) indicates that the alternation is exclusive, i.e. that at most one of the alternatives occurs.
    incl
    (inclusive) indicates that the alternation is not exclusive, i.e. that one or more of the alternatives occur.
    weights If mode is excl, each weight states the probability that the corresponding alternative occurs. If mode is incl each weight states the probability that the corresponding alternative occurs given that at least one of the other alternatives occurs.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 2–∞ occurrences of  xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" } separated by whitespace
    Values a whitespace-separated list of probability values in the range from 0 to 1.
    Note
    If mode is excl, the sum of weights must be 1. If mode is incl, the sum of weights must be in the range from 0 to the number of alternants.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            alt
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute targets { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       attribute mode { "excl" | "incl" }?,
       attribute 
                            weights
       {
          list
          {
             xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" },
             xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" },
             xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" }*
          }
       }?,
       empty
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="@target and @targets">You may not supply both
    @target and @targets</sch:report>
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="not(@target) and not(@targets)">You must
    supply either @target or @targets</sch:report>
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="contains(@target,' ')">You must supply at least two
    values for @target</sch:assert>
    Example
    <alt mode="excl" targets="#we.fun #we.sun" weights="0.5 0.5"/>

    <altGrp>

    <altGrp> (alternation group) groups a collection of alt elements and possibly pointers. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAAT
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing.group (@domains, @targFunc) (att.pointing (@target, @evaluate)) (att.typed (@type, @subtype))
    mode states whether the alternations gathered in this collection are exclusive or inclusive.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    excl
    (exclusive) indicates that the alternation is exclusive, i.e. that at most one of the alternatives occurs. [Default]
    incl
    (inclusive) indicates that the alternation is not exclusive, i.e. that one or more of the alternatives occur.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: ptr
    linking: alt
    Declaration
                            element 
                            altGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.group.attributes,
       attribute mode { "excl" | "incl" }?,
       ( alt | ptr )*
    }
    Example
    <altGrp mode="excl">
     <alt targets="#dm #lt #bb" weights="0.5 0.25 0.25"/>
     <alt targets="#rl #db" weights="0.5 0.5"/>
    </altGrp>
    Example
    <altGrp mode="incl">
     <alt targets="#dm #rl" weights="0.90 0.90"/>
     <alt targets="#lt #rl" weights="0.5 0.5"/>
     <alt targets="#bb #rl" weights="0.5 0.5"/>
     <alt targets="#dm #db" weights="0.10 0.10"/>
     <alt targets="#lt #db" weights="0.45 0.90"/>
     <alt targets="#bb #db" weights="0.45 0.90"/>
    </altGrp>
    Note
    Any number of alternations, pointers or extended pointers.

    <altIdentifier>

    <altIdentifier> (alternative identifier) contains an alternative or former structured identifier used for a manuscript, such as a former catalogue number. «#msid»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: note
    header: idno
    Declaration
                            element 
                            altIdentifier
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       (
          model.placeNamePart_sequenceOptional,
          institution?,
          repository?,
          collection?,
          idno,
          note?
       )
    }
    Example
    <altIdentifier>
     <settlement>San Marino</settlement>
     <repository>Huntington Library</repository>
     <idno>MS.El.26.C.9</idno>
    </altIdentifier>
    Note
    An identifying number of some kind must be supplied if known; if it is not known, this should be stated.

    <am>

    <am> (abbreviation marker) contains a sequence of letters or signs present in an abbreviation which are omitted or replaced in the expanded form of the abbreviation. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHAB
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: metaMark mod redo rewrite undo used
    gaiji: g
    textcrit: app
    Declaration
                            element 
                            am
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.pPart.transcriptional )*
    }
    Example
    do you
    <abbr>Mr<am>.</am>
    </abbr> Jones?

    <analytic>

    <analytic> (analytic level) contains bibliographic elements describing an item (e.g. an article or poem) published within a monograph or journal and not as an independent publication. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOL
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            analytic
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( author | editor | respStmt | title | ref )*
    }
    Example
    <biblStruct>
     <analytic>
      <author>Chesnutt, David</author>
      <title>Historical Editions in the States</title>
     </analytic>
     <monogr>
      <title level="j">Computers and the Humanities</title>
      <imprint>
       <biblScope>25.6</biblScope>
       <date when="1991-12">(December, 1991):</date>
       <biblScope>377–380</biblScope>
      </imprint>
     </monogr>
    </biblStruct>
    Note
    May contain titles and statements of responsibility (author, editor, or other), in any order.
    The analytic element may only occur only within a biblStruct, where its use is mandatory for the description of an analytic level bibliographic item.

    <anchor>

    <anchor> (anchor point) attaches an identifier to a point within a text, whether or not it corresponds with a textual element. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TS.html#TSSAPA http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SACS
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
    element anchor { gt_att.global.attributes, gt_att.typed.attributes, empty }
    Example
    <s>The anchor is he<anchor xml:id="A234"/>re somewhere.</s>
    <s>Help me find it.<ptr target="#A234"/>
    </s>
    Note
    On this element, the global xml:id attribute must be supplied to specify an identifier for the point at which this element occurs within a document. The value used may be chosen freely provided that it is unique within the document and is a syntactically valid name. There is no requirement for values containing numbers to be in sequence.

    <app>

    <app> (apparatus entry) contains one entry in a critical apparatus, with an optional lemma and at least one reading. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPEN
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type classifies the variation contained in this element according to some convenient typology.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values Any convenient descriptive word or phrase, describing the extent of the variation (e.g. word, phrase, punctuation, etc.) its text-critical significance (e.g. significant, accidental, unclear), or the nature of the variation or the principles required to understand it (e.g. lectio difficilior, usus auctoris, etc.)
    from identifies the beginning of the lemma in the base text, if necessary.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values any valid identifier
    Note
    This attribute is only used when the double-end point method of apparatus markup is used.
    to identifies the endpoint of the lemma in the base text, if necessary.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values any valid identifier
    Note
    This attribute is only used when the double-end point method of apparatus markup is used, with the encoded apparatus held in a separate file rather than being embedded in-line in the base-text file.
    loc (location) indicates the location of the variation, when the location-referenced method of apparatus markup is used.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values A string containing a canonical reference for the passage to which the variation applies.
    Note
    This attribute is used only when the location-referenced encoding method is used.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            app
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       attribute from { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute to { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute 
                            loc
       {
          list
          {
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" },
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }*
          }
       }?,
       (
          model.global*,
          ( lem, model.global*, ( wit, model.global* )? )?,
          (
             ( model.rdgLike, model.global*, ( wit, model.global* )? )
           | ( rdgGrp, model.global*, ( wit, model.global* )? )
          )*
       )
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:assert
     test="count( descendant::tei:lem[ generate-id( current() ) = generate-id( ancestor::tei:app[1] ) ]) < 2">
    Only one <lem> element may appear within a single
    apparatus entry, whether it appears outside a <rdgGrp>
    element or within it.</sch:assert>
    Example
    <app>
     <lem wit="#El #Hg">Experience</lem>
     <rdg wit="#La" type="substantive">Experiment</rdg>
     <rdg wit="#Ra2" type="substantive">Eryment</rdg>
    </app>
    Example
    <app type="substantive">
     <rdgGrp type="subvariants">
      <lem wit="#El #Hg">Experience</lem>
      <rdg wit="#Ha4">Experiens</rdg>
     </rdgGrp>
     <rdgGrp type="subvariants">
      <lem wit="#Cp #Ld1">Experiment</lem>
      <rdg wit="#La">Ex<g ref="#per"/>iment</rdg>
     </rdgGrp>
     <rdgGrp type="subvariants">
      <lem>Eriment<wit>[unattested]</wit>
      </lem>
      <rdg wit="#Ra2">Eryment</rdg>
     </rdgGrp>
    </app>

    <appInfo>

    <appInfo> (application information) records information about an application which has edited the TEI file.
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    header: application
    Declaration
    element appInfo { gt_att.global.attributes, model.applicationLike+ }
    Example
    <appInfo>
     <application version="1.24" ident="Xaira">
      <label>XAIRA Indexer</label>
      <ptr target="#P1"/>
     </application>
    </appInfo>

    <application>

    <application> provides information about an application which has acted upon the document.
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    ident Supplies an identifier for the application, independent of its version number or display name.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:Name
    version Supplies a version number for the application, independent of its identifier or display name.
    Status Required
    Datatype token { pattern = "[\d]+[a-z]*[\d]*(\.[\d]+[a-z]*[\d]*){0,3}" }
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc label p ptr ref
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            application
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       attribute ident { xsd:Name },
       attribute 
                            version
       {
          token { pattern = "[\d]+[a-z]*[\d]*(\.[\d]+[a-z]*[\d]*){0,3}" }
       },
       ( model.labelLike+, ( model.ptrLike* | model.pLike* ) )
    }
    Example
    <appInfo>
     <application version="1.5" ident="ImageMarkupTool1" notAfter="2006-06-01">
      <label>Image Markup Tool</label>
      <ptr target="#P1"/>
      <ptr target="#P2"/>
     </application>
    </appInfo>

    This example shows an appInfo element documenting the fact that version 1.5 of the Image Markup Tool1 application has an interest in two parts of a document which was last saved on June 6 2006. The parts concerned are accessible at the URLs given as target for the two ptr elements.

    <arc>

    <arc> encodes an arc, the connection from one node to another in a graph. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDGR
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    value provides the value of an arc, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier.
    Note
    Copied from the node element to support full-featured property graphs, where also arcs may be annotated.
    from gives the identifier of the node which is adjacent from this arc.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of a node.
    to gives the identifier of the node which is adjacent to this arc.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of a node.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label
    Declaration
                            element 
                            arc
    {
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute from { xsd:anyURI },
       attribute to { xsd:anyURI },
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( label, label? )?
    }
    Example
    <arc from="#T3" to="#T3">
     <label>OLD</label>
     <label>VIEUX</label>
    </arc>
    Note
    The arc element must be used if the arcs are labeled. Otherwise, arcs can be encoded using the adj, adjTo and adjFrom attributes on the node tags in the graph. Both arc tags and adjacency attributes can be used, but the resulting encoding would be highly redundant.
    Zero, one, or two children label elements may be present. The first occurence of label provides a label for the arc; the second provides a second label for the arc, and should be used if a transducer is being encoded.

    <argument>

    <argument> A formal list or prose description of the topics addressed by a subdivision of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSDTB http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            argument
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( model.global | model.headLike )*, ( ( model.common ), model.global* )+ )
    }
    Example
    <argument>
     <p>Monte Video — Maldonado — Excursion
       to R Polanco — Lazo and Bolas — Partridges —
       Absence of Trees — Deer — Capybara, or River Hog —
       Tucutuco — Molothrus, cuckoo-like habits — Tyrant
       Flycatcher — Mocking-bird — Carrion Hawks —
       Tubes formed by Lightning — House struck</p>
    </argument>
    Note
    Often contains either a list or a paragraph

    <att>

    <att> (attribute) contains the name of an attribute appearing within running text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TD
    Module tagdocs
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    scheme supplies an identifier for the scheme in which this name is defined.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    TEI
    (text encoding initiative) this attribute is part of the TEI scheme. [Default]
    DBK
    (docbook) this attribute is part of the Docbook scheme.
    XX
    (unknown) this attribute is part of an unknown scheme.
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element att { gt_att.global.attributes, attribute scheme { xsd:Name }?, text }
    Example
    <p>The TEI defines six <soCalled>global</soCalled> attributes; their names are
    <att>xml:id</att>, <att>rend</att>, <att>xml:lang</att>, <att>n</att>, <att>xml:space</att>,
    and <att>xml:base</att>; <att scheme="XX">style</att> is not among them.</p>
    Note
    A namespace prefix may be used in order to specify the scheme as an alternative to specifying it via the scheme attribute: it takes precedence

    <author>

    <author> in a bibliographic reference, contains the name(s) of the author(s), personal or corporate, of a work; for example in the same form as that provided by a recognized bibliographic name authority. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            author
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <author>British Broadcasting Corporation</author>
    <author>La Fayette, Marie Madeleine Pioche de la Vergne, comtesse de (1634–1693)</author>
    <author>Anonymous</author>
    <author>Bill and Melinda Gates</author>
    <author>
     <persName>Beaumont, Francis</persName> and
    <persName>John Fletcher</persName>
    </author>
    <author>
     <orgName key="BBC">British Broadcasting
       Corporation</orgName>: Radio 3 Network
    </author>
    Note
    Particularly where cataloguing is likely to be based on the content of the header, it is advisable to use a generally recognized name authority file to supply the content for this element. The attributes key or ref may also be used to reference canonical information about the author(s) intended from any appropriate authority, such as a library catalogue or online resource.
    In the case of a broadcast, use this element for the name of the company or network responsible for making the broadcast.
    Where an author is unknown or unspecified, this element may contain text such as Unknown or Anonymous. When the appropriate TEI modules are in use, it may also contain detailed tagging of the names used for people, organizations or places, in particular where multiple names are given.

    <authority>

    <authority> (release authority) supplies the name of a person or other agency responsible for making an electronic file available, other than a publisher or distributor. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element authority { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq.limited }
    Example
    <authority>John Smith</authority>

    <availability>

    <availability> supplies information about the availability of a text, for example any restrictions on its use or distribution, its copyright status, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    status supplies a code identifying the current availability of the text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    free
    the text is freely available.
    unknown
    the status of the text is unknown. [Default]
    restricted
    the text is not freely available.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            availability
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       attribute status { "free" | "unknown" | "restricted" }?,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <availability status="restricted">
     <p>Available for academic research purposes only.</p>
    </availability>
    <availability status="free">
     <p>In the public domain</p>
    </availability>
    <availability status="restricted">
     <p>Available under licence from the publishers.</p>
    </availability>
    Note
    A consistent format should be adopted

    <back>

    <back> (back matter) contains any appendixes, etc. following the main part of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSBACK http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DS
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            back
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       (
          ( model.frontPart | model.pLike.front | model.global )*,
          (
             (
                (
                   ( model.div1Like ),
                   ( model.frontPart | model.div1Like | model.global )*
                )
              | (
                   ( model.divLike ),
                   ( model.frontPart | model.divLike | model.global )*
                )
             )?
          ),
          ( ( ( model.divBottomPart ), ( model.divBottomPart | model.global )* )? )
       )
    }
    Example
    <back>
     <div1 type="appendix">
      <head>The Golden Dream or, the Ingenuous Confession</head>
      <p>To shew the Depravity of human Nature </p>
     </div1>
     <div1 type="epistle">
      <head>A letter from the Printer, which he desires may be inserted</head>
      <salute>Sir.</salute>
      <p>I have done with your Copy, so you may return it to the Vatican, if you please </p>
     </div1>
     <div1 type="advert">
      <head>The Books usually read by the Scholars of Mrs Two-Shoes are these and are sold at Mr
         Newbery's at the Bible and Sun in St Paul's Church-yard.</head>
      <list>
       <item n="1">The Christmas Box, Price 1d.</item>
       <item n="2">The History of Giles Gingerbread, 1d.</item>
       <item n="42">A Curious Collection of Travels, selected from the Writers of all Nations,
           10 Vol, Pr. bound 1l.</item>
      </list>
     </div1>
     <div1 type="advert">
      <head>
       <hi rend="center">By the KING's Royal Patent,</hi> Are sold by J. NEWBERY, at the
         Bible and Sun in St. Paul's Church-Yard.</head>
      <list>
       <item n="1">Dr. James's Powders for Fevers, the Small-Pox, Measles, Colds, &amp;c.
           2s. 6d</item>
       <item n="2">Dr. Hooper's Female Pills, 1s.</item>
      </list>
     </div1>
    </back>
    Note
    The content model of back matter is identical to that of front matter, reflecting the facts of cultural history.

    <bibl>

    <bibl> (bibliographic citation) contains a loosely-structured bibliographic citation of which the sub-components may or may not be explicitly tagged. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBITY http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD3 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            bibl
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       (
          text
        | model.gLikemodel.highlightedmodel.pPart.datamodel.pPart.editmodel.segLikemodel.ptrLikemodel.biblPartmodel.global
       )*
    }
    Example
    <bibl>Blain, Clements and Grundy: Feminist Companion to Literature in English (Yale,
    1990)</bibl>
    Example
    <bibl>
     <title level="a">The Interesting story of the Children in the Wood</title>. In
    <author>Victor E Neuberg</author>, <title>The Penny Histories</title>.
    <publisher>OUP</publisher>
     <date>1968</date>.
    </bibl>
    Note
    Contains phrase-level elements, together with any combination of elements from the biblPart class

    <biblFull>

    <biblFull> (fully-structured bibliographic citation) contains a fully-structured bibliographic citation, in which all components of the TEI file description are present. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBITY http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD3 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            biblFull
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       (
          (
             titleStmt,
             editionStmt?,
             extent?,
             publicationStmt,
             seriesStmt?,
             notesStmt?
          ),
          sourceDesc*
       )
    }
    Example
    <biblFull>
     <titleStmt>
      <title>The Feminist Companion to Literature in English: women writers from the middle ages
         to the present</title>
      <author>Blain, Virginia</author>
      <author>Clements, Patricia</author>
      <author>Grundy, Isobel</author>
     </titleStmt>
     <editionStmt>
      <edition>UK edition</edition>
     </editionStmt>
     <extent>1231 pp</extent>
     <publicationStmt>
      <publisher>Yale University Press</publisher>
      <pubPlace>New Haven and London</pubPlace>
      <date>1990</date>
     </publicationStmt>
     <sourceDesc>
      <p>No source: this is an original work</p>
     </sourceDesc>
    </biblFull>

    <biblScope>

    <biblScope> (scope of citation) defines the scope of a bibliographic reference, for example as a list of page numbers, or a named subdivision of a larger work. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type identifies the type of information conveyed by the element, e.g. columns, pages, volume.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    vol
    (volume) the element contains a volume number.
    issue
    the element contains an issue number, or volume and issue numbers.
    pp
    (pages) the element contains a page number or page range.
    ll
    (lines) the element contains a line number or line range.
    chap
    (chapter) the element contains a chapter indication (number and/or title)
    part
    the element identifies a part of a book or collection.
    from specifies the starting point of the range of units indicated by the type attribute.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    to specifies the end-point of the range of units indicated by the type attribute.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            biblScope
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            type
       {
          "vol" | "issue" | "pp" | "ll" | "chap" | "part" | xsd:Name
       }?,
       attribute from { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       attribute to { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <biblScope>pp 12–34</biblScope>
    <biblScope type="pp" from="12" to="34"/>
    <biblScope type="vol">II</biblScope>
    <biblScope type="pp">12</biblScope>

    <biblStruct>

    <biblStruct> (structured bibliographic citation) contains a structured bibliographic citation, in which only bibliographic sub-elements appear and in a specified order. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBITY http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD3 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    header: idno
    textcrit: witDetail
    Declaration
                            element 
                            biblStruct
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       ( analytic*, series+, ( model.noteLike | idno | relatedItem )* )
    }
    Example
    <biblStruct>
     <monogr>
      <author>Blain, Virginia</author>
      <author>Clements, Patricia</author>
      <author>Grundy, Isobel</author>
      <title>The Feminist Companion to Literature in English: women writers from the middle ages
         to the present</title>
      <edition>first edition</edition>
      <imprint>
       <publisher>Yale University Press</publisher>
       <pubPlace>New Haven and London</pubPlace>
       <date>1990</date>
      </imprint>
     </monogr>
    </biblStruct>

    <binding>

    <binding> contains a description of one binding, i.e. type of covering, boards, etc. applied to a manuscript. «#msphbi»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    contemporary specifies whether or not the binding is contemporary with the majority of its contents
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Note
    The value true indicates that the binding is contemporaneous with its contents; the value false that it is not. The value unknown should be used when the date of either binding or manuscript is unknown
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: condition decoNote
    Declaration
                            element 
                            binding
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       attribute contemporary { xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable" }?,
       ( model.pLike | condition | decoNote )+
    }
    Example
    <binding contemporary="true">
     <p>Contemporary blind stamped leather over wooden boards with evidence of a fore edge clasp
       closing to the back cover.</p>
    </binding>
    Example
    <bindingDesc>
     <binding contemporary="false">
      <p>Quarter bound by the Phillipps' binder, Bretherton, with his sticker on the front
         pastedown.</p>
     </binding>
     <binding contemporary="false">
      <p>Rebound by an unknown 19th c. company; edges cropped and gilt.</p>
     </binding>
    </bindingDesc>

    <bindingDesc>

    <bindingDesc> (binding description) describes the present and former bindings of a manuscript, either as a series of paragraphs or as a series of distinct binding elements, one for each binding of the manuscript. «#msphbi»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: binding condition decoNote
    Declaration
                            element 
                            bindingDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( model.pLike | decoNote | condition )+ | binding+ )
    }
    Example
    <bindingDesc>
     <p>Sewing not visible; tightly rebound over
       19th-cent. pasteboards, reusing panels of 16th-cent. brown leather with
       gilt tooling à la fanfare, Paris c. 1580-90, the centre of each
       cover inlaid with a 17th-cent. oval medallion of red morocco tooled in
       gilt (perhaps replacing the identifying mark of a previous owner); the
       spine similarly tooled, without raised bands or title-piece; coloured
       endbands; the edges of the leaves and boards gilt.Boxed.</p>
    </bindingDesc>

    <body>

    <body> (text body) contains the whole body of a single unitary text, excluding any front or back matter. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DS
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            body
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       (
          model.global*,
          ( ( model.divTop ), ( model.global | model.divTop )* )?,
          ( ( model.divGenLike ), ( model.global | model.divGenLike )* )?,
          (
             ( ( model.divLike ), ( model.global | model.divGenLike )* )+
           | ( ( model.div1Like ), ( model.global | model.divGenLike )* )+
           | (
                ( ( model.common ), model.global* )+,
                (
                   ( ( model.divLike ), ( model.global | model.divGenLike )* )+
                 | ( ( model.div1Like ), ( model.global | model.divGenLike )* )+
                )?
             )
          ),
          ( ( model.divBottom ), model.global* )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <body>
     <l>Nu scylun hergan hefaenricaes uard</l>
     <l>metudæs maecti end his modgidanc</l>
     <l>uerc uuldurfadur sue he uundra gihuaes</l>
     <l>eci dryctin or astelidæ</l>
     <l>he aerist scop aelda barnum</l>
     <l>heben til hrofe haleg scepen.</l>
     <l>tha middungeard moncynnæs uard</l>
     <l>eci dryctin æfter tiadæ</l>
     <l>firum foldu frea allmectig</l>
     <trailer>primo cantauit Cædmon istud carmen.</trailer>
    </body>

    <byline>

    <byline> contains the primary statement of responsibility given for a work on its title page or at the head or end of the work. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSOC http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSFRONT
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            byline
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.phrase | docAuthor | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    <byline>Written by a CITIZEN who continued all the
    while in London. Never made publick before.</byline>
    Example
    <byline>Written from her own MEMORANDUMS</byline>
    Example
    <byline>By George Jones, Political Editor, in Washington</byline>
    Example
    <byline>BY
    <docAuthor>THOMAS PHILIPOTT,</docAuthor>
    Master of Arts,
    (Somtimes)
    Of Clare-Hall in Cambridge.</byline>
    Note
    The byline on a title page may include either the name or a description for the document's author. Where the name is included, it may optionally be tagged using the docAuthor element.

    <cRefPattern>

    <cRefPattern> (canonical reference pattern) specifies an expression and replacement pattern for transforming a canonical reference into a URI. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD54M http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD54 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD54S
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    matchPattern specifies a regular expression against which the values of cRef attributes can be matched.
    Status Required
    Datatype token
    Values must be a regular expression according to the W3C XML Schema Language
    Note
    Parenthesised groups are used not only for establishing order of precedence and atoms for quantification, but also for creating subpatterns to be referenced by the replacementPattern attribute.
    replacementPattern specifies a ‘replacement pattern’ which, once subpattern substitution has been performed, provides a URI.
    Status Required
    Datatype text
    Values Should be the skeleton of a relative or absolute URI, with references to groups in the matchPattern.
    Note
    The strings ‘$1’ through ‘$9’ are references to the corresponding group in the regular expression specified by matchPattern (counting open parenthesis, left to right). Processors are expected to replace them with whatever matched the corresponding group in the regular expression.
    If a digit preceded by a dollar sign is needed in the actual replacement pattern (as opposed to being used as a back reference), the dollar sign must be written as %24.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            cRefPattern
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute matchPattern { token },
       attribute replacementPattern { text },
       model.pLike*
    }
    Example
    <cRefPattern
      matchPattern="([1-9A-Za-z]+)\s+([0-9]+):([0-9]+)"
      replacementPattern="#xpath(//div[@type='book'][@n='$1']/div[@type='chap'][@n='$2']/div[@type='verse'][@n='$3'])"/>
    Note
    The result of the substitution may be either an absolute or a relative URI reference. In the latter case it is combined with the value of xml:base in force at the place where the cRef attribute occurs to form an absolute URI in the usual manner as prescribed by XML Base.

    <caesura>

    <caesura> marks the point at which a metrical line may be divided. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/VE.html#VESE
    Module verse
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
    element caesura { gt_att.global.attributes, empty }
    Example
    <l>Hwæt we Gar-Dena <caesura/> in gear-dagum</l>
    <l>þeod-cyninga <caesura/> þrym gefrunon,</l>
    <l>hy ða æþelingas <caesura/> ellen fremedon.</l>

    <camera>

    <camera> describes a particular camera angle or viewpoint in a screen play. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRTEC http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DROTH
    Module drama
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            camera
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <view>George glances at the window--and freezes.
    <camera type="cut">New angle--shock cut</camera>
    Out the window the body of a dead man suddenly slams into frame
    </view>

    <caption>

    <caption> contains the text of a caption or other text displayed as part of a film script or screenplay. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRTEC http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DROTH
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element caption { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.paraContent }
    Example
    <camera>Zoom in to overlay showing some stock film of hansom cabs
    galloping past</camera>
    <caption>London, 1895.</caption>
    <caption>The residence of Mr Oscar Wilde.</caption>
    <sound>Suitably classy music starts.</sound>
    <view>Mix through to Wilde's drawing room. A crowd of suitably
    dressed folk are engaged in typically brilliant conversation,
    laughing affectedly and drinking champagne.</view>
    <sp>
     <speaker>Prince of Wales</speaker>
     <p>My congratulations, Wilde. Your latest play is a great success.
     </p>
    </sp>
    Note
    A specialized form of stage direction.

    <castGroup>

    <castGroup> (cast list grouping) groups one or more individual castItem elements within a cast list. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRCAST
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan rewrite transposeGrp used
    figures: figure
    textcrit: witDetail
    textstructure: trailer
    Declaration
                            element 
                            castGroup
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          ( model.global | model.headLike )*,
          ( ( castItem | castGroup | roleDesc ), model.global* )+,
          ( trailer, model.global* )?
       )
    }
    Example
    <castGroup rend="braced">
     <castItem>
      <role>Walter</role>
      <actor>Mr Frank Hall</actor>
     </castItem>
     <castItem>
      <role>Hans</role>
      <actor>Mr F.W. Irish</actor>
     </castItem>
     <roleDesc>friends of Mathias</roleDesc>
    </castGroup>
    Note
    The rend attribute may be used, as here, to indicate whether the grouping is indicated by a brace, whitespace, font change, etc.
    Note that in this example the role description ‘friends of Mathias’ is understood to apply to both roles equally.

    <castItem>

    <castItem> (cast list item) contains a single entry within a cast list, describing either a single role or a list of non-speaking roles. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRCAST
    Module drama
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type characterizes the cast item.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    role
    the item describes a single role. [Default]
    list
    the item describes a list of non-speaking roles.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            castItem
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "role" | "list" }?,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.castItemPart | model.phrase | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    <castItem>
     <role>Player</role>
     <actor>Mr Milward</actor>
    </castItem>
    Example
    <castItem type="list">Constables, Drawer, Turnkey, etc.</castItem>

    <castList>

    <castList> (cast list) contains a single cast list or dramatis personae. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRCAST http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRFAB
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            castList
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          ( model.divTop | model.global )*,
          ( ( model.common ), model.global* )*,
          ( ( castItem | castGroup ), model.global* )+,
          ( ( model.common ), model.global* )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <castList>
     <castGroup>
      <head rend="braced">Mendicants</head>
      <castItem>
       <role>Aafaa</role>
       <actor>Femi Johnson</actor>
      </castItem>
      <castItem>
       <role>Blindman</role>
       <actor>Femi Osofisan</actor>
      </castItem>
      <castItem>
       <role>Goyi</role>
       <actor>Wale Ogunyemi</actor>
      </castItem>
      <castItem>
       <role>Cripple</role>
       <actor>Tunji Oyelana</actor>
      </castItem>
     </castGroup>
     <castItem>
      <role>Si Bero</role>
      <roleDesc>Sister to Dr Bero</roleDesc>
      <actor>Deolo Adedoyin</actor>
     </castItem>
     <castGroup>
      <head rend="braced">Two old women</head>
      <castItem>
       <role>Iya Agba</role>
       <actor>Nguba Agolia</actor>
      </castItem>
      <castItem>
       <role>Iya Mate</role>
       <actor>Bopo George</actor>
      </castItem>
     </castGroup>
     <castItem>
      <role>Dr Bero</role>
      <roleDesc>Specialist</roleDesc>
      <actor>Nat Okoro</actor>
     </castItem>
     <castItem>
      <role>Priest</role>
      <actor>Gbenga Sonuga</actor>
     </castItem>
     <castItem>
      <role>The old man</role>
      <roleDesc>Bero's father</roleDesc>
      <actor>Dapo Adelugba</actor>
     </castItem>
    </castList>
    <stage type="mix">The action takes place in and around the home surgery of
    Dr Bero, lately returned from the wars.</stage>

    <catDesc>

    <catDesc> (category description) describes some category within a taxonomy or text typology, either in the form of a brief prose description or in terms of the situational parameters used by the TEI formal textDesc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD55
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            catDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( text | model.limitedPhrase | model.catDescPart )*
    }
    Example
    <catDesc>Prose reportage</catDesc>
    Example
    <catDesc>
     <textDesc n="novel">
      <channel mode="w">print; part issues</channel>
      <constitution type="single"/>
      <derivation type="original"/>
      <domain type="art"/>
      <factuality type="fiction"/>
      <interaction type="none"/>
      <preparedness type="prepared"/>
      <purpose type="entertain" degree="high"/>
      <purpose type="inform" degree="medium"/>
     </textDesc>
    </catDesc>

    <catRef>

    <catRef> (category reference) specifies one or more defined categories within some taxonomy or text typology. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD43
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate)
    scheme identifies the classification scheme within which the set of categories concerned is defined
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values May supply the identifier of the associated taxonomy element.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            catRef
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       attribute scheme { xsd:anyURI }?,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <catRef target="#news #prov #sales2"/>
    <taxonomy>
     <category xml:id="news">
      <catDesc>Newspapers</catDesc>
     </category>
     <category xml:id="prov">
      <catDesc>Provincial</catDesc>
     </category>
     <category xml:id="sales2">
      <catDesc>Low to average annual sales</catDesc>
     </category>
    </taxonomy>
    Note
    The scheme attribute need be supplied only if more than one taxonomy has been declared

    <catchwords>

    <catchwords> describes the system used to ensure correct ordering of the quires making up a codex or incunable, typically by means of annotations at the foot of the page. «#msmisc»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element catchwords { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <catchwords>Vertical catchwords in the hand of the scribe placed along
    the inner bounding line, reading from top to bottom.</catchwords>

    <category>

    <category> contains an individual descriptive category, possibly nested within a superordinate category, within a user-defined taxonomy. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD55
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    header: catDesc category
    Declaration
                            element 
                            category
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( catDesc+ | model.glossLike* ), category* )
    }
    Example
    <category xml:id="b1">
     <catDesc>Prose reportage</catDesc>
    </category>
    Example
    <category xml:id="b2">
     <catDesc>Prose </catDesc>
     <category xml:id="b11">
      <catDesc>journalism</catDesc>
     </category>
     <category xml:id="b12">
      <catDesc>fiction</catDesc>
     </category>
    </category>
    Example
    <category xml:id="LIT">
     <catDesc xml:lang="pl">literatura piękna</catDesc>
     <catDesc xml:lang="en">fiction</catDesc>
     <category xml:id="LPROSE">
      <catDesc xml:lang="pl">proza</catDesc>
      <catDesc xml:lang="en">prose</catDesc>
     </category>
     <category xml:id="LPOETRY">
      <catDesc xml:lang="pl">poezja</catDesc>
      <catDesc xml:lang="en">poetry</catDesc>
     </category>
     <category xml:id="LDRAMA">
      <catDesc xml:lang="pl">dramat</catDesc>
      <catDesc xml:lang="en">drama</catDesc>
     </category>
    </category>

    <cb>

    <cb> (column break) marks the boundary between one column of a text and the next in a standard reference system. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CORS5
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.sourced (@ed) att.spanning (@spanTo)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            cb
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.sourced.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Example

    Markup of an early English dictionary printed in two columns:

    <pb/>
    <cb n="1"/>
    <entryFree>
     <form>Well</form>, <sense>a Pit to hold Spring-Water</sense>:
    <sense>In the Art of <hi rend="italic">War</hi>, a Depth the Miner
       sinks into the Ground, to find out and disappoint the Enemies Mines,
       or to prepare one</sense>.
    </entryFree>
    <entryFree>To <form>Welter</form>, <sense>to wallow</sense>, or
    <sense>lie groveling</sense>.</entryFree>
    <cb n="2"/>
    <entryFree>
     <form>Wey</form>, <sense>the greatest Measure for dry Things,
       containing five Chaldron</sense>.
    </entryFree>
    <entryFree>
     <form>Whale</form>, <sense>the greatest of
       Sea-Fishes</sense>.
    </entryFree>
    Note
    On this element, the global n attribute indicates the number or other value associated with the column which follows the point of insertion of this cb element. Encoders should adopt a clear and consistent policy as to whether the numbers associated with column breaks relate to the physical sequence number of the column in the whole text, or whether columns are numbered within the page. By convention, the cb element is placed at the head of the column to which it refers.

    <cell>

    <cell> contains one cell of a table. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/FT.html#FTTAB1
    Module figures
    In addition to global attributes att.tableDecoration (@role, @rows, @cols)
    Used by
    row
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            cell
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.tableDecoration.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <row>
     <cell role="label">General conduct</cell>
     <cell role="data">Not satisfactory, on account of his great unpunctuality
       and inattention to duties</cell>
    </row>

    <certainty>

    <certainty> indicates the degree of certainty associated with some aspect of the text markup. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CE.html#CECECE
    Module certainty
    In addition to global attributes att.scoping (@target, @match)
    locus indicates more exactly the aspect concerning which certainty is being expressed: specifically, whether the markup is correctly located, whether the correct element or attribute name has been used, or whether the content of the element or attribute is correct, etc.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Legal values are:
    name
    uncertainty concerns whether the name of the element or attribute used is correctly applied.
    start
    uncertainty concerns whether the start of the element is correctly identified.
    end
    uncertainty concerns whether the end of the element is correctly identified.
    location
    uncertainty concerns both the start and the end of the element.
    value
    uncertainty concerns the content (for an element) or the value (for an attribute)
    assertedValue provides an alternative value for the aspect of the markup in question—an alternative generic identifier, transcription, or attribute value, or the identifier of an anchor element (to indicate an alternative starting or ending location). If an assertedValue is given, the confidence level specified by degree applies to the alternative markup specified by assertedValue; if none is given, it applies to the markup in the text.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype xsd:anyURI | xsd:Name | token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Values generic identifier, attribute value, location (e.g. indicated by a reference to an anchor element or to an ptr element), or other appropriate alternative value.
    <certainty
      target="#ESX"
      locus="name"
      assertedValue="placeName"
      degree="0.2">

     <desc>It is unlikely, but possible, that this refers to the place
       rather than the person.</desc>
    </certainty>
    Note
    This attribute makes it possible to indicate the degree of confidence in a specific alternative to some aspect of the markup. In the example above the encoder is expressing the likelihood (.2) that the generic identifier should be placeName rather than persName, which is the coded element.
    given indicates conditions assumed in the assignment of a degree of confidence.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values a pointer to a characterization of the conditions which are assumed in the assignment of a degree of confidence.
    Note
    A project may wish to control the vocabulary used in this attribute.
    The envisioned typical value of this attribute would be the identifier of another certainty element or a list of such identifiers. It may thus be possible to construct probability networks by chaining certainty elements together. Such networks would ultimately be grounded in unconditional certainty elements (with no value for given). The semantics of this chaining would be understood in this way: if a certainty element is specified, via a reference, as the assumption, then it is not the attribution of uncertainty that is the assumption, but rather the assertion itself. For instance, in the example above, the first certainty element indicates that the confidence in the identification of the new scribe as msm. The second indicates the degree of confidence that Essex is a personal name, given that the new scribe is msm. Note that the given in the second certainty element is not the assertion that the likelihood that msm is the new scribe is 0.6, but simply the assertion that msm is the new scribe; this is a recommended convention to facilitate building networks.
    The ambitious encoder may wish to attempt complex networks or probability assertions, experimenting with references to other elements or prose assertions, and deploying feature structure connectives such as alt, join, and note. However, we do not believe that the certainty element gives, at this time, a comprehensive ambiguity-free system for indicating certainty.
    degree indicates the degree of confidence assigned to the aspect of the markup named by the locus attribute.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" }
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            certainty
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.scoping.attributes,
       attribute locus { "name" | "start" | "end" | "location" | "value" },
       attribute 
                            assertedValue
       {
          xsd:anyURI | xsd:Name | token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
       }?,
       attribute given { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       attribute degree { xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" } }?,
       model.glossLike*
    }
    Example

    (For discussion of this example, see section ??)

    Ernest went to <anchor xml:id="A1"/> old
    <persName xml:id="SYB">Saybrook</persName>.

    <certainty
      xml:id="c1"
      target="#SYB"
      locus="name"
      degree="0.6"/>

    <certainty
      target="#SYB"
      locus="start"
      given="#c1"
      degree="0.9"/>

    <certainty
      xml:id="C-c2"
      target="#SYB"
      locus="name"
      assertedValue="persName"
      degree="0.4"/>

    <certainty
      target="#SYB"
      locus="start"
      given="#C-c2"
      degree="0.5"/>

    <certainty
      target="#SYB"
      locus="start"
      assertedValue="#a1"
      given="#c1"
      degree="0.5"/>

    <change>

    <change> summarizes a particular change or correction made to a particular version of an electronic text which is shared between several researchers. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD6
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.ascribed (@who) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.docStatus (@status)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            change
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.ascribed.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.docStatus.attributes,
       ( text | model.limitedPhrase | model.inter | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    <titleStmt>
     <title> ... </title>
     <editor xml:id="LDB">Lou Burnard</editor>
     <respStmt xml:id="BZ">
      <resp>copy editing</resp>
      <name>Brett Zamir</name>
     </respStmt>
    </titleStmt>
    <revisionDesc status="published">
     <change who="#BZ" when="2008-02-02" status="public">Finished chapter 23</change>
     <change who="#BZ" when="2008-01-02" status="draft">Finished chapter 2</change>
     <change n="P2.2" when="1991-12-21" who="#LDB">Added examples to section 3</change>
     <change when="1991-11-11" who="#MSM">Deleted chapter 10</change>
    </revisionDesc>
    Note
    The who attribute may be used to point to any other element, but will typically specify a respStmt or <person> element elsewhere in the header, identifying the person responsible for the change and their role in making it.
    It is recommended that changes be recorded with the most recent first. The status attribute may be used to indicate the status of a document following the change documented.

    <channel>

    <channel> (primary channel) describes the medium or channel by which a text is delivered or experienced. For a written text, this might be print, manuscript, e-mail, etc.; for a spoken one, radio, telephone, face-to-face, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    mode specifies the mode of this channel with respect to speech and writing.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    s
    (spoken)
    w
    (written)
    sw
    (spoken to be written) e.g. dictation
    ws
    (written to be spoken) e.g. a script
    m
    (mixed)
    x
    (unknown or inapplicable) [Default]
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            channel
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute mode { "s" | "w" | "sw" | "ws" | "m" | "x" }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <channel mode="s">face-to-face conversation</channel>

    <char>

    <char> (character) provides descriptive information about a character.
    Module gaiji
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            char
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          charName?,
          model.glossLike*,
          charProp*,
          mapping*,
          figure*,
          model.graphicLike*,
          model.noteLike*
       )
    }
    Example
    <char xml:id="circledU4EBA">
     <charName>CIRCLED IDEOGRAPH 4EBA</charName>
     <charProp>
      <unicodeName>character-decomposition-mapping</unicodeName>
      <value>circle</value>
     </charProp>
     <charProp>
      <localName>daikanwa</localName>
      <value>36</value>
     </charProp>
     <mapping type="standard"></mapping>
    </char>

    <charDecl>

    <charDecl> (character declarations) provides information about nonstandard characters and glyphs.
    Module gaiji
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc
    gaiji: char glyph
    Declaration
    element charDecl { gt_att.global.attributes, ( desc?, ( char | glyph )+ ) }
    Example
    <charDecl>
     <char xml:id="aENL">
      <charName>LATIN LETTER ENLARGED SMALL A</charName>
      <mapping type="standardized">a</mapping>
     </char>
    </charDecl>

    <charName>

    <charName> (character name) contains the name of a character, expressed following Unicode conventions.
    Module gaiji
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element charName { gt_att.global.attributes, text }
    Example
    <charName>CIRCLED IDEOGRAPH 4EBA</charName>
    Note
    The name must follow Unicode conventions for character naming. Projects working in similar fields are recommended to coordinate and publish their list of charNames to facilitate data exchange.

    <charProp>

    <charProp> (character property) provides a name and value for some property of the parent character or glyph.
    Module gaiji
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            charProp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       ( ( unicodeName | localName ), value )
    }
    Example
    <charProp>
     <unicodeName>character-decomposition-mapping</unicodeName>
     <value>circle</value>
    </charProp>
    <charProp>
     <localName>daikanwa</localName>
     <value>36</value>
    </charProp>
    Note
    If the property is a Unicode Normative Property, then its unicodeName must be supplied. Otherwise, its name must be specied by means of a localName.
    At a later release, additional constraints will be defined on possible value/name combinations using Schematron rules

    <choice>

    <choice> groups a number of alternative encodings for the same point in a text.
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    linking: seg
    transcr: am ex
    Declaration
    element choice { gt_att.global.attributes, ( model.choicePart | choice )* }
    Example

    An American encoding of Gulliver's Travels which retains the British spelling but also provides a version regularized to American spelling might be encoded as follows.

    <p>Lastly, That, upon his solemn oath to observe all the above
    articles, the said man-mountain shall have a daily allowance of
    meat and drink sufficient for the support of <choice>
      <sic>1724</sic>
      <corr>1728</corr>
     </choice> of our subjects,
    with free access to our royal person, and other marks of our
    <choice>
      <orig>favour</orig>
      <reg>favor</reg>
     </choice>.</p>
    Note
    Because the children of a choice element all represent alternative ways of encoding the same sequence, it is natural to think of them as mutually exclusive. However, there may be cases where a full representation of a text requires the alternative encodings to be considered as parallel.
    Note also that choice elements may self-nest.
    Where the purpose of an encoding is to record multiple witnesses of a single work, rather than to identify multiple possible encoding decisions at a given point, the app element and associated elements discussed in section ?? should be preferred.

    <cit>

    <cit> (cited quotation) contains a quotation from some other document, together with a bibliographic reference to its source. In a dictionary it may contain an example text with at least one occurrence of the word form, used in the sense being described, or a translation of the headword, or an example. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQQ http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSGRP http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DI.html#DITPEG
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan rewrite transposeGrp used
    figures: figure
    header: biblFull
    msdescription: msDesc
    tagdocs: eg
    textcrit: witDetail
    Declaration
                            element 
                            cit
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       (
          model.qLikemodel.egLikemodel.biblLikemodel.ptrLikemodel.globalmodel.entryPart
       )+
    }
    Example
    <cit>
     <quote>and the breath of the whale is frequently attended with such an insupportable smell,
       as to bring on disorder of the brain.</quote>
     <bibl>Ulloa's South America</bibl>
    </cit>
    Example
    <entry>
     <form>
      <orth>horrifier</orth>
     </form>
     <cit type="translation" xml:lang="en">
      <quote>to horrify</quote>
     </cit>
     <cit type="example">
      <quote>elle était horrifiée par la dépense</quote>
      <cit type="translation" xml:lang="en">
       <quote>she was horrified at the expense.</quote>
      </cit>
     </cit>
    </entry>

    <classCode>

    <classCode> (classification code) contains the classification code used for this text in some standard classification system. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD43
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    scheme identifies the classification system or taxonomy in use.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values may point to a local definition, for example in a taxonomy element, or more usually to some external location where the scheme is fully defined.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            classCode
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute scheme { xsd:anyURI },
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <classCode scheme="http://www.udc.org">410</classCode>

    <classDecl>

    <classDecl> (classification declarations) contains one or more taxonomies defining any classificatory codes used elsewhere in the text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD55 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD5
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    header: taxonomy
    Declaration
    element classDecl { gt_att.global.attributes, taxonomy+ }
    Example
    <classDecl>
     <taxonomy xml:id="LCSH">
      <bibl>Library of Congress Subject Headings</bibl>
     </taxonomy>
    </classDecl>
    <textClass>
     <keywords scheme="#LCSH">
      <term>Political science</term>
      <term>United States -- Politics and government —
         Revolution, 1775-1783</term>
     </keywords>
    </textClass>

    <climate>

    <climate> (climate) contains information about the physical climate of a place.
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    header: biblFull
    linking: ab
    msdescription: msDesc
    namesdates: climate
    textcrit: witDetail
    Declaration
                            element 
                            climate
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       (
          model.headLike*,
          ( ( model.pLike+ ) | ( model.labelLike+ ) ),
          ( model.noteLike | model.biblLike )*,
          climate*
       )
    }
    Example
    <place xml:id="ROMA">
     <placeName>Rome</placeName>
     <climate>
      <ab>
       <table>
        <head>24-hr Average Temperature</head>
        <row>
         <cell/>
         <cell role="label">Jan</cell>
         <cell role="label">Jun</cell>
         <cell role="label">Dec</cell>
        </row>
        <row>
         <cell role="label">°C</cell>
         <cell role="data">7.1</cell>
         <cell role="data">21.7</cell>
         <cell role="data">8.3</cell>
        </row>
        <row>
         <cell role="label">°F</cell>
         <cell role="data">44.8</cell>
         <cell role="data">71.1</cell>
         <cell role="data">46.9</cell>
        </row>
       </table>
      </ab>
      <note>Taken from <bibl>
        <abbr>GHCN 2 Beta</abbr>: The Global Historical Climatology Network,
           version 2 beta, 1904 months between 1811 and 1980. <ptr
          target="http://www.worldclimate.com/cgi-bin/data.pl?ref=N41E012+1202+0004058G2"/>

       </bibl>
      </note>
     </climate>
    </place>

    <closer>

    <closer> groups together salutations, datelines, and similar phrases appearing as a final group at the end of a division, especially of a letter. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSCO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSDTB
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            closer
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          text
        | model.gLikesigneddatelinesalutemodel.phrasemodel.global
       )*
    }
    Example
    <div type="letter">
     <p> perhaps you will favour me with a sight of it when convenient.</p>
     <closer>
      <salute>I remain, &amp;c. &amp;c.</salute>
      <signed>H. Colburn</signed>
     </closer>
    </div>
    Example
    <div type="chapter">
     <p> and his heart was going like mad and yes I said yes I will Yes.</p>
     <closer>
      <dateline>
       <name type="place">Trieste-Zürich-Paris,</name>
       <date>1914–1921</date>
      </dateline>
     </closer>
    </div>

    <code>

    <code> contains literal code from some formal language such as a programming language.
    Module tagdocs
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    lang (formal language) a name identifying the formal language in which the code is expressed
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
                            element 
                            code
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute lang { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       text
    }
    Example
    <code lang="JAVA"> Size fCheckbox1Size = new Size();
    fCheckbox1Size.Height = 500;
    fCheckbox1Size.Width = 500;
    xCheckbox1.setSize(fCheckbox1Size);
    </code>

    <collation>

    <collation> contains a description of how the leaves or bifolia are physically arranged. «#msph1»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element collation { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <collation>The written leaves preceded by an original flyleaf,
    conjoint with the pastedown.</collation>
    Example
    <collation>
     <p>
      <formula>1-5.8 6.6 (catchword, f. 46, does not match following text)
         7-8.8 9.10, 11.2 (through f. 82) 12-14.8 15.8(-7)</formula>
      <catchwords>Catchwords are written horizontally in center
         or towards the right lower margin in various manners:
         in red ink for quires 1-6 (which are also signed in red
         ink with letters of the alphabet and arabic numerals);
         quires 7-9 in ink of text within yellow decorated frames;
         quire 10 in red decorated frame; quire 12 in ink of text;
         quire 13 with red decorative slashes; quire 14 added in
         cursive hand.</catchwords>
     </p>
    </collation>

    <collection>

    <collection> contains the name of a collection of manuscripts, not necessarily located within a single repository. «#msid»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            collection
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <msIdentifier>
     <country>USA</country>
     <region>California</region>
     <settlement>San Marino</settlement>
     <repository>Huntington Library</repository>
     <collection>Ellesmere</collection>
     <idno>El 26 C 9</idno>
     <msName>The Ellesmere Chaucer</msName>
    </msIdentifier>

    <colophon>

    <colophon> contains the colophon of a manuscript item: that is, a statement providing information regarding the date, place, agency, or reason for production of the manuscript. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element colophon { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <colophon>Ricardus Franciscus Scripsit Anno Domini
    1447.</colophon>
    Example
    <colophon>Explicit expliceat/scriptor ludere eat.</colophon>
    Example
    <colophon>Explicit venenum viciorum domini illius, qui comparavit Anno
    domini Millessimo Trecentesimo nonagesimo primo, Sabbato in festo
    sancte Marthe virginis gloriose. Laus tibi criste quia finitur
    libellus iste.</colophon>

    <condition>

    <condition> contains a description of the physical condition of the manuscript. «#msphco»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element condition { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <condition>
     <p>There are lacunae in three places in this
       manuscript. After 14v two
       leaves has been cut out and narrow strips leaves remains in the spine. After
       68v one gathering is missing and after 101v at least one gathering of 8 leaves
       has been lost. </p>
     <p>Several leaves are damaged with tears or holes or have a
       irregular shape. Some of the damages do not allow the lines to be of full
       length and they are apparently older than the script. There are tears on fol.
       2r-v, 9r-v, 10r-v, 15r-18v, 19r-v, 20r-22v, 23r-v, 24r-28v, 30r-v, 32r-35v,
       37r-v, 38r-v, 40r-43v, 45r-47v, 49r-v, 51r-v, 53r-60v, 67r-v, 68r-v, 70r-v,
       74r-80v, 82r-v, 86r-v, 88r-v, 89r-v, 95r-v, 97r-98v 99r-v, 100r-v. On fol. 98
       the corner has been torn off. Several leaves are in a bad condition due to
       moist and wear, and have become dark, bleached or
       wrinkled. </p>
     <p>The script has been
       touched up in the 17th century with black ink. The touching up on the following
       fols. was done by
     <name>Bishop Brynjólf Sveinsson</name>: 1v, 3r, 4r, 5r,
       6v, 8v,9r, 10r, 14r, 14v, 22r,30v, 36r-52v, 72v, 77r,78r,103r, 104r,. An
       AM-note says according to the lawman
     <name>Sigurður Björnsson</name> that the rest of the
       touching up was done by himself and another lawman
     <name>Sigurður Jónsson</name>.
     <name>Sigurður Björnsson</name> did the touching up
       on the following fols.: 46v, 47r, 48r, 49r-v, 50r, 52r-v.
     <name>Sigurður Jónsson</name> did the rest of the
       touching up in the section 36r-59r containing
     <title>Bretasögur</title>
     </p>
    </condition>

    <constitution>

    <constitution> describes the internal composition of a text or text sample, for example as fragmentary, complete, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type specifies how the text was constituted.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    single
    a single complete text [Default]
    composite
    a text made by combining several smaller items, each individually complete
    frags
    (fragments) a text made by combining several smaller, not necessarily complete, items
    unknown
    composition unknown or unspecified
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            constitution
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "single" | "composite" | "frags" | "unknown" }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <constitution type="frags">Prologues only.</constitution>
    Note
    The function of this element seems to overlap with both the org attribute on div and the samplingDecl in the encodingDesc.

    <corr>

    <corr> (correction) contains the correct form of a passage apparently erroneous in the copy text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDCOR
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            corr
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example

    If all that is desired is to call attention to the fact that the copy text has been corrected, corr may be used alone:

    I don't know,
    Juan. It's so far in the past now — how <corr>can we</corr> prove
    or disprove anyone's theories?
    Example

    It is also possible, using the choice and sic elements, to provide an uncorrected reading:

    I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now —
    how <choice>
     <sic>we can</sic>
     <corr>can we</corr>
    </choice> prove or
    disprove anyone's theories?

    <correction>

    <correction> (correction principles) states how and under what circumstances corrections have been made in the text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD53 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    status indicates the degree of correction applied to the text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    high
    the text has been thoroughly checked and proofread.
    medium
    the text has been checked at least once.
    low
    the text has not been checked.
    unknown
    the correction status of the text is unknown. [Default]
    method indicates the method adopted to indicate corrections within the text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    silent
    corrections have been made silently [Default]
    markup
    corrections have been represented using markup
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            correction
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       attribute status { "high" | "medium" | "low" | "unknown" }?,
       attribute method { "silent" | "markup" }?,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <correction>
     <p>Errors in transcription controlled by using the WordPerfect spelling checker, with a user
       defined dictionary of 500 extra words taken from Chambers Twentieth Century
       Dictionary.</p>
    </correction>
    Note
    May be used to note the results of proof reading the text against its original, indicating (for example) whether discrepancies have been silently rectified, or recorded using the editorial tags described in section ??.

    <country>

    <country> (country) contains the name of a geo-political unit, such as a nation, country, colony, or commonwealth, larger than or administratively superior to a region and smaller than a bloc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/ND.html#NDPLAC
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref)) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            country
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <country key="DK">Denmark</country>
    Note
    The recommended source for codes to represent coded country names is ISO 3166.

    <creation>

    <creation> contains information about the creation of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD4C http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD4
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            creation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited,
       stageNotes?
    }
    Example
    <creation>
     <date>Before 1987</date>
    </creation>
    Example
    <creation>
     <date when="1988-07-10">10 July 1988</date>
    </creation>
    Note
    Character data and phrase-level elements.
    The creation element may be used to record details of a text's creation, e.g. the date and place it was composed, if these are of interest; it should not be confused with the publicationStmt element, which records date and place of publication.

    <custEvent>

    <custEvent> (custodial event) describes a single event during the custodial history of a manuscript. «#msadch»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            custEvent
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <custEvent type="photography">Photographed by David Cooper on <date>12 Dec 1964</date>
    </custEvent>

    <custodialHist>

    <custodialHist> (custodial history) contains a description of a manuscript's custodial history, either as running prose or as a series of dated custodial events. «#msadch»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: custEvent
    Declaration
                            element 
                            custodialHist
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | custEvent+ )
    }
    Example
    <custodialHist>
     <custEvent type="conservation" notBefore="1961-03" notAfter="1963-02">Conserved between March 1961 and February 1963 at
       Birgitte Dalls Konserveringsværksted.</custEvent>
     <custEvent type="photography" notBefore="1988-05-01" notAfter="1988-05-30">Photographed in
       May 1988 by AMI/FA.</custEvent>
     <custEvent type="transfer-dispatch" notBefore="1989-11-13" notAfter="1989-11-13">Dispatched to Iceland
       13 November 1989.</custEvent>
    </custodialHist>

    <damage>

    <damage> contains an area of damage to the text witness. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHDA
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.damaged (@hand, @agent, @degree, @group) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) )
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            damage
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.damaged.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <l>The Moving Finger wri<damage agent="water" group="1">es; and</damage> having writ,</l>
    <l>Moves <damage agent="water" group="1">
      <supplied>on: nor all your</supplied>
     </damage> Piety nor Wit</l>
    Note
    Since damage to text witnesses frequently makes them harder to read, the damage element will often contain an unclear element. If the damaged area is not continuous (e.g. a stain affecting several strings of text), the group attribute may be used to group together several related damage elements; alternatively the join element may be used to indicate which damage and unclear elements are part of the same physical phenomenon.
    The damage, gap, del, unclear and supplied elements may be closely allied in use. See section ?? for discussion of which element is appropriate for which circumstance.

    <damageSpan>

    <damageSpan> (damaged span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text which is damaged in some way but still legible. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHDA
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.damaged (@hand, @agent, @degree, @group) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.spanning (@spanTo)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            damageSpan
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.damaged.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="@spanTo">The spanTo= attribute of
    <sch:name/> is required.</sch:assert>
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="@spanTo">L'attribut spanTo est requis.</sch:assert>
    Example
    <p>Paragraph partially damaged. This is the undamaged
    portion <damageSpan spanTo="#a34"/>and this the damaged
    portion of the paragraph.</p>
    <p>This paragraph is entirely damaged.</p>
    <p>Paragraph partially damaged; in the middle of this
    paragraph the damage ends and the anchor point marks
    the start of the <anchor xml:id="a34"/> undamaged part of the text. ...</p>
    Note
    Both the beginning and ending of the damaged sequence must be marked: the beginning by the damageSpan element, the ending by the target of the spanTo attribute: if no other element available, the anchor element may be used for this purpose.
    The damaged text must be at least partially legible, in order for the encoder to be able to transcribe it. If it is not legible at all, the damageSpan element should not be used. Rather, the gap or unclear element should be employed, with the value of the reason attribute giving the cause. See further sections ?? and ??.

    <date>

    <date> contains a date in any format. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONADA http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD6 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHSE http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/ND.html#NDDATE
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    calendar indicates the system or calendar to which the date represented by the content of this element belongs.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    Gregorian
    Gregorian calendar
    Julian
    Julian calendar
    Islamic
    Islamic or Muslim (hijri) lunar calendar
    Hebrew
    Hebrew or Jewish lunisolar calendar
    Revolutionary
    French Revolutionary calendar
    Iranian
    Iranian or Persian (Jalaali) solar calendar
    Coptic
    Coptic or Alexandrian calendar
    Chinese
    Chinese lunisolar calendar
    He was born on <date calendar="Gregorian">Feb. 22, 1732</date>
    (<date calendar="Julian" when="1732-02-22"> Feb. 11, 1731/32, O.S.</date>).
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            date
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute 
                            calendar
       {
          "Gregorian"
        | "Julian"
        | "Islamic"
        | "Hebrew"
        | "Revolutionary"
        | "Iranian"
        | "Coptic"
        | "Chinese"
        | xsd:Name
       }?,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.phrase | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    <date when="1980-02">early February 1980</date>
    Example
    Given on the <date when="1977-06-12">Twelfth Day
    of June in the Year of Our Lord One Thousand Nine Hundred and Seventy-seven of the Republic
    the Two Hundredth and first and of the University the Eighty-Sixth.</date>
    Example
    <date when="1990-09">September 1990</date>

    <dateline>

    <dateline> contains a brief description of the place, date, time, etc. of production of a letter, newspaper story, or other work, prefixed or suffixed to it as a kind of heading or trailer. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSCO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSOC
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element dateline { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <dateline>Walden, this 29. of August 1592</dateline>
    Example
    <div type="chapter">
     <p> and his heart was going like mad and yes I said yes I will Yes.</p>
     <closer>
      <dateline>
       <name type="place">Trieste-Zürich-Paris,</name>
       <date>1914–1921</date>
      </dateline>
     </closer>
    </div>

    <decoDesc>

    <decoDesc> (decoration description) contains a description of the decoration of a manuscript, either as a sequence of paragraphs, or as a sequence of topically organised decoNote elements. «#msph3»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: decoNote summary
    Declaration
                            element 
                            decoDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( summary?, decoNote+ ) )
    }
    Example
    <decoDesc>
     <p>The start of each book of the Bible with a 10-line historiated
       illuminated initial; prefaces decorated with 6-line blue initials with red
       penwork flourishing; chapters marked by 3-line plain red initials; verses
       with 1-line initials, alternately blue or red.</p>
    </decoDesc>

    <decoNote>

    <decoNote> (note on decoration) contains a note describing either a decorative component of a manuscript, or a fairly homogenous class of such components. «#msph3»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            decoNote
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <decoDesc>
     <decoNote type="initial">
      <p>The start of each book of the Bible with
         a 10-line historiated illuminated initial;
         prefaces decorated with 6-line blue initials
         with red penwork flourishing; chapters marked by
         3-line plain red initials; verses with 1-line initials,
         alternately blue or red.</p>
     </decoNote>
    </decoDesc>

    <del>

    <del> (deletion) contains a letter, word, or passage deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise indicated as superfluous or spurious in the copy text by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDADD
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) ) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            del
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <l>
     <del rend="overtyped">Mein</del> Frisch <del rend="overstrike" type="primary">schwebt</del>
    weht der Wind
    </l>
    Note
    Degrees of uncertainty over what can still be read may be indicated by use of the certainty element (see ??).
    This element should be used for deletion of shorter sequences of text, typically single words or phrases. The delSpan element should be used for longer sequences of text, for those containing structural subdivisions, and for those containing overlapping additions and deletions.
    The text deleted must be at least partially legible, in order for the encoder to be able to transcribe it. Illegible text within a deletion may be marked using the gap tag to signal that text is present but has not been transcribed. Attributes on the gap element may be used to indicate how much text is omitted, the reason for omitting it, etc. If text is not fully legible, the unclear element (available when using the additional tagset for transcription of primary sources) should be used to signal the areas of text which cannot be read with confidence in a similar way. See further sections ?? and, for the close association of the del tag with the gap, damage, unclear and supplied elements (the latter three tags available when using the additional tagset for transcription of primary sources), ??.
    The del tag should not be used for deletions made by editors or encoders. In these cases, either the corr tag or the gap tag should be used.

    <delSpan>

    <delSpan> (deleted span of text) marks the beginning of a longer sequence of text deleted, marked as deleted, or otherwise signaled as superfluous or spurious by an author, scribe, annotator, or corrector. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHAD
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) ) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.spanning (@spanTo)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            delSpan
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="@spanTo">The spanTo= attribute of <sch:name/>
    is required.</sch:assert>
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="@spanTo">L'attribut spanTo est requis.</sch:assert>
    Example
    <p>Paragraph partially deleted. This is the undeleted
    portion <delSpan spanTo="#a23"/>and this the deleted
    portion of the paragraph.</p>
    <p>Paragraph deleted together with adjacent material.</p>
    <p>Second fully deleted paragraph.</p>
    <p>Paragraph partially deleted; in the middle of this
    paragraph the deletion ends and the anchor point marks
    the resumption <anchor xml:id="a23"/> of the text. ...</p>
    Note
    Both the beginning and ending of the deleted sequence must be marked: the beginning by the delSpan element, the ending by the target of the spanTo attribute.
    The text deleted must be at least partially legible, in order for the encoder to be able to transcribe it. If it is not legible at all, the delSpan tag should not be used. Rather, the gap tag should be employed to signal that text cannot be transcribed, with the value of the reason attribute giving the cause for the omission from the transcription as deletion. If it is not fully legible, the unclear element should be used to signal the areas of text which cannot be read with confidence. See further sections ?? and, for the close association of the delSpan tag with the gap, damage, unclear and supplied elements, ??.
    The delSpan tag should not be used for deletions made by editors or encoders. In these cases, either the corr tag or the gap tag should be used.

    <depth>

    <depth> contains a measurement measured across the spine of a book or codex, or (for other text-bearing objects) perpendicular to the measurement given by the ‘width’ element. «#msdim»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            depth
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.dimensions.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <depth unit="in" quantity="4"/>
    Note
    If used to specify the width of a non text-bearing portion of some object, for example a monument, this element conventionally refers to the axis facing the observer, and perpendicular to that indicated by the ‘width’ axis.

    <derivation>

    <derivation> describes the nature and extent of originality of this text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type categorizes the derivation of the text.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    original
    text is original
    revision
    text is a revision of some other text
    translation
    text is a translation of some other text
    abridgment
    text is an abridged version of some other text
    plagiarism
    text is plagiarized from some other text
    traditional
    text has no obvious source but is one of a number derived from some common ancestor
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            derivation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <derivation type="original"/>
    Note
    For derivative texts, details of the ancestor may be included in the source description.

    <desc>

    <desc> (description) contains a brief description of the object documented by its parent element, including its intended usage, purpose, or application where this is appropriate. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDTAG http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDATT http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDCLA http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDENT
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.translatable (@version)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            desc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.translatable.attributes,
       macro.limitedContent
    }
    Example
    <desc>contains a brief description of the purpose and application for an element, attribute,
    attribute value, class, or entity.</desc>
    Note
    TEI convention requires that this be expressed as a finite clause, begining with an active verb.

    <dim>

    <dim> contains any single measurement forming part of a dimensional specification of some sort. «#msdim»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            dim
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.dimensions.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <dim type="circumference" extent="4.67 in"/>
    Note
    The specific elements width, height, and depth should be used in preference to this generic element wherever appropriate.

    <dimensions>

    <dimensions> contains a dimensional specification. «#msdim»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max))
    type indicates which aspect of the object is being measured.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    leaves
    dimensions relate to one or more leaves (e.g. a single leaf, a gathering, or a separately bound part)
    ruled
    dimensions relate to the area of a leaf which has been ruled in preparation for writing.
    pricked
    dimensions relate to the area of a leaf which has been pricked out in preparation for ruling (used where this differs significantly from the ruled area, or where the ruling is not measurable).
    written
    dimensions relate to the area of a leaf which has been written, with the height measured from the top of the minims on the top line of writing, to the bottom of the minims on the bottom line of writing.
    miniatures
    dimensions relate to the miniatures within the manuscript
    binding
    dimensions relate to the binding in which the codex or manuscript is contained
    box
    dimensions relate to the box or other container in which the manuscript is stored.
    Used by
    May contain
    msdescription: depth dim height width
    Declaration
                            element 
                            dimensions
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.dimensions.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       ( ( dim | model.dimLike )* )
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="count(tei:width)> 1">Width element may appear once only
    </sch:report>
    <sch:report test="count(tei:height)> 1">Height element may appear once only
    </sch:report>
    <sch:report test="count(tei:depth)> 1">Depth element may appear once only
    </sch:report>
    Example
    <dimensions type="leaves">
     <height scope="range">157-160</height>
     <width>105</width>
    </dimensions>
    <dimensions type="ruled">
     <height scope="most">90</height>
     <width scope="most">48</width>
    </dimensions>
    <dimensions unit="in">
     <height>12</height>
     <width>10</width>
    </dimensions>
    Example

    This element may be used to record the dimensions of any text-bearing object, not necessarily a codex. For example:

    <dimensions type="panels">
     <height scope="all">7004</height>
     <width scope="all">1803</width>
     <dim type="relief" unit="mm">345</dim>
    </dimensions>

    This might be used to show that the inscribed panels on some (imaginary) monument are all the same size (7004 by 1803 cm) and stand out from the rest of the monument by 345 mm.

    Example

    When simple numeric quantities are involved, they may be expressed on the quantity attribute of any or all of the child elements, as in the following example:

    <dimensions type="leaves">
     <height scope="range">157-160</height>
     <width quantity="105"/>
    </dimensions>
    <dimensions type="ruled">
     <height unit="cm" scope="most" quantity="90"/>
     <width unit="cm" scope="most" quantity="48"/>
    </dimensions>
    <dimensions unit="in">
     <height quantity="12"/>
     <width quantity="10"/>
    </dimensions>
    Note
    Contains no more than one of each of the specialised elements used to express a three-dimensional object's height, width, and depth, combined with any number of other kinds of dimensional specification.

    <distinct>

    <distinct> identifies any word or phrase which is regarded as linguistically distinct, for example as archaic, technical, dialectal, non-preferred, etc., or as forming part of a sublanguage. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQHD
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type specifies the sublanguage or register to which the word or phrase is being assigned
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values a semi-open user-defined list
    time specifies how the phrase is distinct diachronically
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a semi-open user-defined list
    space specifies how the phrase is distinct diatopically
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a semi-open user-defined list
    social specifies how the phrase is distinct diastatically
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a semi-open user-defined list
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            distinct
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       attribute time { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute space { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute social { xsd:anyURI }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    Next morning a boy
    in that dormitory confided to his bosom friend, a <distinct type="ps_slang">fag</distinct> of Macrea's, that there was trouble in their midst which King <distinct type="archaic">would fain</distinct> keep secret.

    <distributor>

    <distributor> supplies the name of a person or other agency responsible for the distribution of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element distributor { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <distributor>Oxford Text Archive</distributor>
    <distributor>Redwood and Burn Ltd</distributor>

    <div>

    <div> (text division) contains a subdivision of the front, body, or back of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSDIV
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.divLike (@org, @sample, @part) (att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            div
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.divLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       (
          ( model.divTop | model.global )*,
          (
             (
                ( ( ( model.divLike | model.divGenLike ), model.global* )+ )
              | (
                   ( ( model.common ), model.global* )+,
                   ( ( model.divLike | model.divGenLike ), model.global* )*
                )
             ),
             ( ( model.divBottom ), model.global* )*
          )?
       )
    }
    Example
    <body>
     <div type="part">
      <head>Fallacies of Authority</head>
      <p>The subject of which is Authority in various shapes, and the object, to repress all
         exercise of the reasoning faculty.</p>
      <div n="1" type="chapter">
       <head>The Nature of Authority</head>
       <p>With reference to any proposed measures having for their object the greatest
           happiness of the greatest number....</p>
       <div n="1.1" type="section">
        <head>Analysis of Authority</head>
        <p>What on any given occasion is the legitimate weight or influence to be attached to
             authority ... </p>
       </div>
       <div n="1.2" type="section">
        <head>Appeal to Authority, in What Cases Fallacious.</head>
        <p>Reference to authority is open to the charge of fallacy when... </p>
       </div>
      </div>
     </div>
    </body>

    <divGen>

    <divGen> (automatically generated text division) indicates the location at which a textual division generated automatically by a text-processing application is to appear. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONOIX
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type specifies what type of generated text division (e.g. index, table of contents, etc.) is to appear.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    index
    an index is to be generated and inserted at this point.
    toc
    a table of contents
    figlist
    a list of figures
    tablist
    a list of tables
    Note
    Valid values are application-dependent; those shown are of obvious utility in document production, but are by no means exhaustive.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: head
    Declaration
                            element 
                            divGen
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       model.headLike*
    }
    Example

    One use for this element is to allow document preparation software to generate an index and insert it in the appropriate place in the output. The example below assumes that the indexName attribute on index elements in the text has been used to specify index entries for the two generated indexes, named NAMES and THINGS:

    <back>
     <div1 type="backmat">
      <head>Bibliography</head>
      <listBibl>
       <bibl/>
      </listBibl>
     </div1>
     <div1 type="backmat">
      <head>Indices</head>
      <divGen n="Index Nominum" type="NAMES"/>
      <divGen n="Index Rerum" type="THINGS"/>
     </div1>
    </back>
    Example

    Another use for divGen is to specify the location of an automatically produced table of contents:

    <front>
     <divGen type="toc"/>
     <div>
      <head>Preface</head>
      <p> ... </p>
     </div>
    </front>
    Note
    This element is intended primarily for use in document production or manipulation, rather than in the transcription of pre-existing materials; it makes it easier to specify the location of indices, tables of contents, etc., to be generated by text preparation or word processing software.

    <docAuthor>

    <docAuthor> (document author) contains the name of the author of the document, as given on the title page (often but not always contained in a byline). http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.canonical (@key, @ref)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            docAuthor
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.canonical.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <titlePage>
     <docTitle>
      <titlePart>Travels into Several Remote Nations of the World, in Four
         Parts.</titlePart>
     </docTitle>
     <byline> By <docAuthor>Lemuel Gulliver</docAuthor>, First a Surgeon,
       and then a Captain of several Ships</byline>
    </titlePage>
    Note
    The document author's name often occurs within a byline, but the docAuthor element may be used whether the byline element is used or not.

    <docDate>

    <docDate> (document date) contains the date of a document, as given (usually) on a title page. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    when gives the value of the date in standard form, i.e. YYYY-MM-DD.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime
    Values a date in one of the formats specified in XML Schema Part 2: Datatypes Second Edition
    Note
    For simple dates, the when attribute should give the Gregorian or proleptic Gregorian date in the form (YYYY-MM-DD) specified by XML Schema Part 2.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            docDate
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            when
       {
          xsd:date
        | xsd:gYear
        | xsd:gMonth
        | xsd:gDay
        | xsd:gYearMonth
        | xsd:gMonthDay
        | xsd:time
        | xsd:dateTime
       }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <docImprint>Oxford, Clarendon Press, <docDate>1987</docDate>
    </docImprint>
    Note
    Cf. the general date element in the core tag set. This specialized element is provided for convenience in marking and processing the date of the documents, since it is likely to require specialized handling for many applications.

    <docEdition>

    <docEdition> (document edition) contains an edition statement as presented on a title page of a document. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element docEdition { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.paraContent }
    Example
    <docEdition>The Third edition Corrected</docEdition>
    Note
    Cf. the edition element of bibliographic citation. As usual, the shorter name has been given to the more frequent element.

    <docImprint>

    <docImprint> (document imprint) contains the imprint statement (place and date of publication, publisher name), as given (usually) at the foot of a title page. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            docImprint
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          text
        | model.gLikemodel.phrasepubPlacedocDatepublishermodel.global
       )*
    }
    Example
    <docImprint>Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1987</docImprint>
    Imprints may be somewhat more complex:
    <docImprint>
     <pubPlace>London</pubPlace>
    Printed for <name>E. Nutt</name>,
    at
    <pubPlace>Royal Exchange</pubPlace>;
    <name>J. Roberts</name> in
    <pubPlace>wick-Lane</pubPlace>;
    <name>A. Dodd</name> without
    <pubPlace>Temple-Bar</pubPlace>;
    and <name>J. Graves</name> in
    <pubPlace>St. James's-street.</pubPlace>
     <date>1722.</date>
    </docImprint>
    Note
    Cf. the <imprint> element of bibliographic citations. As with title, author, and editions, the shorter name is reserved for the element likely to be used more often.

    <docTitle>

    <docTitle> (document title) contains the title of a document, including all its constituents, as given on a title page. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.canonical (@key, @ref)
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan rewrite transposeGrp used
    figures: figure
    textcrit: witDetail
    textstructure: titlePart
    Declaration
                            element 
                            docTitle
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.canonical.attributes,
       ( model.global*, ( titlePart, model.global* )+ )
    }
    Example
    <docTitle>
     <titlePart type="main">The DUNCIAD, VARIOURVM.</titlePart>
     <titlePart type="sub">WITH THE PROLEGOMENA of SCRIBLERUS.</titlePart>
    </docTitle>

    <document> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <document> contains a document-centric transcription of a primary source, providing topographical information as well as transcription
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    Used by
    May contain
    core: gap
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan
    Declaration
    element document { gt_att.global.attributes, ( surface, model.global.edit* )+ }

    <domain>

    <domain> (domain of use) describes the most important social context in which the text was realized or for which it is intended, for example private vs. public, education, religion, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type categorizes the domain of use.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    art
    art and entertainment
    domestic
    domestic and private
    religious
    religious and ceremonial
    business
    business and work place
    education
    education
    govt
    (government) government and law
    public
    other forms of public context
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            domain
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <domain type="domestic"/>
    <domain type="rel">religious broadcast</domain>
    Note
    Usually empty, unless some further clarification of the type attribute is needed, in which case it may contain running prose.
    The list presented here is primarily for illustrative purposes.

    <eLeaf>

    <eLeaf> (leaf or terminal node of an embedding tree) provides explicitly for a leaf of an embedding tree, which may also be encoded with the eTree element. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDAT
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    value provides the value of an embedding leaf, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier of a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label ptr ref
    Declaration
                            element 
                            eLeaf
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       ( label?, model.ptrLike? )
    }
    Example
    <eLeaf value="http://an.fsurl.tei/#FSWITH">
     <label>with</label>
    </eLeaf>
    Note
    The eTree tag may be used if the encoder does not wish to distinguish by name between nonleaf and leaf nodes in embedding trees; they are distinguished by their arrangement.

    <eTree>

    <eTree> (embedding tree) provides an alternative to tree element for representing ordered rooted tree structures. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDAT
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    value provides the value of an embedding tree, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier of a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            eTree
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       ( label?, ( eTree | triangle | eLeaf | model.ptrLike )* )
    }
    Example
    <eTree n="ex1">
     <label>PP</label>
     <eTree>
      <label>P</label>
      <eLeaf>
       <label>with</label>
      </eLeaf>
     </eTree>
     <eTree>
      <label>NP</label>
      <eTree>
       <label>Art</label>
       <eLeaf>
        <label>the</label>
       </eLeaf>
      </eTree>
      <eTree>
       <label>N</label>
       <eLeaf>
        <label>periscope</label>
       </eLeaf>
      </eTree>
     </eTree>
    </eTree>
    Note
    an optional label followed by zero or more embedding trees, triangles, or embedding leafs.

    <edition>

    <edition> (edition) describes the particularities of one edition of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD22
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element edition { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <edition>First edition <date>Oct 1990</date>
    </edition>
    <edition n="S2">Students' edition</edition>

    <editionStmt>

    <editionStmt> (edition statement) groups information relating to one edition of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD22 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p respStmt
    header: edition
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            editionStmt
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( edition, respStmt* ) )
    }
    Example
    <editionStmt>
     <edition n="S2">Students' edition</edition>
     <respStmt>
      <resp>Adapted by </resp>
      <name>Elizabeth Kirk</name>
     </respStmt>
    </editionStmt>
    Example
    <editionStmt>
     <p>First edition, <date>Michaelmas Term, 1991.</date>
     </p>
    </editionStmt>

    <editor>

    <editor> secondary statement of responsibility for a bibliographic item, for example the name of an individual, institution or organization, (or of several such) acting as editor, compiler, translator, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOR
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            editor
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <editor>Eric Johnson</editor>
    <editor role="illustrator">John Tenniel</editor>
    Note
    A consistent format should be adopted.
    Particularly where cataloguing is likely to be based on the content of the header, it is advisable to use generally recognized authority lists for the exact form of personal names.

    <editorialDecl>

    <editorialDecl> (editorial practice declaration) provides details of editorial principles and practices applied during the encoding of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD53 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD5 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            editorialDecl
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( model.pLike | model.editorialDeclPart )+
    }
    Example
    <editorialDecl>
     <normalization>
      <p>All words converted to Modern American spelling using
         Websters 9th Collegiate dictionary
      </p>
     </normalization>
     <quotation marks="all" form="std">
      <p>All opening quotation marks converted to “ all closing
         quotation marks converted to &amp;cdq;.</p>
     </quotation>
    </editorialDecl>

    <eg>

    <eg> (example) contains any kind of illustrative example. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDTAG http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDATT
    Module tagdocs
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element eg { gt_att.global.attributes, text }
    Example
    <p>The
    <gi>term</gi> element is declared using the following syntax:
    <eg><![CDATA[<!ELEMENT term (%phrase.content;)>]]</eg>
    </p>
    Note
    If the example contains material in XML markup, either it must be enclosed within a CDATA marked section, or character entity references must be used to represent the markup delimiters. If the example contains well-formed XML, it should be marked using the more specific <egXML> element.

    <email>

    <email> (electronic mail address) contains an e-mail address identifying a location to which e-mail messages can be delivered. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONAAD
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element email { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <email>editors@tei-c.org</email>
    Note
    The format of a modern Internet email address is defined in RFC 2822

    <emph>

    <emph> (emphasized) marks words or phrases which are stressed or emphasized for linguistic or rhetorical effect. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQHE http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQH
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element emph { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.paraContent }
    Example
    You took the car and did <emph>what</emph>?!!
    Example
    <q>What it all comes to is this,</q> he said.
    <q>
     <emph>What
       does Christopher Robin do in the morning nowadays?</emph>
    </q>

    <encodingDesc>

    <encodingDesc> (encoding description) documents the relationship between an electronic text and the source or sources from which it was derived. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD5 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD11
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            encodingDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( model.encodingDescPart | model.pLike )+ )
    }
    Example
    <encodingDesc>
     <p>Basic encoding, capturing lexical information only. All
       hyphenation, punctuation, and variant spellings normalized. No
       formatting or layout information preserved.</p>
    </encodingDesc>

    <epigraph>

    <epigraph> contains a quotation, anonymous or attributed, appearing at the start of a section or chapter, or on a title page. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSCO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSDTB http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element epigraph { gt_att.global.attributes, ( model.common | model.global )* }
    Example
    <epigraph xml:lang="la">
     <cit>
      <bibl>Lucret.</bibl>
      <quote>
       <l part="F">petere inde coronam,</l>
       <l>Vnde prius nulli velarint tempora Musae.</l>
      </quote>
     </cit>
    </epigraph>

    <epilogue>

    <epilogue> contains the epilogue to a drama, typically spoken by an actor out of character, possibly in association with a particular performance or venue. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPRO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRFAB
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            epilogue
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          ( model.divTop | model.global )*,
          ( ( model.common ), model.global* )+,
          ( ( model.divBottom ), model.global* )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <epilogue>
     <head>Written by <name>Colley Cibber, Esq</name> and spoken by <name>Mrs. Cibber</name>
     </head>
     <sp>
      <lg type="couplet">
       <l>Since Fate has robb'd me of the hapless Youth,</l>
       <l>For whom my heart had hoarded up its truth;</l>
      </lg>
      <lg type="couplet">
       <l>By all the Laws of Love and Honour, now,</l>
       <l>I'm free again to chuse, — and one of you</l>
      </lg>
      <lg type="triplet">
       <l>Suppose I search the sober Gallery; — No,</l>
       <l>There's none but Prentices — &amp; Cuckolds all a row:</l>
       <l>And these, I doubt, are those that make 'em so.</l>
      </lg>
      <stage type="business">Pointing to the Boxes.</stage>
      <lg type="couplet">
       <l>'Tis very well, enjoy the jest:</l>
      </lg>
     </sp>
    </epilogue>
    Note
    Contains optional headings, a sequence of one or more component-level elements, and an optional sequence of closing material.

    <ex>

    <ex> (editorial expansion) contains a sequence of letters added by an editor or transcriber when expanding an abbreviation. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHAB
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            ex
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    The address is Southmoor <choice>
     <expan>R<ex>oa</ex>d</expan>
     <abbr>Rd</abbr>
    </choice>

    <expan>

    <expan> (expansion) contains the expansion of an abbreviation. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONAAB
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            expan
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    The address is Southmoor <choice>
     <expan>Road</expan>
     <abbr>Rd</abbr>
    </choice>
    Example
    <expan xml:lang="la">
     <abbr>Imp</abbr>
     <ex>erator</ex>
    </expan>
    Note
    The content of this element should usually be a complete word or phrase. The ex element provided by the transcr module may be used to mark up sequences of letters supplied within such an expansion.

    <explicit>

    <explicit> contains the explicit of a manuscript item, that is, the closing words of the text proper, exclusive of any rubric or colophon which might follow it. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.msExcerpt (@defective)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            explicit
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.msExcerpt.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <explicit>sed libera nos a malo.</explicit>
    <rubric>Hic explicit oratio qui dicitur dominica.</rubric>
    <explicit type="defective">ex materia quasi et forma sibi
    proporti<gap/>
    </explicit>
    <explicit type="reverse">saued be shulle that doome of day the at
    </explicit>

    <extent>

    <extent> describes the approximate size of a text as stored on some carrier medium, whether digital or non-digital, specified in any convenient units. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD23 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element extent { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <extent>3200 sentences</extent>
    <extent>between 10 and 20 Mb</extent>
    <extent>ten 3.5 inch high density diskettes</extent>

    <facsimile>

    <facsimile> contains a representation of some written source in the form of a set of images rather than as transcribed or encoded text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHFAX
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: graphic
    figures: formula
    textstructure: back front
    transcr: surface
    Declaration
                            element 
                            facsimile
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       ( front?, ( model.graphicLike | surface )+, back? )
    }
    Example
    <facsimile>
     <graphic url="page1.png"/>
     <surface>
      <graphic url="page2-highRes.png"/>
      <graphic url="page2-lowRes.png"/>
     </surface>
     <graphic url="page3.png"/>
     <graphic url="page4.png"/>
    </facsimile>
    Example
    <facsimile>
     <surface
       ulx="0"
       uly="0"
       lrx="200"
       lry="300">

      <graphic url="Bovelles-49r.png"/>
     </surface>
    </facsimile>

    <factuality>

    <factuality> describes the extent to which the text may be regarded as imaginative or non-imaginative, that is, as describing a fictional or a non-fictional world. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type categorizes the factuality of the text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    fiction
    the text is to be regarded as entirely imaginative
    fact
    the text is to be regarded as entirely informative or factual
    mixed
    the text contains a mixture of fact and fiction
    inapplicable
    the fiction/fact distinction is not regarded as helpful or appropriate to this text
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            factuality
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "fiction" | "fact" | "mixed" | "inapplicable" }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <factuality type="fiction"/>
    Example
    <factuality type="mixed">contains a mixture of gossip and
    speculation about real people and events</factuality>
    Note
    Usually empty, unless some further clarification of the type attribute is needed, in which case it may contain running prose
    For many literary texts, a simple binary opposition between ‘fiction’ and ‘fact’ is naïve in the extreme; this parameter is not intended for purposes of subtle literary analysis, but as a simple means of characterising the claimed fictiveness of a given text. No claim is made that works characterised as ‘fact’ are in any sense ‘true’.

    <fallback> [http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude]

    <fallback> Wrapper for fallback elements if an XInclude fails
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
    element fallback { AnyThing }

    <figDesc>

    <figDesc> (description of figure) contains a brief prose description of the appearance or content of a graphic figure, for use when documenting an image without displaying it. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/FT.html#FTGRA
    Module figures
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element figDesc { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.limitedContent }
    Example
    <figure>
     <graphic url="emblem1.png"/>
     <head>Emblemi d'Amore</head>
     <figDesc>A pair of naked winged cupids, each holding a
       flaming torch, in a rural setting.</figDesc>
    </figure>
    Note
    This element is intended for use as an alternative to the content of its parent figure element; for example, to display when the image is required but the equipment in use cannot display graphic images. It may also be used for indexing or documentary purposes.

    <figure>

    <figure> groups elements representing or containing graphic information such as an illustration or figure. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/FT.html#FT
    Module figures
    In addition to global attributes att.placement (@place) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan rewrite transposeGrp used
    tagdocs: eg
    textcrit: witDetail
    textstructure: floatingText
    Declaration
                            element 
                            figure
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.placement.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       (
          model.headLikemodel.pLikefigDescmodel.graphicLikemodel.egLikefloatingTextmodel.global
       )*
    }
    Example
    <figure>
     <head>Figure One: The View from the Bridge</head>
     <figDesc>A Whistleresque view showing four or five sailing boats in the foreground, and a
       series of buoys strung out between them.</figDesc>
     <graphic url="http://www.example.org/fig1.png" scale="0.5"/>
    </figure>

    <fileDesc>

    <fileDesc> (file description) contains a full bibliographic description of an electronic file. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD11
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            fileDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          (
             titleStmt,
             editionStmt?,
             extent?,
             publicationStmt,
             seriesStmt?,
             notesStmt?
          ),
          sourceDesc+
       )
    }
    Example
    <fileDesc>
     <titleStmt>
      <title>The shortest possible TEI document</title>
     </titleStmt>
     <publicationStmt>
      <p>Distributed as part of TEI P5</p>
     </publicationStmt>
     <sourceDesc>
      <p>No print source exists: this is an original digital text</p>
     </sourceDesc>
    </fileDesc>
    Note
    The major source of information for those seeking to create a catalogue entry or bibliographic citation for an electronic file. As such, it provides a title and statements of responsibility together with details of the publication or distribution of the file, of any series to which it belongs, and detailed bibliographic notes for matters not addressed elsewhere in the header. It also contains a full bibliographic description for the source or sources from which the electronic text was derived.

    <filiation>

    <filiation> contains information concerning the manuscript's filiation, i.e. its relationship to other surviving manuscripts of the same text, its protographs, antigraphs and apographs. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            filiation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <msContents>
     <msItem>
      <title>Beljakovski sbornik</title>
      <filiation type="protograph">Bulgarian</filiation>
      <filiation type="antigraph">Middle Bulgarian</filiation>
      <filiation type="apograph">
       <ref target="#DN17">Dujchev N 17</ref>
      </filiation>
     </msItem>
    </msContents>
    <msDesc xml:id="DN17"/>

    In this example, the reference to ‘Dujchev N17’ includes a link to some other manuscript description which has the identifier DN17.

    Example
    <msItem>
     <title>Guan-ben</title>
     <filiation>
      <p>The "Guan-ben" was widely current among mathematicians in the
         Qing dynasty, and "Zhao Qimei version" was also read. It is
         therefore difficult to know the correct filiation path to follow.
         The study of this era is much indebted to Li Di. We explain the
         outline of his conclusion here. Kong Guangsen
         (1752-1786)(17) was from the same town as Dai Zhen, so he obtained
         "Guan-ben" from him and studied it(18). Li Huang (d. 1811)
         (19) took part in editing Si Ku Quan Shu, so he must have had
         "Guan-ben". Then Zhang Dunren (1754-1834) obtained this version,
         and studied "Da Yan Zong Shu Shu" (The General Dayan
         Computation). He wrote Jiu Yi Suan Shu (Mathematics
         Searching for One, 1803) based on this version of Shu Xue Jiu
         Zhang (20).</p>
      <p>One of the most important persons in restoring our knowledge
         concerning the filiation of these books was Li Rui (1768(21)
         -1817)(see his biography). ... only two volumes remain of this
         manuscript, as far as chapter 6 (chapter 3 part 2) p.13, that is,
         question 2 of "Huan Tian San Ji" (square of three loops),
         which later has been lost.</p>
     </filiation>
    </msItem>

    <finalRubric>

    <finalRubric> contains the string of words that denotes the end of a text division, often with an assertion as to its author and title, usually set off from the text itself by red ink, by a different size or type of script, or by some other such visual device. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            finalRubric
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <finalRubric>Explicit le romans de la Rose ou l'art
    d'amours est toute enclose.</finalRubric>
    <finalRubric>ok lúkv ver þar Brennu-Nials savgv</finalRubric>

    <floatingText>

    <floatingText> contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, which interrupts the text containing it at any point and after which the surrounding text resumes. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSFLT
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan rewrite transposeGrp used
    figures: figure
    textcrit: witDetail
    textstructure: back body front group
    Declaration
                            element 
                            floatingText
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       (
          model.global*,
          ( front, model.global* )?,
          ( body | group ),
          model.global*,
          ( back, model.global* )?
       )
    }
    Example
    <TEI>
     <teiHeader/>
     <text>
      <body>
       <div type="scene">
        <sp>
         <p>Hush, the players begin...</p>
        </sp>
        <floatingText type="pwp">
         <body>
          <div type="act">
           <sp>
            <l>In Athens our tale takes place ....</l>
           </sp>
          </div>
         </body>
        </floatingText>
        <sp>
         <p>Now that the play is finished ...</p>
        </sp>
       </div>
      </body>
     </text>
    </TEI>
    Note
    A floating text has the same content as any other and may thus be interrupted by another floating text, or contain a group of tesselated texts

    <foliation>

    <foliation> describes the numbering system or systems used to count the leaves or pages in a codex. «#msphfo»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element foliation { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <foliation>Contemporary foliation in red
    roman numerals in the centre
    of the outer margin.</foliation>

    <foreign>

    <foreign> (foreign) identifies a word or phrase as belonging to some language other than that of the surrounding text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQHF
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element foreign { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    This is
    heathen Greek to you still? Your <foreign xml:lang="la">lapis
    philosophicus</foreign>?
    Note
    The global xml:lang attribute should be supplied for this element to identify the language of the word or phrase marked. As elsewhere, its value should be a language tag as defined in ??.
    This element is intended for use only where no other element is available to mark the phrase or words concerned. The global xml:lang attribute should be used in preference to this element where it is intended to mark the language of the whole of some text element.
    The distinct element may be used to identify phrases belonging to sublanguages or registers not generally regarded as true languages.

    <forest>

    <forest> provides for groups of rooted trees. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDAT
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type identifies the type of the forest.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values A character string.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            forest
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       ( tree | eTree | triangle )+
    }
    Example
    <forest n="ex5" type="derivation-syntactic">
     <eTree n="Stage 1" xml:id="s1SBAR">
      <label>S'</label>
      <eTree xml:id="s1S">
       <label>S</label>
       <eTree xml:id="s1NP1">
        <label>NP</label>
        <eLeaf>
         <label>you</label>
        </eLeaf>
       </eTree>
       <eTree xml:id="s1VP">
        <label>VP</label>
        <eTree xml:id="s1V">
         <label>V</label>
         <eLeaf>
          <label>do</label>
         </eLeaf>
        </eTree>
       </eTree>
      </eTree>
     </eTree>
     <eTree n="Stage 2" xml:id="s2SBAR" corresp="#s1SBAR">
      <label>S'</label>
      <eTree xml:id="s2S" corresp="#s1S">
       <label>S</label>
       <eTree xml:id="s2NP1" copyOf="#s1NP1">
        <label>NP</label>
       </eTree>
       <eTree xml:id="s2VP" corresp="#s1VP">
        <label>VP</label>
        <eTree xml:id="s2V" copyOf="#s1V">
         <label>V</label>
        </eTree>
        <eTree xml:id="s2NP2" corresp="#s1NP2">
         <label>NP</label>
         <eLeaf corresp="#s1WH">
          <label>t</label>
         </eLeaf>
        </eTree>
       </eTree>
      </eTree>
     </eTree>
    </forest>
    Note
    One or more trees, embedding trees, or underspecified embedding trees (triangles).

    <forestGrp>

    <forestGrp> (forest group) provides for groups of forests. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDAT
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type identifies the type of the forest group.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values A character string.
    Used by
    May contain
    nets: forest
    Declaration
                            element 
                            forestGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       forest+
    }
    Example
    <forestGrp>
     <forest type="derivation-syntactic"/>
     <forest type="derivation-prosodic"/>
    </forestGrp>
    Note
    One or more forests representing the same object.

    <formula>

    <formula> contains a mathematical or other formula. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/FT.html#FTFOR
    Module figures
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    notation supplies the name of a previously defined notation used for the content of the element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The name of a formal notation previously declared in the document type declaration.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: graphic
    figures: formula
    Declaration
                            element 
                            formula
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute notation { xsd:anyURI }?,
       ( text | model.graphicLike )*
    }
    Example
    <formula notation="TeX">$e=mc^2$</formula>
    Note

    <front>

    <front> (front matter) contains any prefatory matter (headers, title page, prefaces, dedications, etc.) found at the start of a document, before the main body. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DS
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            front
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       (
          ( model.frontPart | model.pLike.front | model.global )*,
          (
             (
                (
                   ( model.div1Like ),
                   ( model.frontPart | model.div1Like | model.global )*
                )
              | (
                   ( model.divLike ),
                   ( model.frontPart | model.divLike | model.global )*
                )
             )?
          ),
          ( ( ( model.divBottomPart ), ( model.divBottomPart | model.global )* )? )
       )
    }
    Example
    <front>
     <epigraph>
      <quote>Nam Sibyllam quidem Cumis ego ipse oculis meis
         vidi in ampulla pendere, et cum illi pueri dicerent:
      <q xml:lang="grc">Sibylla ti weleis</q>; respondebat
         illa: <q xml:lang="grc">apowanein welo.</q>
      </quote>
     </epigraph>
     <div type="dedication">
      <p>For Ezra Pound <q xml:lang="it">il miglior fabbro.</q>
      </p>
     </div>
    </front>
    Example
    <front>
     <div type="dedication">
      <p>To our three selves</p>
     </div>
     <div type="preface">
      <head>Author's Note</head>
      <p>All the characters in this book are purely imaginary, and if the
         author has used names that may suggest a reference to living persons
         she has done so inadvertently.
         ...</p>
     </div>
    </front>

    <funder>

    <funder> (funding body) specifies the name of an individual, institution, or organization responsible for the funding of a project or text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element funder { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq.limited }
    Example
    <funder>The National Endowment for the Humanities, an independent federal agency</funder>
    <funder>Directorate General XIII of the Commission of the European Communities</funder>
    <funder>The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation</funder>
    <funder>The Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada</funder>
    Note
    Funders provide financial support for a project; they are distinct from sponsors, who provide intellectual support and authority.

    <fw>

    <fw> (forme work) contains a running head (e.g. a header, footer), catchword, or similar material appearing on the current page. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHSK
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.placement (@place)
    type classifies the material encoded according to some useful typology.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    header
    a running title at the top of the page
    footer
    a running title at the bottom of the page
    pageNum
    (page number) a page number or foliation symbol
    lineNum
    (line number) a line number, either of prose or poetry
    sig
    (signature) a signature or gathering symbol
    catch
    (catchword) a catch-word
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            fw
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.placement.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <fw type="sig" place="bottom">C3</fw>
    Note
    Where running heads are consistent throughout a chapter or section, it is usually more convenient to relate them to the chapter or section, e.g. by use of the rend attribute. The fw element is intended for cases where the running head changes from page to page, or where details of page layout and the internal structure of the running heads are of paramount importance.

    <g>

    <g> (character or glyph) represents a non-standard character or glyph.
    Module gaiji
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    ref points to a description of the character or glyph intended.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a pointer to some another element.
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
                            element 
                            g
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute ref { xsd:anyURI }?,
       text
    }
    Example
    <g ref="#ctlig">ct</g>
    This example points to a glyph element with the identifier ctlig like the following:
    <glyph xml:id="ctlig"/>
    Example
    <g ref="#per-glyph">per</g>
    The medieval brevigraph per could similarly be considered as an individual glyph, defined in a glyph element with the identifier per like the following:
    <glyph xml:id="per-glyph"/>
    Note
    The name g is short for gaiji, which is the Japanese term for a non-standardized character or glyph.

    <gap>

    <gap> (gap) indicates a point where material has been omitted in a transcription, whether for editorial reasons described in the TEI header, as part of sampling practice, or because the material is illegible, invisible, or inaudible. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDADD
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    reason gives the reason for omission. Sample values include sampling, inaudible, irrelevant, cancelled.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values any short indication of the reason for the omission.
    hand in the case of text omitted from the transcription because of deliberate deletion by an identifiable hand, signifies the hand which made the deletion.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values must be one of the hand identifiers declared in the document header (see section ??).
    agent In the case of text omitted because of damage, categorizes the cause of the damage, if it can be identified.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    rubbing
    damage results from rubbing of the leaf edges
    mildew
    damage results from mildew on the leaf surface
    smoke
    damage results from smoke
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            gap
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       attribute 
                            reason
       {
          list
          {
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" },
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }*
          }
       }?,
       attribute hand { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute agent { xsd:Name }?,
       model.glossLike*
    }
    Example
    <gap extent="4" unit="chars" reason="illegible"/>
    Example
    <gap extent="1" unit="essay" reason="sampling"/>
    Note
    The gap, unclear, and del core tag elements may be closely allied in use with the damage and supplied elements, available when using the additional tagset for transcription of primary sources. See section ?? for discussion of which element is appropriate for which circumstance.

    <gb>

    <gb> (gathering begins) marks the point in a transcribed codex at which a new gathering or quire begins. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CORS5
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.spanning (@spanTo)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            gb
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Example
    Note
    By convention, gb elements should appear at the start of the first page in the gathering. The global n attribute indicates the number or other value used to identify this gathering in a collation.
    The type attribute may be used to further characterize the gathering in any respect.

    <geneticGrp> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <geneticGrp> Group texts and document which are somehow related in a genetic process
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: geneticNote
    Declaration
    element geneticGrp { gt_att.global.attributes, geneticNote+ }

    <geneticNote> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <geneticNote> describes a particular set of documents or document fragments which are considered to be mutually associated in some way.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab linkGrp
    Declaration
                            element 
                            geneticNote
    {
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       linkGrp+,
       model.pLike+
    }

    <geoDecl>

    <geoDecl> (geographic coordinates declaration) documents the notation and the datum used for geographic coordinates expressed as content of the <geo> element elsewhere within the document.
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    datum supplies a commonly used code name for the datum employed.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    WGS84
    (World Geodetic System) a pair of numbers to be interpreted as latitude followed by longitude according to the World Geodetic System. [Default]
    MGRS
    (Military Grid Reference System) the values supplied are geospatial entity object codes, based on
    OSGB36
    (ordnance survey great britain) the value supplied is to be interpreted as a British National Grid Reference.
    ED50
    (European Datum coordinate system) the value supplied is to be interpreted as latitude followed by longitude according to the European Datum coordinate system.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            geoDecl
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       attribute datum { "WGS84" | "MGRS" | "OSGB36" | "ED50" | xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <geoDecl datum="OSGB36"/>

    <gi>

    <gi> (element name) contains the name (generic identifier) of an element. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TD http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDTAG
    Module tagdocs
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    scheme supplies the name of the scheme in which this name is defined.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    TEI
    (text encoding initiative) this element is part of the TEI scheme. [Default]
    DBK
    (docbook) this element is part of the Docbook scheme.
    XX
    (unknown) this element is part of an unknown scheme.
    Schematron
    HTML
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element gi { gt_att.global.attributes, attribute scheme { xsd:Name }?, text }
    Example
    <p>The <gi>xhtml:li</gi> element is roughly analogous to the <gi>item</gi> element, as is the
    <gi scheme="DBK">listItem</gi> element.</p>

    This example shows the use of both a namespace prefix and the schema attribute as alternative ways of indicating that the gi in question is not a TEI element name: in practice only one method should be adopted.

    <gloss>

    <gloss> identifies a phrase or word used to provide a gloss or definition for some other word or phrase. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQU
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls) att.translatable (@version) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.pointing (@target, @evaluate)
    cRef (canonical reference) identifies the associated term element using a canonical reference from a scheme defined in a refsDecl element in the TEI header
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values the result of applying the algorithm for the resolution of canonical references (described in section ??) should be a valid URI reference that resolves to a term element
    Note
    The refsDecl to use may be indicated with the decls attribute.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            gloss
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       gt_att.translatable.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       attribute cRef { xsd:anyURI }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    We may define <term xml:id="tdpv" rend="sc">discoursal point of view</term> as
    <gloss target="#tdpv">the relationship, expressed
    through discourse structure, between the implied author or some other addresser, and the
    fiction.</gloss>
    Note
    The target and cRef attributes are mutually exclusive.

    <glyph>

    <glyph> (character glyph) provides descriptive information about a character glyph.
    Module gaiji
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            glyph
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          glyphName?,
          model.glossLike*,
          charProp*,
          mapping*,
          figure*,
          model.graphicLike*,
          model.noteLike*
       )
    }
    Example
    <glyph xml:id="rstroke">
     <glyphName>LATIN SMALL LETTER R WITH A FUNNY STROKE</glyphName>
     <charProp>
      <localName>entity</localName>
      <value>rstroke</value>
     </charProp>
     <figure>
      <graphic url="glyph-rstroke.png"/>
     </figure>
    </glyph>

    <glyphName>

    <glyphName> (character glyph name) contains the name of a glyph, expressed following Unicode conventions for character names.
    Module gaiji
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element glyphName { gt_att.global.attributes, text }
    Example
    <glyphName>CIRCLED IDEOGRAPH 4EBA</glyphName>
    Note
    For characters of non-ideographic scripts, a name following the conventions for Unicode names should be chosen. For ideographic scripts, an Ideographic Description Sequence (IDS) as described in Chapter 10.1 of the Unicode Standard is recommended where possible. Projects working in similar fields are recommended to coordinate and publish their list of glyphNames to facilitate data exchange.

    <graph>

    <graph> encodes a graph, which is a collection of nodes, and arcs which connect the nodes. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDGR
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type describes the type of graph.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    undirected
    undirected graph
    directed
    directed graph
    transitionNetwork
    a directed graph with distinguished initial and final nodes
    transducer
    a transition network with up to two labels on each arc
    Note
    If type is specified as undirected, then the distinction between the to and from attributes of the arc tag is neutralized. Also, the adj attribute, rather than the adjFrom and adjTo attributes, should be used to encode pointers to the ends of the arcs. If type is specified as directed (or any other value which implies directionality), then the adjFrom and adjTo attributes should be used, instead of the adj attribute.
    order states the order of the graph, i.e., the number of its nodes.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A positive integer.
    size states the size of the graph, i.e., the number of its arcs.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A non-negative integer.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            graph
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            type
       {
          "undirected" | "directed" | "transitionNetwork" | "transducer" | xsd:Name
       }?,
       attribute order { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       attribute size { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       (
          ( label, model.global* )?,
          (
             ( ( node, model.global* )+, ( arc, model.global* )* )
           | ( ( arc, model.global* )+, ( node, model.global* )+ )
          )
       )
    }
    Example
    <graph
      xml:id="cug1"
      type="undirected"
      order="5"
      size="4"
      rend="LABEL-PLACE bottom center NODE-FRAME none ARC solid line">

     <label>Airline Connections in Southwestern USA</label>
     <node xml:id="lax" degree="2">
      <label>LAX</label>
     </node>
     <node xml:id="lvg" degree="2">
      <label>LVG</label>
     </node>
     <node xml:id="phx" degree="3">
      <label>PHX</label>
     </node>
     <node xml:id="tus" degree="1">
      <label>TUS</label>
     </node>
     <node xml:id="cib" degree="0">
      <label>CIB</label>
     </node>
     <arc from="#lax" to="#lvg"/>
     <arc from="#lax" to="#phx"/>
     <arc from="#lvg" to="#phx"/>
     <arc from="#phx" to="#tus"/>
    </graph>
    Note
    One or more nodes and zero or more arcs in any order.

    <graphic>

    <graphic> indicates the location of an inline graphic, illustration, or figure. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COGR
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.internetMedia (@mimeType) att.declaring (@decls)
    width The display width of the image
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "[\-+]?\d+(\.\d+)?(%|cm|mm|in|pt|pc|px|em|ex|gd|rem|vw|vh|vm)" }
    height The display height of the image
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "[\-+]?\d+(\.\d+)?(%|cm|mm|in|pt|pc|px|em|ex|gd|rem|vw|vh|vm)" }
    scale A scale factor to be applied to the image to make it the desired display size
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    url (uniform resource locator) A URL which refers to the image itself.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            graphic
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.internetMedia.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       attribute 
                            width
       {
          token
          {
             pattern = "[\-+]?\d+(\.\d+)?(%|cm|mm|in|pt|pc|px|em|ex|gd|rem|vw|vh|vm)"
          }
       }?,
       attribute 
                            height
       {
          token
          {
             pattern = "[\-+]?\d+(\.\d+)?(%|cm|mm|in|pt|pc|px|em|ex|gd|rem|vw|vh|vm)"
          }
       }?,
       attribute 
                            scale
       {
          xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
       }?,
       attribute url { xsd:anyURI },
       model.glossLike*
    }
    Example
    <figure>
     <graphic url="fig1.png"/>
     <head>Figure One: The View from the Bridge</head>
     <figDesc>A Whistleresque view showing four or five sailing boats in the foreground, and a
       series of buoys strung out between them.</figDesc>
    </figure>
    Note
    The mimeType attribute should be used to supply the MIME media type of the image specified by the url attribute.

    <group>

    <group> contains the body of a composite text, grouping together a sequence of distinct texts (or groups of such texts) which are regarded as a unit for some purpose, for example the collected works of an author, a sequence of prose essays, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DS http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSGRP http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCDEF
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            group
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       (
          ( model.divTop | model.global )*,
          ( ( text | group ), ( text | group | model.global )* ),
          model.divBottom*
       )
    }
    Example
    <text>
     <front/>
     <group>
      <text/>
      <text/>
     </group>
    </text>

    <handDesc>

    <handDesc> (description of hands) contains a description of all the different kinds of writing used in a manuscript. «#msph2»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    hands specifies the number of distinct hands identified within the manuscript
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    header: handNote
    linking: ab
    msdescription: summary
    Declaration
                            element 
                            handDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute hands { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( summary?, handNote+ ) )
    }
    Example
    <handDesc>
     <handNote scope="major">Written throughout in <term>angelicana formata</term>.</handNote>
    </handDesc>
    Example
    <handDesc hands="2">
     <p>The manuscript is written in two contemporary hands, otherwise
       unknown, but clearly those of practised scribes. Hand I writes
       ff. 1r-22v and hand II ff. 23 and 24. Some scholars, notably
       Verner Dahlerup and Hreinn Benediktsson, have argued for a third hand
       on f. 24, but the evidence for this is insubstantial.</p>
    </handDesc>

    <handNote>

    <handNote> (note on hand) describes a particular style or hand distinguished within a manuscript. «#msph2»
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.handFeatures (@scribe, @scribeRef, @script, @scriptRef, @medium, @scope)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            handNote
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.handFeatures.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <handNote scope="sole">
     <p>Written in insular phase II half-uncial with interlinear Old English gloss in an
       Anglo-Saxon pointed minuscule.</p>
    </handNote>

    <handNotes>

    <handNotes> contains one or more handNote elements documenting the different hands identified within the source texts. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHDH
    Module transcr
    Used by
    May contain
    header: handNote
    Declaration
    element handNotes { gt_att.global.attributes, handNote+ }
    Example
    <handNotes>
     <handNote xml:id="H1" script="copperplate" medium="brown-ink">Carefully written with regular descenders</handNote>
     <handNote xml:id="H2" script="print" medium="pencil">Unschooled scrawl</handNote>
    </handNotes>

    <handShift>

    <handShift> marks the beginning of a sequence of text written in a new hand, or the beginning of a scribal stint. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHDH
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.handFeatures (@scribe, @scribeRef, @script, @scriptRef, @medium, @scope) att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    new identifies the new hand.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values must refer to a handNote element, typically declared in the document header (see section ??).
    Note
    This attribute serves the same function as the hand attribute provided for those elements which are members of the att.transcriptional class. It may be renamed at a subsequent major release.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            handShift
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.handFeatures.attributes,
       gt_att.responsibility.attributes,
       attribute new { xsd:anyURI }?,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <l>When wolde the cat dwelle in his ynne</l>
    <handShift medium="greenish-ink"/>
    <l>And if the cattes skynne be slyk <handShift medium="black-ink"/> and gaye</l>
    Note
    The handShift element may be used either to denote a shift in the document hand (as from one scribe to another, on one writing style to another). Or, it may indicate a shift within a document hand, as a change of writing style, character or ink. Like other milestone elements, it should appear at the point of transition from some other state to the state which it describes.
    <head> (heading) contains any type of heading, for example the title of a section, or the heading of a list, glossary, manuscript description, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSHD
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            head
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example

    The most common use for the head element is to mark the headings of sections. In older writings, the headings or incipits may be rather longer than usual in modern works. If a section has an explicit ending as well as a heading, it should be marked as a trailer, as in this example:

    <div1 n="I" type="book">
     <head>In the name of Christ here begins the first book of the ecclesiastical history of
       Georgius Florentinus, known as Gregory, Bishop of Tours.</head>
     <list>
      <head>Chapter-Headings</head>
     </list>
     <div2 type="section">
      <head>In the name of Christ here begins Book I of the history.</head>
      <p>Proposing as I do ...</p>
      <p>From the Passion of our Lord until the death of Saint Martin four hundred and twelve
         years passed.</p>
      <trailer>Here ends the first Book, which covers five thousand, five hundred and ninety-six
         years from the beginning of the world down to the death of Saint Martin.</trailer>
     </div2>
    </div1>
    Example

    The head element is also used to mark headings of other units, such as lists:

    With a few exceptions, connectives are equally
    useful in all kinds of discourse: description, narration, exposition, argument. <list type="simple">
     <head>Connectives</head>
     <item>above</item>
     <item>accordingly</item>
     <item>across from</item>
     <item>adjacent to</item>
     <item>again</item>
     <item/>
    </list>
    Note
    The head element is used for headings at all levels; software which treats (e.g.) chapter headings, section headings, and list titles differently must determine the proper processing of a head element based on its structural position. A head occurring as the first element of a list is the title of that list; one occurring as the first element of a <div1> is the title of that chapter or section.

    <height>

    <height> contains a measurement measured along the axis at right angles to the bottom of the written surface, i.e. parallel to the spine for a codex or book. «#msdim»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            height
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.dimensions.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <height unit="in" quantity="7"/>
    Note
    If used to specify the height of a non text-bearing portion of some object, for example a monument, this element conventionally refers to the axis perpendicular to the surface of the earth.

    <heraldry>

    <heraldry> contains a heraldic formula or phrase, typically found as part of a blazon, coat of arms, etc. «#mshera»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element heraldry { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <p>Ownership stamp (xvii cent.) on i recto with the arms
    <heraldry>A bull passant within a bordure bezanty,
       in chief a crescent for difference</heraldry> [Cole],
    crest, and the legend <q>Cole Deum</q>.</p>

    <hi>

    <hi> (highlighted) marks a word or phrase as graphically distinct from the surrounding text, for reasons concerning which no claim is made. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQHE http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQH
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element hi { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.paraContent }
    Example
    <hi rend="gothic">And this Indenture further witnesseth</hi>
    that the said <hi rend="italic">Walter Shandy</hi>, merchant,
    in consideration of the said intended marriage ...

    <history>

    <history> groups elements describing the full history of a manuscript or manuscript part. «#mshy»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            history
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( summary?, origin?, provenance*, acquisition? ) )
    }
    Example
    <history>
     <origin>
      <p>Written in Durham during the mid twelfth
         century.</p>
     </origin>
     <provenance>
      <p>Recorded in two medieval
         catalogues of the books belonging to Durham Priory, made in 1391 and
         1405.</p>
      <p>Given to W. Olleyf by William Ebchester, Prior (1446-56)
         and later belonged to Henry Dalton, Prior of Holy Island (Lindisfarne)
         according to inscriptions on ff. 4v and 5.</p>
     </provenance>
     <acquisition>
      <p>Presented to Trinity College in 1738 by
         Thomas Gale and his son Roger.</p>
     </acquisition>
    </history>

    <hyphenation>

    <hyphenation> summarizes the way in which hyphenation in a source text has been treated in an encoded version of it. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD53 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    eol (end-of-line) indicates whether or not end-of-line hyphenation has been retained in a text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    all
    all end-of-line hyphenation has been retained, even though the lineation of the original may not have been.
    some
    end-of-line hyphenation has been retained in some cases. [Default]
    hard
    all soft end-of-line hyphenation has been removed: any remaining end-od-line hyphenation should be retained.
    none
    all end-of-line hyphenation has been removed: any remaining hyphenation occurred within the line.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            hyphenation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       attribute eol { "all" | "some" | "hard" | "none" }?,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <hyphenation eol="some">
     <p>End-of-line hyphenation silently removed where appropriate</p>
    </hyphenation>

    <iNode>

    <iNode> (intermediate (or internal) node) represents an intermediate (or internal) node of a tree. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDTR
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    value provides the value of an intermediate node, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier of a feature structure or other analytic element.
    children provides a list of identifiers of the elements which are the children of the intermediate node.
    Status Required
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A list of identifiers.
    parent provides the identifier of the element which is the parent of this node.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of the parent node.
    ord (ordered) indicates whether or not the internal node is ordered.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Note
    The value true indicates that the children of the intermediate node are ordered, whereas false indicates the are unordered.
    Use if and only if ord is specified as partial on the tree element and the intermediate node has more than one child.
    follow provides an identifier of the element which this node follows.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of another intermediate node or leaf of the tree.
    Note
    If the tree is unordered or partially ordered, this attribute has the property of fixing the relative order of the intermediate node and the element which is the value of the attribute.
    outDegree gives the out degree of an intermediate node, the number of its children.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A nonnegative integer.
    Note
    The in degree of an intermediate node is always 1.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label
    Declaration
                            element 
                            iNode
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute children { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } },
       attribute parent { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute ord { xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable" }?,
       attribute follow { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute outDegree { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       label?
    }
    Example
    <iNode
      xml:id="pt1"
      children="#GD-UP1"
      parent="#GD-VB1"
      follow="#GD-PN1"
      outDegree="1">

     <label>PT</label>
    </iNode>

    <ident>

    <ident> (identifier) contains an identifier or name for an object of some kind in a formal language.
    Module tagdocs
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element ident { gt_att.global.attributes, gt_att.typed.attributes, text }
    Example
    <ident type="namespace">http://www.tei-c.org/ns/Examples</ident>
    Note
    In running prose, this element may be used for any kind of identifier in any formal language.

    <idno>

    <idno> (identifier) supplies any form of identifier used to identify some object, such as a bibliographic item, a person, a title, an organization, etc. in a standardized way. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD26 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type categorizes the identifier, for example as an ISBN, Social Security number, etc.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element idno { gt_att.global.attributes, attribute type { xsd:Name }?, text }
    Example
    <idno type="ISSN">0143-3385</idno>
    <idno type="DOI">doi:10.1000/123</idno>
    <idno type="URL">http://authority.nzetc.org/463/</idno>
    <idno type="LT">Thomason Tract E.537(17)</idno>
    <idno type="Wing">C695</idno>

    <imprimatur>

    <imprimatur> contains a formal statement authorizing the publication of a work, sometimes required to appear on a title page or its verso. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element imprimatur { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.paraContent }
    Example
    <imprimatur>Licensed and entred acording to Order.</imprimatur>

    <incipit>

    <incipit> contains the incipit of a manuscript item, that is the opening words of the text proper, exclusive of any rubric which might precede it, of sufficient length to identify the work uniquely; such incipts were, in fomer times, frequently used a means of reference to a work, in place of a title. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.msExcerpt (@defective)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            incipit
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.msExcerpt.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <incipit>Pater noster qui es in celis</incipit>
    <incipit defective="true">tatem dedit hominibus alleluia.</incipit>
    <incipit type="biblical">Ghif ons huden onse dagelix broet</incipit>
    <incipit>O ongehoerde gewerdighe christi</incipit>
    <incipit type="lemma">Firmiter</incipit>
    <incipit>Ideo dicit firmiter quia ordo fidei nostre probari non potest</incipit>

    <include> [http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude]

    <include> The W3C XInclude element
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    href pointer to the resource being included
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    parse
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    xml
    [Default]
    text
    xpointer
    Status Optional
    Datatype text
    encoding
    Status Optional
    Datatype text
    accept
    Status Optional
    Datatype text
    accept-charset
    Status Optional
    Datatype text
    accept-language
    Status Optional
    Datatype text
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: fallback
    Declaration
                            element 
                            include
    {
       attribute href { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute parse { "xml" | "text" }?,
       attribute xpointer { text }?,
       attribute encoding { text }?,
       attribute accept { text }?,
       attribute accept-charset { text }?,
       attribute accept-language { text }?,
       fallback?
    }

    <index>

    <index> (index entry) marks a location to be indexed for whatever purpose. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONOIX
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.spanning (@spanTo)
    indexName supplies a name to specify which index (of several) the index entry belongs to.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values an application-specific name, consisting of Unicode characters only.
    Note
    This attribute makes it possible to create multiple indexes for a text.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: index term
    Declaration
                            element 
                            index
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       attribute indexName { xsd:Name }?,
       ( term, index? )*
    }
    Example
    David's other principal backer, Josiah ha-Kohen
    <index indexName="NAMES">
     <term>Josiah ha-Kohen b. Azarya</term>
    </index> b. Azarya, son of one of the last gaons of Sura <index indexName="PLACES">
     <term>Sura</term>
    </index> was David's own first cousin.

    <institution>

    <institution> contains the name of an organization such as a university or library, with which a manuscript is identified, generally its holding institution. «#msid»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            institution
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <msIdentifier>
     <settlement>Oxford</settlement>
     <institution>University of Oxford</institution>
     <repository>Bodleian Library</repository>
     <idno>MS. Bodley 406</idno>
    </msIdentifier>

    <interaction>

    <interaction> describes the extent, cardinality and nature of any interaction among those producing and experiencing the text, for example in the form of response or interjection, commentary, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type specifies the degree of interaction between active and passive participants in the text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    none
    no interaction of any kind, e.g. a monologue
    partial
    some degree of interaction, e.g. a monologue with set responses
    complete
    complete interaction, e.g. a face to face conversation
    inapplicable
    this parameter is inappropriate or inapplicable in this case
    active specifies the number of active participants (or addressors) producing parts of the text.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    singular
    a single addressor
    plural
    many addressors
    corporate
    a corporate addressor
    unknown
    number of addressors unknown or unspecifiable
    passive specifies the number of passive participants (or addressees) to whom a text is directed or in whose presence it is created or performed.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    self
    text is addressed to the originator e.g. a diary
    single
    text is addressed to one other person e.g. a personal letter
    many
    text is addressed to a countable number of others e.g. a conversation in which all participants are identified
    group
    text is addressed to an undefined but fixed number of participants e.g. a lecture
    world
    text is addressed to an undefined and indeterminately large number e.g. a published book
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            interaction
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "none" | "partial" | "complete" | "inapplicable" }?,
       attribute 
                            active
       {
          "singular" | "plural" | "corporate" | "unknown" | xsd:Name
       }?,
       attribute 
                            passive
       {
          "self" | "single" | "many" | "group" | "world" | xsd:Name
       }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <interaction type="complete" active="plural" passive="many"/>
    Example
    <interaction type="none" active="singular" passive="group"/>

    <interp>

    <interp> (interpretation) summarizes a specific interpretative annotation which can be linked to a span of text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AISP
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.interpLike (@type, @inst) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            interp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.interpLike.attributes,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.glossLike )*
    }
    Example
    <interp type="structuralunit" xml:id="ana_am">aftermath</interp>
    Note
    Generally, each interp element carries an xml:id attribute. This permits the encoder to explicitly associate the interpretation represented by the content of an interp with any textual element through its ana attribute.
    Alternatively (or, in addition) an interp may carry an inst attribute which points to one or more textual elements to which the analysis represented by the content of the interp applies.

    <interpGrp>

    <interpGrp> (interpretation group) collects together a set of related interpretations which share responsibility or type. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AISP
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.interpLike (@type, @inst) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    analysis: interp
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            interpGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.interpLike.attributes,
       ( model.glossLike*, interp+ )
    }
    Example
    <interpGrp resp="#TMA" type="structuralunit">
     <desc>basic structural organization</desc>
     <interp xml:id="I1">introduction</interp>
     <interp xml:id="I2">conflict</interp>
     <interp xml:id="I3">climax</interp>
     <interp xml:id="I4">revenge</interp>
     <interp xml:id="I5">reconciliation</interp>
     <interp xml:id="I6">aftermath</interp>
    </interpGrp>
    <bibl xml:id="TMA"/>
    Note
    Any number of interp elements.

    <interpretation>

    <interpretation> describes the scope of any analytic or interpretive information added to the text in addition to the transcription. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD53
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            interpretation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <interpretation>
     <p>The part of speech analysis applied throughout section 4 was added by hand and has not
       been checked</p>
    </interpretation>

    <item>

    <item> contains one component of a list. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COLI http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD6
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element item { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <list type="ordered">
     <head>Here begin the chapter headings of Book IV</head>
     <item n="4.1">The death of Queen Clotild.</item>
     <item n="4.2">How King Lothar wanted to appropriate one third of the Church revenues.</item>
     <item n="4.3">The wives and children of Lothar.</item>
     <item n="4.4">The Counts of the Bretons.</item>
     <item n="4.5">Saint Gall the Bishop.</item>
     <item n="4.6">The priest Cato.</item>
     <item> ...</item>
    </list>
    Note
    May contain simple prose or a sequence of chunks.
    Whatever string of characters is used to label a list item in the copy text may be used as the value of the global n attribute, but it is not required that numbering be recorded explicitly. In ordered lists, the n attribute on the item element is by definition synonymous with the use of the label element to record the enumerator of the list item. In glossary lists, however, the term being defined should be given with the label element, not n.

    <join>

    <join> identifies a possibly fragmented segment of text, by pointing at the possibly discontiguous elements which compose it. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAAG
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    targets specifies the identifiers of the elements or passages to be joined into a virtual element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 2–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values two or more pointers (URIs), separated by whitespace
    Note
    This attribute is deprecated. It is retained for backward compatibility only; the attribute target should be used for preference. It is an error to supply both attributes, but one or the other must be present.
    result specifies the name of an element which this aggregation may be understood to represent.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values The generic identifier of an element in the current DTD.
    scope indicates whether the targets to be joined include the entire element indicated (the entire subtree including its root), or just the children of the target (the branches of the subtree).
    Status Recommended
    Legal values are:
    root
    the rooted subtrees indicated by the targets attribute are joined, each subtree become a child of the virtual element created by the join [Default]
    branches
    the children of the subtrees indicated by the targets attribute become the children of the virtual element (i.e. the roots of the subtrees are discarded)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            join
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute targets { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       attribute result { xsd:Name }?,
       attribute scope { "root" | "branches" }?,
       model.glossLike*
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="@target and @targets">You may not supply both
    @target and @targets</sch:report>
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="not(@target) and not(@targets)">You must
    supply either @target or @targets</sch:report>
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="contains(@target,' ')">You must supply at least two
    values for @target</sch:assert>
    Example

    The following example is discussed in section ??:

    <sp>
     <speaker>Hughie</speaker>
     <p>How does it go? <q>
       <l xml:id="frog_x1">da-da-da</l>
       <l xml:id="frog_l2">gets a new frog</l>
       <l>...</l>
      </q>
     </p>
    </sp>
    <sp>
     <speaker>Louie</speaker>
     <p>
      <q>
       <l xml:id="frog_l1">When the old pond</l>
       <l>...</l>
      </q>
     </p>
    </sp>
    <sp>
     <speaker>Dewey</speaker>
     <p>
      <q>... <l xml:id="frog_l3">It's a new pond.</l>
      </q>
     </p>
     <join targets="#frog_l1 #frog_l2 #frog_l3" result="lg" scope="root"/>
    </sp>

    The join element here identifies a linegroup (lg) comprising the three lines indicated by the targets attribute. The value root for the scope attribute indicates that the resulting virtual element contains the three l elements linked to at #frog_l1 #frog_l2 #frog_l3, rather than their character data content.

    Example

    In this example, the attribute scope is specified with the value of branches to indicate that the virtual list being constructed is to be made by taking the lists indicated by the targets attribute of the join element, discarding the list tags which enclose them, and combining the items contained within the lists into a single virtual list:

    <p>Southern dialect (my own variety, at least) has only <list xml:id="LP1">
      <item>
       <s>I done gone</s>
      </item>
      <item>
       <s>I done went</s>
      </item>
     </list> whereas Negro Non-Standard basilect has both these and <list xml:id="LP2">
      <item>
       <s>I done go</s>
      </item>
     </list>.</p>
    <p>White Southern dialect also has <list xml:id="LP3">
      <item>
       <s>I've done gone</s>
      </item>
      <item>
       <s>I've done went</s>
      </item>
     </list> which, when they occur in Negro dialect, should probably be considered as borrowings from other varieties of English.</p>
    <join
      result="list"
      xml:id="LST1"
      targets="#LP1 #LP2 #LP3"
      scope="branches">

     <desc>Sample sentences in Southern speech</desc>
    </join>

    <joinGrp>

    <joinGrp> (join group) groups a collection of join elements and possibly pointers. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAAG
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing.group (@domains, @targFunc) (att.pointing (@target, @evaluate)) (att.typed (@type, @subtype))
    result describes the result of the joins gathered in this collection.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values supplies the default value for the result on each join included within the group.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss ptr
    linking: join
    Declaration
                            element 
                            joinGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.group.attributes,
       attribute result { xsd:Name }?,
       ( model.glossLike*, ( join | ptr )+ )
    }
    Example
    <joinGrp domains="zuitxt zuitxt zuitxt" result="q">
     <join targets="#zuiq1 #zuiq2 #zuiq6"/>
     <join targets="#zuiq3 #zuiq4 #zuiq5"/>
    </joinGrp>
    Note
    Any number of join or ptr elements.

    <keywords>

    <keywords> contains a list of keywords or phrases identifying the topic or nature of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD43
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    scheme identifies the controlled vocabulary within which the set of keywords concerned is defined.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values Usually this will indicate an external website or other location where the scheme is documented.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: list term
    Declaration
                            element 
                            keywords
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute scheme { xsd:anyURI },
       ( term+ | list )
    }
    Example
    <keywords scheme="http://classificationweb.net">
     <term>Babbage, Charles</term>
     <term>Mathematicians - Great Britain - Biography</term>
    </keywords>
    Note
    Each individual keyword (including compound subject headings) should be supplied as a term element directly within the keywords element. An alternative usage, in which each term appears within a item inside a list is permitted for backwards compatibility, but is deprecated.

    <l>

    <l> (verse line) contains a single, possibly incomplete, line of verse. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COVE http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CODV http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPAL
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme) att.enjamb (@enjamb)
    part specifies whether or not the line is metrically complete.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Legal values are:
    Y
    (yes) the line is metrically incomplete
    N
    (no) either the line is complete, or no claim is made as to its completeness [Default]
    I
    (initial) the initial part of an incomplete line
    M
    (medial) a medial part of an incomplete line
    F
    (final) the final part of an incomplete line
    Note
    The values I, M, or F should be used only where it is clear how the line is to be reconstituted.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            l
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.metrical.attributes,
       gt_att.enjamb.attributes,
       attribute part { "Y" | "N" | "I" | "M" | "F" }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <l met="-/-/-/-/-/" part="Y"/>

    <label>

    <label> contains the label associated with an item in a list; in glossaries, marks the term being defined. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COLI
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element label { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example

    Labels are most commonly used for the headwords in glossary lists; note the use of the global xml:lang attribute to set the default language of the glossary list to Middle English, and identify the glosses and headings as modern English or Latin:

    <list type="gloss" xml:lang="enm">
     <head xml:lang="en">Vocabulary</head>
     <headLabel xml:lang="en">Middle English</headLabel>
     <headItem xml:lang="en">New English</headItem>
     <label>nu</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">now</item>
     <label>lhude</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">loudly</item>
     <label>bloweth</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">blooms</item>
     <label>med</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">meadow</item>
     <label>wude</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">wood</item>
     <label>awe</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">ewe</item>
     <label>lhouth</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">lows</item>
     <label>sterteth</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">bounds, frisks (cf. <cit>
       <ref>Chaucer, K.T.644</ref>
       <quote>a courser, <term>sterting</term>as the fyr</quote>
      </cit>
     </item>
     <label>verteth</label>
     <item xml:lang="la">pedit</item>
     <label>murie</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">merrily</item>
     <label>swik</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">cease</item>
     <label>naver</label>
     <item xml:lang="en">never</item>
    </list>
    Example

    Labels may also be used to record explicitly the numbers or letters which mark list items in ordered lists, as in this extract from Gibbon's Autobiography. In this usage the label element is synonymous with the n attribute on the item element:

    I will add two facts, which have seldom occurred
    in the composition of six, or at least of five quartos. <list rend="runon" type="ordered">
     <label>(1)</label>
     <item>My first rough manuscript, without any intermediate copy, has been sent to the press.</item>
     <label>(2) </label>
     <item>Not a sheet has been seen by any human eyes, excepting those of the author and the
       printer: the faults and the merits are exclusively my own.</item>
    </list>
    Example

    Labels may also be used for other structured list items, as in this extract from the journal of Edward Gibbon:

    <list type="gloss">
     <label>March 1757.</label>
     <item>I wrote some critical observations upon Plautus.</item>
     <label>March 8th.</label>
     <item>I wrote a long dissertation upon some lines of Virgil.</item>
     <label>June.</label>
     <item>I saw Mademoiselle Curchod — <quote xml:lang="la">Omnia vincit amor, et nos cedamus
         amori.</quote>
     </item>
     <label>August.</label>
     <item>I went to Crassy, and staid two days.</item>
    </list>

    <lacunaEnd>

    <lacunaEnd> indicates the end of a lacuna in a mostly complete textual witness. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPMI
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.rdgPart (@wit)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            lacunaEnd
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.rdgPart.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <rdg wit="#X">
     <lacunaEnd/>auctorite
    </rdg>

    <lacunaStart>

    <lacunaStart> indicates the beginning of a lacuna in the text of a mostly complete textual witness. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPMI
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.rdgPart (@wit)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            lacunaStart
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.rdgPart.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <app>
     <lem wit="#El #Hg">Experience</lem>
     <rdg wit="#Ha4">Ex<g ref="#per"/>
      <lacunaStart/>
     </rdg>
    </app>

    <langUsage>

    <langUsage> (language usage) describes the languages, sublanguages, registers, dialects, etc. represented within a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD41 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD4 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    header: language
    Declaration
                            element 
                            langUsage
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       language+
    }
    Example
    <langUsage>
     <language ident="fr-CA" usage="60">Québecois</language>
     <language ident="en-CA" usage="20">Canadian business English</language>
     <language ident="en-GB" usage="20">British English</language>
    </langUsage>

    <language>

    <language> characterizes a single language or sublanguage used within a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD41
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    ident (identifier) Supplies a language code constructed as defined in BCP 47 which is used to identify the language documented by this element, and which is referenced by the global xml:lang attribute.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:language
    usage specifies the approximate percentage (by volume) of the text which uses this language.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger { maxInclusive = "100" }
    Values a whole number between 0 and 100
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            language
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute ident { xsd:language },
       attribute usage { xsd:nonNegativeInteger { maxInclusive = "100" } }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <langUsage xml:lang="en-US">
     <language ident="en-US" usage="75">modern American English</language>
     <language ident="i-az-Arab" usage="20">Azerbaijani in Arabic script</language>
     <language ident="x-lap" usage="05">Pig Latin</language>
    </langUsage>
    Note
    Particularly for sublanguages, an informal prose characterization should be supplied as content for the element.

    <layout>

    <layout> describes how text is laid out on the page, including information about any ruling, pricking, or other evidence of page-preparation techniques. «#msph2»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    columns specifies the number of columns per page
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–2 occurrences of  xsd:nonNegativeInteger separated by whitespace
    Values may be given as a pair of numbers (to indicate a range) or as a single number.
    ruledLines specifies the number of ruled lines per column
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–2 occurrences of  xsd:nonNegativeInteger separated by whitespace
    Values may be given as a pair of numbers (a range) or as a single number.
    writtenLines specifies the number of written lines per column
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–2 occurrences of  xsd:nonNegativeInteger separated by whitespace
    Values may be given as a pair of numbers (a range), or as a single number.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            layout
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            columns
       {
          list { xsd:nonNegativeInteger, xsd:nonNegativeInteger? }
       }?,
       attribute 
                            ruledLines
       {
          list { xsd:nonNegativeInteger, xsd:nonNegativeInteger? }
       }?,
       attribute 
                            writtenLines
       {
          list { xsd:nonNegativeInteger, xsd:nonNegativeInteger? }
       }?,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <layout columns="1" ruledLines="25 32">Most pages have between 25 and 32 long lines ruled in lead.</layout>
    Example
    <layout columns="2" ruledLines="42">
     <p>2 columns of 42 lines ruled in ink, with central rule
       between the columns.</p>
    </layout>
    Example
    <layout columns="1 2" writtenLines="40 50">
     <p>Some pages have 2 columns, with central rule
       between the columns; each column with between 40 and 50 lines of writing.</p>
    </layout>

    <layoutDesc>

    <layoutDesc> (layout description) collects the set of layout descriptions applicable to a manuscript. «#msph2»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: layout summary
    Declaration
                            element 
                            layoutDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( summary?, layout+ ) )
    }
    Example
    <layoutDesc>
     <p>Most pages have between 25 and 32 long lines ruled in lead.</p>
    </layoutDesc>
    Example
    <layoutDesc>
     <layout columns="2" ruledLines="42">
      <p>
       <locus from="f12r" to="f15v"/>
         2 columns of 42 lines pricked and ruled in ink, with
         central rule between the columns.</p>
     </layout>
     <layout columns="3">
      <p>
       <locus from="f16"/>小孔的三欄可見.</p>
     </layout>
    </layoutDesc>

    <lb>

    <lb> (line break) marks the start of a new (typographic) line in some edition or version of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CORS5 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPAL
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.sourced (@ed) att.spanning (@spanTo)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            lb
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.sourced.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Example

    This example shows typographical line breaks within metrical lines, where they occur at different places in different editions:

    <l>Of Mans First Disobedience,<lb ed="1674"/> and<lb ed="1667"/> the Fruit</l>
    <l>Of that Forbidden Tree, whose<lb ed="1667 1674"/> mortal tast</l>
    <l>Brought Death into the World,<lb ed="1667"/> and all<lb ed="1674"/> our woe,</l>
    Note
    By convention, lb elements should appear at the point in the text where a new line starts. The n attribute, if used, indicates the number or other value associated with the text between this point and the next lb element, typically the sequence number of the line within the page, or other appropriate unit. This element is intended to be used for marking actual line breaks on a manuscript or printed page, at the point where they occur; it should not be used to tag structural units such as lines of verse (for which the l element is available) except in circumstances where structural units cannot otherwise be marked.
    The type attribute may be used to characterize the line break in any respect, but its most common use is to specify that the presence of the line break does not imply the end of the word in which it is embedded. A value such as inWord or nobreak is recommended for this purpose, but encoders are free to choose whichever values are appropriate.

    <leaf>

    <leaf> encodes the leaves (terminal nodes) of a tree. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDTR
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    value provides a pointer to a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier of a feature structure or other analytic element.
    parent provides the identifier of parent of a leaf.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of the parent node.
    follow provides an identifier of an element which this leaf follows.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of another intermediate node or leaf of the tree.
    Note
    If the tree is unordered or partially ordered, this attribute has the property of fixing the relative order of the leaf and the element which is the value of the attribute.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label
    Declaration
                            element 
                            leaf
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute parent { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute follow { xsd:anyURI }?,
       label?
    }
    Example
    <leaf xml:id="peri1" parent="#n1">
     <label>periscope</label>
    </leaf>
    Note
    The in degree of a leaf is always 1, its out degree always 0.

    <lem>

    <lem> (lemma) contains the lemma, or base text, of a textual variation. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPLL
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.textCritical (@wit, @type, @cause, @varSeq, @hand) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            lem
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.textCritical.attributes,
       (
          text
        | model.gLikemodel.phrasemodel.intermodel.globalmodel.rdgPart
       )*
    }
    Example
    <app>
     <lem wit="#El #Hg">Experience</lem>
     <rdg wit="#La" type="substantive">Experiment</rdg>
     <rdg wit="#Ra2" type="substantive">Eryment</rdg>
    </app>
    Note
    The term lemma is used in text criticism to describe the reading in the text itself (as opposed to those in the apparatus); this usage is distinct from that of mathematics (where a lemma is a major step in a proof) and natural-language processing (where a lemma is the dictionary form associated with an inflected form in the running text).

    <lg>

    <lg> (line group) contains a group of verse lines functioning as a formal unit, e.g. a stanza, refrain, verse paragraph, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COVE http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CODV http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPAL
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.divLike (@org, @sample, @part) (att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            lg
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.divLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       (
          ( model.divTop | model.global )*,
          ( model.lLike | lg ),
          ( model.lLike | lg | model.global )*,
          ( ( model.divBottom ), model.global* )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <lg type="free">
     <l>Let me be my own fool</l>
     <l>of my own making, the sum of it</l>
    </lg>
    <lg type="free">
     <l>is equivocal.</l>
     <l>One says of the drunken farmer:</l>
    </lg>
    <lg type="free">
     <l>leave him lay off it. And this is</l>
     <l>the explanation.</l>
    </lg>
    Note
    contains verse lines or nested line groups only, possibly prefixed by a heading.

    <line> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <line> contains the transcription of a topographic line in the source document
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            line
    {
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( text | model.global | model.linePart )*
    }
    <link> defines an association or hypertextual link among elements or passages, of some type not more precisely specifiable by other elements. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAPT
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    targets specifies the identifiers of the elements or passages to be linked or associated.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 2–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values two or more pointers (URIs), separated by whitespace
    Note
    This attribute is deprecated. It is retained for backward compatibility only; the attribute target should be used for preference. It is an error to supply both attributes, but one or the other must be present.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            link
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute targets { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       empty
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="@target and @targets">You may not supply both
    @target and @targets</sch:report>
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="not(@target) and not(@targets)">You must
    supply either @target or @targets</sch:report>
    Schematron

    <sch:assert test="contains(@target,' ')">You must supply at least two
    values for @target</sch:assert>
    Example
    <s n="1">The state Supreme Court has refused to release <rs xml:id="R1">
      <rs xml:id="R2">Rahway State Prison</rs> inmate</rs>
     <rs xml:id="R3">James Scott</rs> on bail.</s>
    <s n="2">
     <rs xml:id="R4">The fighter</rs> is serving 30-40 years for a 1975 armed robbery conviction in <rs xml:id="R5">the penitentiary</rs>.
    </s>
    <linkGrp type="periphrasis">
     <link targets="#R1 #R3 #R4"/>
     <link targets="#R2 #R5"/>
    </linkGrp>
    Note
    This element should only be used to encode associations not otherwise provided for by more specific elements.
    The location of this element within a document has no significance, unless it is included within a linkGrp, in which case it may inherit the value of the type attribute from the value given on the linkGrp.

    <linkGrp>

    <linkGrp> (link group) defines a collection of associations or hypertextual links. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAPT
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing.group (@domains, @targFunc) (att.pointing (@target, @evaluate)) (att.typed (@type, @subtype))
    Used by
    May contain
    core: ptr
    linking: link
    Declaration
                            element 
                            linkGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.group.attributes,
       ( link | ptr )+
    }
    Example
    <linkGrp type="translation">
     <link targets="#CCS1 #SW1"/>
     <link targets="#CCS2 #SW2"/>
     <link targets="#CCS #SW"/>
    </linkGrp>
    <div type="volume" xml:id="CCS" xml:lang="fr">
     <p>
      <s xml:id="CCS1">Longtemps, je me suis couché de bonne heure.</s>
      <s xml:id="CCS2">Parfois, à peine ma bougie éteinte, mes yeux se fermaient si vite que je n'avais pas le temps de me dire : "Je m'endors."</s>
     </p>
    </div>
    <div type="volume" xml:id="SW" xml:lang="en">
     <p>
      <s xml:id="SW1">For a long time I used to go to bed early.</s>
      <s xml:id="SW2">Sometimes, when I had put out my candle, my eyes would close so quickly that I had not even time to say "I'm going to sleep."</s>
     </p>
    </div>
    Note
    May contain one or more link elements only, optionally with interspersed pointer elements.
    A web or link group is an administrative convenience, which should be used to collect a set of links together for any purpose, not simply to supply a default value for the type attribute.

    <list>

    <list> (list) contains any sequence of items organized as a list. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COLI
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type describes the form of the list.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    ordered
    list items are numbered or lettered.
    bulleted
    list items are marked with a bullet or other typographic device.
    simple
    list items are not numbered or bulleted. [Default]
    gloss
    each list item glosses some term or concept, which is given by a label element preceding the list item.
    Note
    The formal syntax of the element declarations allows label tags to be omitted from lists tagged <list type="gloss">; this is however a semantic error.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            list
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "ordered" | "bulleted" | "simple" | "gloss" | xsd:Name }?,
       (
          ( ( model.divTop ) | ( model.global ) )*,
          (
             ( item, model.global* )+
           | ( ( label, model.global*, item, model.global* )+ )
          ),
          ( ( model.divBottom ), model.global* )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <list type="ordered">
     <item>a butcher</item>
     <item>a baker</item>
     <item>a candlestick maker, with <list type="bullets">
       <item>rings on his fingers</item>
       <item>bells on his toes</item>
      </list>
     </item>
    </list>
    Example

    The following example treats the short numbered clauses of Anglo-Saxon legal codes as lists of items. The text is from an ordinance of King Athelstan (924–939):

    <div1 type="section">
     <head>Athelstan's Ordinance</head>
     <list type="ordered">
      <item n="1">Concerning thieves. First, that no thief is to be spared who is caught with
         the stolen goods, [if he is] over twelve years and [if the value of the goods is] over
         eightpence. <list type="ordered">
        <item n="1.1">And if anyone does spare one, he is to pay for the thief with his
             wergild — and the thief is to be no nearer a settlement on that account — or to
             clear himself by an oath of that amount.</item>
        <item n="1.2">If, however, he [the thief] wishes to defend himself or to escape, he is
             not to be spared [whether younger or older than twelve].</item>
        <item n="1.3">If a thief is put into prison, he is to be in prison 40 days, and he may
             then be redeemed with 120 shillings; and the kindred are to stand surety for him
             that he will desist for ever.</item>
        <item n="1.4">And if he steals after that, they are to pay for him with his wergild,
             or to bring him back there.</item>
        <item n="1.5">And if he steals after that, they are to pay for him with his wergild,
             whether to the king or to him to whom it rightly belongs; and everyone of those who
             supported him is to pay 120 shillings to the king as a fine.</item>
       </list>
      </item>
      <item n="2">Concerning lordless men. And we pronounced about these lordless men, from whom
         no justice can be obtained, that one should order their kindred to fetch back such a
         person to justice and to find him a lord in public meeting. <list type="ordered">
        <item n="2.1">And if they then will not, or cannot, produce him on that appointed day,
             he is then to be a fugitive afterwards, and he who encounters him is to strike him
             down as a thief.</item>
        <item n="2.2">And he who harbours him after that, is to pay for him with his wergild
             or to clear himself by an oath of that amount.</item>
       </list>
      </item>
      <item n="3">Concerning the refusal of justice. The lord who refuses justice and upholds
         his guilty man, so that the king is appealed to, is to repay the value of the goods and
         120 shillings to the king; and he who appeals to the king before he demands justice as
         often as he ought, is to pay the same fine as the other would have done, if he had
         refused him justice. <list type="ordered">
        <item n="3.1">And the lord who is an accessory to a theft by his slave, and it becomes
             known about him, is to forfeit the slave and be liable to his wergild on the first
             occasionp if he does it more often, he is to be liable to pay all that he owns.</item>
        <item n="3.2">And likewise any of the king's treasurers or of our reeves, who has been
             an accessory of thieves who have committed theft, is to liable to the same.</item>
       </list>
      </item>
      <item n="4">Concerning treachery to a lord. And we have pronounced concerning treachery to
         a lord, that he [who is accused] is to forfeit his life if he cannot deny it or is
         afterwards convicted at the three-fold ordeal.</item>
     </list>
    </div1>

    Note that nested lists have been used so the tagging mirrors the structure indicated by the two-level numbering of the clauses. The clauses could have been treated as a one-level list with irregular numbering, if desired.

    Example
    <p>These decrees, most blessed Pope Hadrian, we propounded in the public council ... and they
    confirmed them in our hand in your stead with the sign of the Holy Cross, and afterwards
    inscribed with a careful pen on the paper of this page, affixing thus the sign of the Holy
    Cross. <list type="simple">
      <item>I, Eanbald, by the grace of God archbishop of the holy church of York, have
         subscribed to the pious and catholic validity of this document with the sign of the Holy
         Cross.</item>
      <item>I, Ælfwold, king of the people across the Humber, consenting have subscribed with
         the sign of the Holy Cross.</item>
      <item>I, Tilberht, prelate of the church of Hexham, rejoicing have subscribed with the
         sign of the Holy Cross.</item>
      <item>I, Higbald, bishop of the church of Lindisfarne, obeying have subscribed with the
         sign of the Holy Cross.</item>
      <item>I, Ethelbert, bishop of Candida Casa, suppliant, have subscribed with thef sign of
         the Holy Cross.</item>
      <item>I, Ealdwulf, bishop of the church of Mayo, have subscribed with devout will.</item>
      <item>I, Æthelwine, bishop, have subscribed through delegates.</item>
      <item>I, Sicga, patrician, have subscribed with serene mind with the sign of the Holy
         Cross.</item>
     </list>
    </p>
    Note
    May contain an optional heading followed by a series of items, or a series of label and item pairs, the latter being optionally preceded by one or two specialized headings.

    <listBibl>

    <listBibl> (citation list) contains a list of bibliographic citations of any kind. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBITY http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD3 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    header: biblFull
    linking: anchor
    msdescription: msDesc
    transcr: fw gb
    Declaration
                            element 
                            listBibl
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       ( model.headLike*, ( model.biblLike | model.milestoneLike | listBibl )+ )
    }
    Example
    <listBibl>
     <head>Works consulted</head>
     <bibl>Blain, Clements and Grundy: Feminist Companion to
       Literature in English (Yale, 1990)
     </bibl>
     <biblStruct>
      <analytic>
       <title>The Interesting story of the Children in the Wood</title>
      </analytic>
      <monogr>
       <title>The Penny Histories</title>
       <author>Victor E Neuberg</author>
       <imprint>
        <publisher>OUP</publisher>
        <date>1968</date>
       </imprint>
      </monogr>
     </biblStruct>
    </listBibl>

    <listEvent>

    <listEvent> (list of events) contains a list of descriptions, each of which provides information about an identifiable event.
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: head
    Declaration
                            element 
                            listEvent
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( model.headLike*, listEvent+, ( relation | relationGrp )* )
    }
    Example
    <listEvent>
     <head>Battles of the American Civil War: Kentucky</head>
     <event xml:id="event01" when="1861-09-19">
      <label>Barbourville</label>
      <desc>The Battle of Barbourville was one of the early engagements of
         the American Civil War. It occurred September 19, 1861, in Knox
         County, Kentucky during the campaign known as the Kentucky Confederate
         Offensive. The battle is considered the first Confederate victory in
         the commonwealth, and threw a scare into Federal commanders, who
         rushed troops to central Kentucky in an effort to repel the invasion,
         which was finally thwarted at the <ref target="#event02">Battle of
           Camp Wildcat</ref> in October.</desc>
     </event>
     <event xml:id="event02" when="1861-10-21">
      <label>Camp Wild Cat</label>
      <desc>The Battle of Camp Wildcat (also known as Wildcat Mountain and Camp
         Wild Cat) was one of the early engagements of the American Civil
         War. It occurred October 21, 1861, in northern Laurel County, Kentucky
         during the campaign known as the Kentucky Confederate Offensive. The
         battle is considered one of the very first Union victories, and marked
         the first engagement of troops in the commonwealth of Kentucky.</desc>
     </event>
     <event xml:id="event03" from="1864-06-11" to="1864-06-12">
      <label>Cynthiana</label>
      <desc>The Battle of Cynthiana (or Kellar’s Bridge) was an engagement
         during the American Civil War that was fought on June 11 and 12, 1864,
         in Harrison County, Kentucky, near the town of Cynthiana. A part of
         Confederate Brigadier General John Hunt Morgan's 1864 Raid into
         Kentucky, the battle resulted in a victory by Union forces over the
         raiders and saved the town from capture.</desc>
     </event>
    </listEvent>

    <listNym>

    <listNym> (list of canonical names) contains a list of nyms, that is, standardized names for any thing. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/ND.html#NDNYM
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: head
    Declaration
                            element 
                            listNym
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( model.headLike*, listNym+, ( relationGrp | relation )* )
    }
    Example
    <listNym type="floral">
     <nym xml:id="ROSE">
      <form>Rose</form>
     </nym>
     <nym xml:id="DAISY">
      <form>Daisy</form>
      <etym>Contraction of <mentioned>day's eye</mentioned>
      </etym>
     </nym>
     <nym xml:id="HTHR">
      <form>Heather</form>
     </nym>
    </listNym>
    Note
    The type attribute may be used to distinguish lists of names of a particular type if convenient.

    <listWit>

    <listWit> (witness list) lists definitions for all the witnesses referred to by a critical apparatus, optionally grouped hierarchically. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPLL
    Module textcrit
    Used by
    May contain
    core: head
    textcrit: listWit witness
    Declaration
                            element 
                            listWit
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.headLike?, ( witness | listWit )+ )
    }
    Example
    <listWit>
     <witness xml:id="HL26">Ellesmere, Huntingdon Library 26.C.9</witness>
     <witness xml:id="PN392">Hengwrt, National Library of Wales,
       Aberystwyth, Peniarth 392D</witness>
     <witness xml:id="RP149">Bodleian Library Rawlinson Poetic 149
       (see further <ptr target="#MSRP149"/>)</witness>
    </listWit>
    Note
    May contain a series of witness or listWit elements.
    The provision of a listWit element simplifies the automatic processing of the apparatus, e.g. the reconstruction of the readings for all witnesses from an exhaustive apparatus.
    Situations commonly arise where there are many more or less fragmentary witnesses, such that there may be quite distinct groups of witnesses for different parts of a text or collection of texts. Such groups may be given separately, or nested within a single listWit element at the beginning of the file listing all the witnesses, partial and complete, for the text, with the attestation of fragmentary witnesses indicated within the apparatus by use of the witStart and witEnd elements described in section ??.
    Note however that a given witness can only be defined once, and can therefore only appear within a single listWit element.

    <localName>

    <localName> (locally-defined property name) contains a locally defined name for some property.
    Module gaiji
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element localName { gt_att.global.attributes, text }
    Example
    <localName>daikanwa</localName>
    <localName>entity</localName>
    Note
    No definitive list of local names is proposed. However, the name entity is recommended as a means of naming the property identifying the recommended character entity name for this character or glyph.

    <locale>

    <locale> contains a brief informal description of the kind of place concerned, for example: a room, a restaurant, a park bench, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHSE
    Module corpus
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element locale { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq.limited }
    Example
    <locale>a fashionable restaurant</locale>

    <locus>

    <locus> defines a location within a manuscript or manuscript part, usually as a (possibly discontinuous) sequence of folio references. «#msloc»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate)
    scheme identifies the foliation scheme in terms of which the location is being specified.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A pointer to some foliation element which defines the foliation scheme used, or an external link to some equivalent resource.
    from specifies the starting point of the location in a normalized form.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Values typically this will be a page number
    to specifies the end-point of the location in a normalized form.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Values typically this will be a page number
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            locus
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       attribute scheme { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute from { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       attribute to { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <msItem n="1">
     <locus target="#F1r #F1v #F2r" from="1r" to="2r">ff. 1r-2r</locus>
     <author>Ben Jonson</author>
     <title>Ode to himself</title>
     <rubric rend="italics"> An Ode<lb/> to him selfe.</rubric>
     <incipit>Com leaue the loathed stage</incipit>
     <explicit>And see his chariot triumph ore his wayne.</explicit>
     <bibl>
      <name>Beal</name>, <title>Index 1450-1625</title>, JnB 380</bibl>
    </msItem>
    <pb xml:id="F1r"/>
    <pb xml:id="F1v"/>
    <pb xml:id="F2r"/>
    Example

    The facs attribute is available globally when the transcr module is included in a schema. It may be used to point directly to an image file, as in the following example:

    <msItem>
     <locus
       facs="images/08v.jpg images/09r.jpg images/09v.jpg images/10r.jpg images/10v.jpg">
    fols. 8v-10v</locus>
     <title>Birds Praise of Love</title>
     <bibl>
      <title>IMEV</title>
      <biblScope>1506</biblScope>
     </bibl>
    </msItem>
    Note
    The target attribute should only be used to point to elements that contain or indicate a transcription of the locus being described, as in the first example above. To associate a locus element with a page image or other comparable representation, the global facs attribute should be used instead, as shown in the second example. Use of the target attribute to indicate an image is strongly deprecated. The facs attribute may be used to indicate one or more image files, as above, or alternatively it may point to one or more appropriate XML elements, such as the surface, zone element, graphic, or <binaryObject> elements.

    <locusGrp>

    <locusGrp> groups a number of locations which together form a distinct but discontinuous item within a manuscript or manuscript part, according to a specific foliation. «#msloc»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    scheme identifies the foliation scheme in terms of which all the locations contained by the group are specified.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A pointer to some foliation element which defines the foliation scheme used, or an external link to some equivalent resource.
    Used by
    May contain
    msdescription: locus
    Declaration
                            element 
                            locusGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute scheme { xsd:anyURI }?,
       locus+
    }
    Example
    <msItem>
     <locusGrp>
      <locus from="13" to="26">Bl. 13--26</locus>
      <locus from="37" to="58">37--58</locus>
      <locus from="82" to="96">82--96</locus>
     </locusGrp>
     <note>Stücke von Daniel Ecklin’s Reise ins h. Land</note>
    </msItem>
    Note

    <m>

    <m> (morpheme) represents a grammatical morpheme. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AILC
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.segLike (@function, @part) (att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    baseForm identifies the morpheme's base form.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Values a string of characters representing the spelling of the morpheme's base form.
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan rewrite transposeGrp used
    figures: figure
    gaiji: g
    textcrit: witDetail
    Declaration
                            element 
                            m
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.segLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute baseForm { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       ( text | model.gLike | seg | m | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    <w type="adjective">
     <w type="noun">
      <m type="prefix" baseForm="con">com</m>
      <m type="root">fort</m>
     </w>
     <m type="suffix">able</m>
    </w>
    Note
    The type attribute may be used to indicate the type of morpheme, taking values such as clitic, prefix, stem, etc. as appropriate.

    <mapping>

    <mapping> (character mapping) contains one or more characters which are related to the parent character or glyph in some respect, as specified by the type attribute.
    Module gaiji
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            mapping
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <mapping type="modern">r</mapping>
    <mapping type="standard"></mapping>
    Note
    Suggested values for the type attribute include exact for exact equivalences, uppercase for uppercase equivalences, lowercase for lowercase equivalences, and simplified for simplified characters. The g elements contained by this element can point to either another char or glyphelement or contain a character that is intended to be the target of this mapping.

    <material>

    <material> contains a word or phrase describing the material of which the object being described is composed. «#msdates»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.canonical (@key, @ref)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            material
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.canonical.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <physDesc><p>
    <material>Parchment</material> leaves with a
    <material>sharkskin</material> binding.</p></physDesc>
    Note
    The ref attribute may be used to point to one or more items within a taxonomy of types of material, defined either internally or externally.

    <measure>

    <measure> contains a word or phrase referring to some quantity of an object or commodity, usually comprising a number, a unit, and a commodity name. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONANU
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.measurement (@unit, @quantity, @commodity)
    type specifies the type of measurement in any convenient typology.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            measure
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.measurement.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <measure type="weight">
     <num>2</num> pounds of flesh
    </measure>
    <measure type="currency">£10-11-6d</measure>
    <measure type="area">2 merks of old extent</measure>
    Example
    <measure quantity="40" unit="hogshead" commodity="rum">2 score hh rum</measure>
    <measure quantity="12" unit="count" commodity="roses">1 doz. roses</measure>
    <measure quantity="1" unit="count" commodity="tulips">a yellow tulip</measure>

    <measureGrp>

    <measureGrp> (measure group) contains a group of dimensional specifications which relate to the same object, for example the height and width of a manuscript page. «#msdim»
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.measurement (@unit, @quantity, @commodity) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    msdescription: depth dim height width
    Declaration
                            element 
                            measureGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.measurement.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.measureLike )*
    }
    Example
    <measureGrp type="leaves" unit="mm">
     <height scope="range">157-160</height>
     <width quantity="105"/>
    </measureGrp>
    <measureGrp type="ruledArea" unit="mm">
     <height scope="most" quantity="90"/>
     <width scope="most" quantity="48"/>
    </measureGrp>
    <measureGrp type="box" unit="in">
     <height quantity="12"/>
     <width quantity="10"/>
     <depth quantity="6"/>
    </measureGrp>

    <mentioned>

    <mentioned> marks words or phrases mentioned, not used. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQU
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element mentioned { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    There is thus a
    striking accentual difference between a verbal form like <mentioned xml:id="X234" xml:lang="el">eluthemen</mentioned>
    <gloss target="#X234">we were released,</gloss> accented on the second syllable of the
    word, and its participial derivative
    <mentioned xml:id="X235" xml:lang="el">lutheis</mentioned>
    <gloss target="#X235">released,</gloss> accented on the last.

    <metaMark> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <metaMark> contains any textual or graphical mark in a written text intended to signal how the text should be read and not forming part of the text itself.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.spanning (@spanTo) att.placement (@place) att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    function describes the function (e.g. add, delete, alternate) of the mark.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    target indicates the element(s) to which the function of the meta-mark refers. Pointers are separated by a white space
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            metaMark
    {
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       gt_att.placement.attributes,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute function { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       attribute target { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       macro.specialPara
    }

    <milestone>

    <milestone> marks a boundary point separating any kind of section of a text, typically but not necessarily indicating a point at which some part of a standard reference system changes, where the change is not represented by a structural element. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CORS5
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.spanning (@spanTo) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.sourced (@ed)
    unit provides a conventional name for the kind of section changing at this milestone.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    page
    physical page breaks (synonymous with the pb element).
    column
    column breaks.
    line
    line breaks (synonymous with the lb element).
    book
    any units termed book, liber, etc.
    poem
    individual poems in a collection.
    canto
    cantos or other major sections of a poem.
    speaker
    changes of speaker or narrator.
    stanza
    stanzas within a poem, book, or canto.
    act
    acts within a play.
    scene
    scenes within a play or act.
    section
    sections of any kind.
    absent
    passages not present in the reference edition.
    unnumbered
    passages present in the text, but not to be included as part of the reference.
    Note
    If the milestone marks the beginning of a piece of text not present in the reference edition, the special value absent may be used as the value of unit. The normal interpretation is that the reference edition does not contain the text which follows, until the next milestone tag for the edition in question is encountered.
    In addition to the values suggested, other terms may be appropriate (e.g. Stephanus for the Stephanus numbers in Plato).
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            milestone
    {
       attribute 
                            unit
       {
          "page"
        | "column"
        | "line"
        | "book"
        | "poem"
        | "canto"
        | "speaker"
        | "stanza"
        | "act"
        | "scene"
        | "section"
        | "absent"
        | "unnumbered"
        | xsd:Name
       },
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.sourced.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <milestone n="23" ed="La" unit="Dreissiger"/>
    ... <milestone n="24" ed="AV" unit="verse"/> ...
    Note
    For this element, the global n attribute indicates the new number or other value for the unit which changes at this milestone. The special value unnumbered should be used in passages which fall outside the normal numbering scheme, such as chapter or other headings, poem numbers or titles, etc.
    The order in which milestone elements are given at a given point is not normally significant.

    <mod> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <mod> represents any kind of modification identified within a text at a documentary level.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) ) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            mod
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }

    <modSpan> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <modSpan> represents any kind of modification identified within a text at a documentary level, where this extends over other XML markup constructs in the document.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.spanning (@spanTo) att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) ) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            modSpan
    {
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       empty
    }

    <move>

    <move> (movement) marks the actual entrance or exit of one or more characters on stage. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRSTA
    Module drama
    In addition to global attributes att.ascribed (@who)
    type characterizes the movement, for example as an entrance or exit.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    entrance
    character is entering the stage.
    exit
    character is exiting the stage.
    onStage
    character moves on stage
    where specifies the direction of a stage movement.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:Name separated by whitespace
    Sample values include:
    L
    (left) stage left
    R
    (right) stage right
    C
    (center) centre stage
    Note
    Full blocking information will normally require combinations of values, (for example ‘UL’ for ‘upper stage left’) and may also require more detailed encoding of speed, direction etc. Full documentation of any coding system used should be provided in the header.
    perf (performance) identifies the performance or performances in which this movement occurred as specified.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values The references are derived from the xml:id attribute on a performance element.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            move
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.ascribed.attributes,
       attribute type { "entrance" | "exit" | "onStage" | xsd:Name }?,
       attribute where { list { xsd:Name, xsd:Name* } }?,
       attribute perf { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <performance xml:id="perf1">
     <p>First performance</p>
     <castList>
      <castItem>
       <role xml:id="bellaf">Bellafront</role>
      </castItem>
     </castList>
    </performance>
    <stage type="entrance">
     <move
       who="#bellaf"
       type="enter"
       where="L"
       perf="#perf1"/>
    Enter
    Bellafront mad.
    </stage>

    <msContents>

    <msContents> (manuscript contents) describes the intellectual content of a manuscript or manuscript part, either as a series of paragraphs or as a series of structured manuscript items. «#msco»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.msExcerpt (@defective)
    class identifies the text types or classifications applicable to this object.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values One or more codes, each of which is used as the identifier for a text classification element supplied in the TEI Header textClass element.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    textstructure: titlePage
    Declaration
                            element 
                            msContents
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.msExcerpt.attributes,
       attribute class { xsd:anyURI }?,
       (
          model.pLike+
        | ( summary?, textLang?, titlePage?, ( msItem | msItemStruct )* )
       )
    }
    Example
    <msContents>
     <p>A collection of Lollard sermons</p>
    </msContents>
    Example
    <msContents>
     <msItem n="1">
      <locus>fols. 5r-7v</locus>
      <title>An ABC</title>
      <bibl>
       <title>IMEV</title>
       <biblScope>239</biblScope>
      </bibl>
     </msItem>
     <msItem n="2">
      <locus>fols. 7v-8v</locus>
      <title xml:lang="FR">Lenvoy de Chaucer a Scogan</title>
      <bibl>
       <title>IMEV</title>
       <biblScope>3747</biblScope>
      </bibl>
     </msItem>
     <msItem n="3">
      <locus>fol. 8v</locus>
      <title>Truth</title>
      <bibl>
       <title>IMEV</title>
       <biblScope>809</biblScope>
      </bibl>
     </msItem>
     <msItem n="4">
      <locus>fols. 8v-10v</locus>
      <title>Birds Praise of Love</title>
      <bibl>
       <title>IMEV</title>
       <biblScope>1506</biblScope>
      </bibl>
     </msItem>
     <msItem n="5">
      <locus>fols. 10v-11v</locus>
      <title xml:lang="LA">De amico ad amicam</title>
      <title xml:lang="LA">Responcio</title>
      <bibl>
       <title>IMEV</title>
       <biblScope>16 &amp; 19</biblScope>
      </bibl>
     </msItem>
     <msItem n="6">
      <locus>fols. 14r-126v</locus>
      <title>Troilus and Criseyde</title>
      <note>Bk. 1:71-Bk. 5:1701, with additional losses due to mutilation throughout</note>
     </msItem>
    </msContents>
    Note
    Unless it contains a simple prose description, this element should contain at least one of the elements summary, msItem, or msItemStruct. This constraint is not currently enforced by the schema.

    <msDesc>

    <msDesc> (manuscript description) contains a description of a single identifiable manuscript or other text-bearing object. «#msov»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: head p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            msDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          msIdentifier,
          model.headLike*,
          (
             model.pLike+
           | ( msContents?, physDesc?, history?, additional?, msPart* )
          )
       )
    }
    Example
    <msDesc>
     <msIdentifier>
      <settlement>Oxford</settlement>
      <repository>Bodleian Library</repository>
      <idno type="Bod">MS Poet. Rawl. D. 169.</idno>
     </msIdentifier>
     <msContents>
      <msItem>
       <author>Geoffrey Chaucer</author>
       <title>The Canterbury Tales</title>
      </msItem>
     </msContents>
     <physDesc>
      <objectDesc>
       <p>A parchment codex of 136 folios, measuring approx
           28 by 19 inches, and containing 24 quires.</p>
       <p>The pages are margined and ruled throughout.</p>
       <p>Four hands have been identified in the manuscript: the first 44
           folios being written in two cursive anglicana scripts, while the
           remainder is for the most part in a mixed secretary hand.</p>
      </objectDesc>
     </physDesc>
    </msDesc>

    <msIdentifier>

    <msIdentifier> (manuscript identifier) contains the information required to identify the manuscript being described. «#msid»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            msIdentifier
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          (
             model.placeNamePart_sequenceOptional,
             institution?,
             repository?,
             collection*,
             idno?
          ),
          ( msName | altIdentifier )*
       )
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report
     test="local-name(*[1])='idno' or local-name(*[1])='altIdentifier' or .=''">
    You must supply either a locator of some type or a
    name</sch:report>
    Example
    <msIdentifier>
     <settlement>San Marino</settlement>
     <repository>Huntington Library</repository>
     <idno>MS.El.26.C.9</idno>
    </msIdentifier>

    <msItem>

    <msItem> (manuscript item) describes an individual work or item within the intellectual content of a manuscript or manuscript part. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.msExcerpt (@defective)
    class identifies the text types or classifications applicable to this item
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values One or more codes, each of which is used as the identifier for a text classification element supplied in the TEI Header textClass element.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            msItem
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.msExcerpt.attributes,
       attribute class { xsd:anyURI }?,
       (
          ( locus | locusGrp )*,
          (
             model.pLike+
           | ( model.titlepagePart | model.msItemPart | model.global )+
          )
       )
    }
    Example
    <msItem>
     <locus>ff. 1r-24v</locus>
     <title>Agrip af Noregs konunga sögum</title>
     <incipit>regi oc h<ex>ann</ex> setiho
     <gap reason="illegible" extent="7"/>sc
       heim se<ex>m</ex> þio</incipit>
     <explicit>h<ex>on</ex> hev<ex>er</ex>
      <ex>oc</ex>þa buit hesta .ij. aNan viþ
       fé enh<ex>on</ex>o<ex>m</ex> aNan til
       reiþ<ex>ar</ex>
     </explicit>
     <textLang mainLang="non">Old Norse/Icelandic</textLang>
    </msItem>

    <msItemStruct>

    <msItemStruct> (structured manuscript item) contains a structured description for an individual work or item within the intellectual content of a manuscript or manuscript part. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.msExcerpt (@defective)
    class identifies the text types or classifications applicable to this item
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values One or more codes, each of which is used as the identifier for a text classification element supplied in the TEI Header textClass element.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            msItemStruct
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.msExcerpt.attributes,
       attribute class { xsd:anyURI }?,
       (
          locus?,
          (
             model.pLike+
           | (
                author*,
                respStmt*,
                title*,
                rubric?,
                incipit?,
                msItemStruct*,
                explicit?,
                finalRubric?,
                colophon*,
                decoNote*,
                listBibl*,
                bibl*,
                filiation*,
                model.noteLike*,
                textLang?
             )
          )
       )
    }
    Example
    <msItemStruct n="2" defective="false" class="biblComm">
     <locus from="24v" to="97v">24v-97v</locus>
     <author>Apringius de Beja</author>
     <title type="uniform" xml:lang="lat">Tractatus in Apocalypsin</title>
     <rubric>Incipit Trac<supplied reason="omitted">ta</supplied>tus
       in apoka<lb/>lipsin eruditissimi uiri <lb/> Apringi ep<expan>iscop</expan>i
       Pacensis eccl<expan>esi</expan>e</rubric>
     <finalRubric>EXPLIC<expan>IT</expan> EXPO<lb/>SITIO APOCALIPSIS
       QVA<expan>M</expan> EXPOSVIT DOM<lb/>NVS APRINGIUS EP<expan>ISCOPU</expan>S.
       DEO GR<expan>ACI</expan>AS AGO. FI<lb/>NITO LABORE ISTO.</finalRubric>
     <bibl>
      <ref target="http://amiBibl.xml#Apringius1900">Apringius</ref>, ed. Férotin</bibl>
     <textLang mainLang="la">Latin</textLang>
    </msItemStruct>

    <msName>

    <msName> (alternative name) contains any form of unstructured alternative name used for a manuscript, such as an ‘ocellus nominum’, or nickname. «#msid»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            msName
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <msName>The Vercelli Book</msName>

    <msPart>

    <msPart> (manuscript part) contains information about an originally distinct manuscript or part of a manuscript, now forming part of a composite manuscript. «#mspt»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            msPart
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          altIdentifier,
          model.headLike*,
          (
             model.pLike+
           | ( msContents?, physDesc?, history?, additional?, msPart* )
          )
       )
    }
    Example
    <msDesc>
     <msIdentifier>
      <settlement>Amiens</settlement>
      <repository>Bibliothèque Municipale</repository>
      <idno>MS 3</idno>
      <msName>Maurdramnus Bible</msName>
     </msIdentifier>
     <msPart>
      <altIdentifier>
       <idno>MS 6</idno>
      </altIdentifier>
     </msPart>
    </msDesc>

    <musicNotation>

    <musicNotation> contains description of type of musical notation. «#msph2»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element musicNotation { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <musicNotation>
     <p>Square notation of 4-line red staves.</p>
    </musicNotation>
    Example
    <musicNotation>Neumes in <term>campo aperto</term> of the St. Gall type.
    </musicNotation>

    <name>

    <name> (name, proper noun) contains a proper noun or noun phrase. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONARS
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            name
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <name type="person">Thomas Hoccleve</name>
    <name type="place">Villingaholt</name>
    <name type="org">Vetus Latina Institut</name>
    <name type="person" ref="#HOC001">Occleve</name>
    Note
    Proper nouns referring to people, places, and organizations may be tagged instead with persName, placeName, or <orgName>, when the TEI module for names and dates is included.

    <node>

    <node> encodes a node, a possibly labeled point in a graph. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDGR
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    value provides the value of a node, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier.
    type provides a type for a node.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    initial
    initial node in a transition network
    final
    final node in a transition network
    adjTo (adjacent to) gives the identifiers of the nodes which are adjacent to the current node.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A list of identifiers.
    adjFrom (adjacent from) gives the identifiers of the nodes which are adjacent from the current node.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A list of identifiers.
    adj (adjacent) gives the identifiers of the nodes which are both adjacent to and adjacent from the current node.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A list of identifiers.
    Note
    Use this attribute instead of the adjTo and adjFrom attributes when the graph is undirected and vice versa if the graph is directed.
    inDegree gives the in degree of the node, the number of nodes which are adjacent from the given node.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A non-negative integer.
    outDegree gives the out degree of the node, the number of nodes which are adjacent to the given node.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A non-negative integer.
    degree gives the degree of the node, the number of arcs with which the node is incident.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A non-negative integer.
    Note
    Use this attribute instead of the inDegree and outDegree attributes when the graph is undirected and vice versa if the graph is directed.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label
    Declaration
                            element 
                            node
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute type { "initial" | "final" | xsd:Name }?,
       attribute adjTo { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       attribute adjFrom { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       attribute adj { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       attribute inDegree { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       attribute outDegree { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       attribute degree { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       ( label, label? )?
    }
    Example
    <node
      xml:id="t6"
      type="final"
      inDegree="2"
      outDegree="0">

     <label>6</label>
    </node>
    Note
    Zero, one, or two children label elements may be present. The first occurence of label provides a label for the arc; the second provides a second label for the arc, and should be used if a transducer is being encoded whose actions are associated with nodes rather than with arcs.

    <normalization>

    <normalization> indicates the extent of normalization or regularization of the original source carried out in converting it to electronic form. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD53 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    source indicates the authority for any normalization carried out.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values Points to a bibliographic description or other resource documenting the principles underlying the normalization which has been applied.
    method indicates the method adopted to indicate normalizations within the text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    silent
    normalization made silently [Default]
    markup
    normalization represented using markup
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            normalization
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       attribute source { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute method { "silent" | "markup" }?,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <editorialDecl>
     <normalization method="markup">
      <p>Where both upper- and lower-case i, j, u, v, and vv have been normalized, to modern
         20th century typographical practice, the <gi>choice</gi> element has been used to
         enclose <gi>orig</gi> and <gi>reg</gi> elements giving the original and new values
         respectively. ... </p>
     </normalization>
     <normalization method="silent">
      <p>Spacing between words and following punctuation has been regularized to zero spaces;
         spacing between words has been regularized to one space.</p>
     </normalization>
     <normalization source="http://www.dict.sztaki.hu/webster">
      <p>Spelling converted throughout to Modern American usage, based on Websters 9th
         Collegiate dictionary.</p>
     </normalization>
    </editorialDecl>

    <note>

    <note> contains a note or annotation. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONONO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD27 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICON http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DI.html#DITPNO
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.placement (@place) att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.responsibility (@cert, @resp) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    anchored indicates whether the copy text shows the exact place of reference for the note.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean
    Note
    In modern texts, notes are usually anchored by means of explicit footnote or endnote symbols. An explicit indication of the phrase or line annotated may however be used instead (e.g. ‘page 218, lines 3–4’). The anchored attribute indicates whether any explicit location is given, whether by symbol or by prose cross-reference. The value true indicates that such an explicit location is indicated in the copy text; the value false indicates that the copy text does not indicate a specific place of attachment for the note. If the specific symbols used in the copy text at the location the note is anchored are to be recorded, use the n attribute.
    targetEnd points to the end of the span to which the note is attached, if the note is not embedded in the text at that point.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values reference to the xml:id(s) of element(s) which end at the location(s) in question, or to an empty element at the point in question.
    Note
    This attribute is retained for backwards compatibility; it may be removed at a subsequent release of the Guidelines. The recommended way of pointing to a span of elements is by means of the range function of XPointer, as further described in ??.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            note
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.placement.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       gt_att.responsibility.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute anchored { xsd:boolean }?,
       attribute targetEnd { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    In the following example, the translator has supplied a footnote containing an explanation of the term translated as "painterly":
    And yet it is not only
    in the great line of Italian renaissance art, but even in the
    painterly <note place="bottom" type="gloss" resp="#MDMH">
     <term xml:lang="de">Malerisch</term>. This word has, in the German, two
    distinct meanings, one objective, a quality residing in the object,
    the other subjective, a mode of apprehension and creation. To avoid
    confusion, they have been distinguished in English as
    <mentioned>picturesque</mentioned> and
    <mentioned>painterly</mentioned> respectively.
    </note> style of the
    Dutch genre painters of the seventeenth century that drapery has this
    psychological significance.

    For this example to be valid, the code MDMH must be defined elsewhere, for example by means of a responsibility statement in the associated TEI Header:

    <respStmt xml:id="MDMH">
     <resp>translation from German to English</resp>
     <name>Hottinger, Marie Donald Mackie</name>
    </respStmt>
    Example

    The global n attribute may be used to supply the symbol or number used to mark the note's point of attachment in the source text, as in the following example:

    Mevorakh b. Saadya's mother, the matriarch of the
    family during the second half of the eleventh century, <note n="126" anchored="true"> The
    alleged mention of Judah Nagid's mother in a letter from 1071 is, in fact, a reference to
    Judah's children; cf. above, nn. 111 and 54. </note> is well known from Geniza documents
    published by Jacob Mann.

    However, if notes are numbered in sequence and their numbering can be reconstructed automatically by processing software, it may well be considered unnecessary to record the note numbers.

    <notesStmt>

    <notesStmt> (notes statement) collects together any notes providing information about a text additional to that recorded in other parts of the bibliographic description. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD27 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    core: note
    textcrit: witDetail
    Declaration
    element notesStmt { gt_att.global.attributes, model.noteLike+ }
    Example
    <notesStmt>
     <note>Historical commentary provided by Mark Cohen</note>
     <note>OCR scanning done at University of Toronto</note>
    </notesStmt>
    Note
    Information of different kinds should not be grouped together into the same note.

    <num>

    <num> (number) contains a number, written in any form. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONANU
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)
    type indicates the type of numeric value.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    cardinal
    absolute number, e.g. 21, 21.5
    ordinal
    ordinal number, e.g. 21st
    fraction
    fraction, e.g. one half or three-quarters
    percentage
    a percentage
    Note
    If a different typology is desired, other values can be used for this attribute.
    value supplies the value of the number in standard form.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    Values a numeric value.
    Note
    The standard form used is defined by the TEI datatype data.numeric.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            num
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.ranging.attributes,
       attribute 
                            type
       {
          "cardinal" | "ordinal" | "fraction" | "percentage" | xsd:Name
       }?,
       attribute 
                            value
       {
          xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
       }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <p>I reached <num type="cardinal" value="21">twenty-one</num> on
    my <num type="ordinal" value="21">twenty-first</num> birthday</p>
    <p>Light travels at <num value="3E10">3×10<hi rend="sup">10</hi>
     </num> cm per second.</p>
    Note
    Detailed analyses of quantities and units of measure in historical documents may also use the feature structure mechanism described in chapter ??. The num element is intended for use in simple applications.

    <objectDesc>

    <objectDesc> contains a description of the physical components making up the object which is being described. «#msph1»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    form a short project-specific name identifying the physical form of the carrier, for example as a codex, roll, fragment, partial leaf, cutting etc.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values a short project-defined name
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: layoutDesc supportDesc
    Declaration
                            element 
                            objectDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute form { xsd:Name }?,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( supportDesc?, layoutDesc? ) )
    }
    Example
    <objectDesc form="codex">
     <supportDesc material="mixed">
      <p>Early modern
      <material>parchment</material> and
      <material>paper</material>.</p>
     </supportDesc>
     <layoutDesc>
      <layout ruledLines="25 32"/>
     </layoutDesc>
    </objectDesc>

    <opener>

    <opener> groups together dateline, byline, salutation, and similar phrases appearing as a preliminary group at the start of a division, especially of a letter. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSCO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSDTB
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            opener
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          text
        | model.gLikemodel.phraseargumentbylinedatelineepigraphsalutesignedmodel.global
       )*
    }
    Example
    <opener>
     <dateline>Walden, this 29. of August 1592</dateline>
    </opener>
    Example
    <opener>
     <dateline>
      <name type="place">Great Marlborough Street</name>
      <date>November 11, 1848</date>
     </dateline>
     <salute>My dear Sir,</salute>
    </opener>
    <p>I am sorry to say that absence from town and other circumstances have prevented me from
    earlier enquiring...</p>

    <orig>

    <orig> (original form) contains a reading which is marked as following the original, rather than being normalized or corrected. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDREG http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TC
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            orig
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.responsibility.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example

    If all that is desired is to call attention to the original version in the copy text, orig may be used alone:

    <l>But this will be a <orig>meere</orig> confusion</l>
    <l>And hardly shall we all be <orig>vnderstoode</orig>
    </l>
    Example

    More usually, an orig will be combined with a regularized form within a choice element:

    <l>But this will be a <choice>
      <orig>meere</orig>
      <reg>mere</reg>
     </choice> confusion</l>
    <l>And hardly shall we all be <choice>
      <orig>vnderstoode</orig>
      <reg>understood</reg>
     </choice>
    </l>

    <origDate>

    <origDate> (origin date) contains any form of date, used to identify the date of origin for a manuscript or manuscript part. «#msdates»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            origDate
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.phrase | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    <origDate notBefore="-0300" notAfter="-0200">3rd century BCE</origDate>

    <origPlace>

    <origPlace> (origin place) contains any form of place name, used to identify the place of origin for a manuscript or manuscript part. «#msdates»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref)) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            origPlace
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <origPlace>Birmingham</origPlace>
    Note
    The type attribute may be used to distinguish different kinds of ‘origin’, for example original place of publication, as opposed to original place of printing.

    <origin>

    <origin> contains any descriptive or other information concerning the origin of a manuscript or manuscript part. «#mshy»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            origin
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <origin
      notBefore="1802"
      notAfter="1845"
      evidence="internal"
      resp="#AMH">
    Copied in <name type="origPlace">Derby</name>, probably from an
    old Flemish original, between 1802 and 1845, according to <persName xml:id="AMH">Anne-Mette Hansen</persName>.
    </origin>

    <p>

    <p> (paragraph) marks paragraphs in prose. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COPA http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPAL
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            p
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <p>Hallgerd was outside. <q>There is blood on your axe,</q> she said. <q>What have you
       done?</q>
    </p>
    <p>
     <q>I have now arranged that you can be married a second time,</q> replied Thjostolf.
    </p>
    <p>
     <q>Then you must mean that Thorvald is dead,</q> she said.
    </p>
    <p>
     <q>Yes,</q> said Thjostolf. <q>And now you must think up some plan for me.</q>
    </p>

    <particDesc>

    <particDesc> (participation description) describes the identifiable speakers, voices, or other participants in any kind of text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAH
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            particDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | model.personLike+ )
    }
    Example
    <particDesc>
     <listPerson>
      <person xml:id="P-1234" sex="2" age="mid">
       <p>Female informant, well-educated, born in Shropshire
           UK, 12 Jan 1950, of unknown occupation.
           Speaks French fluently. Socio-Economic status B2.</p>
      </person>
      <person xml:id="P-4332" sex="1">
       <persName>
        <surname>Hancock</surname>
        <forename>Antony</forename>
        <forename>Aloysius</forename>
        <forename>St John</forename>
       </persName>
       <residence notAfter="1959">
        <address>
         <street>Railway Cuttings</street>
         <settlement>East Cheam</settlement>
        </address>
       </residence>
       <occupation>comedian</occupation>
      </person>
      <relationGrp>
       <relation type="personal" name="spouse" mutual="#P-1234 #P-4332"/>
      </relationGrp>
     </listPerson>
    </particDesc>

    This example shows both a very simple person description, and a very detailed one, using some of the more specialised elements from the module for Names and Dates.

    Note
    May contain a prose description organized as paragraphs, or a structured list of persons and person groups, with an optional formal specification of any relationships amongst them.

    <patch> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <patch> contains a part of a written surface which was originally physically distinct but became attached to it at the time that one or more written zones were created.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.coordinated (@start, @ulx, @uly, @lrx, @lry, @points) att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    binder Describe the method by which a patch is or was connected to the main surface
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    glue
    patch is glued in place
    pin
    patch is pinned or stapled in place
    sewn
    patch is sewn in place
    flipping indicates whether the patch is attached and folded in such a way as to provide two writing surfaces
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean
    height height of the patch in mm
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    width width of the patch in mm
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            patch
    {
       gt_att.coordinated.attributes,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute binder { xsd:Name }?,
       attribute flipping { xsd:boolean }?,
       attribute 
                            height
       {
          xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
       }?,
       attribute 
                            width
       {
          xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
       }?,
       ( text | model.global | zone )*
    }

    <pb>

    <pb> (page break) marks the boundary between one page of a text and the next in a standard reference system. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CORS5
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.sourced (@ed) att.spanning (@spanTo)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            pb
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.sourced.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       empty
    }
    Example

    Page numbers may vary in different editions of a text.

    <p> ... <pb n="145" ed="ed2"/>
    ... <pb n="283" ed="ed1"/>
    ... </p>
    Example

    A page break may be associated with a facsimile image of the page it introduces by means of the facs attribute

    <TEI>
     <teiHeader/>
     <text>
      <pb n="1" facs="page1.png"/>
      <pb n="2" facs="page2.png"/>
     </text>
    </TEI>
    Note
    By convention, pb elements should appear at the start of the page to which they refer. The global n attribute indicates the number or other value associated with the page which follows. This will normally be the page number or signature printed on it, since the physical sequence number is implicit in the presence of the pb element itself.
    The type attribute may be used to characterize the page break in any respect, for example as word-breaking or not.

    <pc>

    <pc> (punctuation character) a character or string of characters regarded as constituting a single punctuation mark. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AILC
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.segLike (@function, @part) (att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    force indicates the extent to which this punctuation mark conventionally separates words or phrases
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Legal values are:
    strong
    the punctuation mark is a word separator
    weak
    the punctuation mark is not a word separator
    inter
    the punctuation mark may or may not be a word separator
    unit provides a name for the kind of unit delimited by this punctuation mark.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    pre indicates whether this punctuation mark precedes or follows the unit it delimits.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            pc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.segLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute force { "strong" | "weak" | "inter" }?,
       attribute unit { xsd:Name }?,
       attribute pre { xsd:boolean }?,
       ( text | model.gLike )*
    }
    Example
    <phr>
     <w>do</w>
     <w>you</w>
     <w>understand</w>
     <pc type="interrogative">?</pc>
    </phr>
    Note
    .

    <performance>

    <performance> contains a section of front or back matter describing how a dramatic piece is to be performed in general or how it was performed on some specific occasion. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPERF http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRFAB
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            performance
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          ( model.divTop | model.global )*,
          ( ( model.common ), model.global* )+,
          ( ( model.divBottom ), model.global* )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <performance>
     <p>
      <rs type="place">Gateway Theatre, Edinburgh</rs>, <date>6 September 1948</date>
      <castList>
       <castItem>
        <role>Anath Bithiah</role>
        <actor>Athene Seyler</actor>
       </castItem>
       <castItem>
        <role>Shendi</role>
        <actor>Robert Rietty</actor>
       </castItem>
      </castList>
     </p>
     <p>Directed by <name>E. Martin Browne</name>
     </p>
    </performance>
    Example
    <performance>
     <p>Cast of the original production at the <rs type="place">Savoy Theatre, London,</rs> on
     <date>September 24, 1907</date>
      <castList>
       <castItem>Colonel Hope : Mr A.E.George</castItem>
      </castList>
     </p>
    </performance>
    Note
    contains paragraphs and an optional cast list only.

    <persName>

    <persName> (personal name) contains a proper noun or proper-noun phrase referring to a person, possibly including any or all of the person's forenames, surnames, honorifics, added names, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/ND.html#NDPER
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.personal (@full, @sort) (att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref)) ) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            persName
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.personal.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <persName>
     <forename>Edward</forename>
     <forename>George</forename>
     <surname type="linked">Bulwer-Lytton</surname>, <roleName>Baron Lytton of
     <placeName>Knebworth</placeName>
     </roleName>
    </persName>

    <phr>

    <phr> (phrase) represents a grammatical phrase. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AILC
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.segLike (@function, @part) (att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            phr
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.segLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <phr type="verb" function="extraposted_modifier">To talk <phr type="preposition" function="complement">of <phr type="noun" function="object">many things</phr>
     </phr>
    </phr>
    Note
    The type attribute may be used to indicate the type of phrase, taking values such as noun, verb, preposition, etc. as appropriate.

    <physDesc>

    <physDesc> (physical description) contains a full physical description of a manuscript or manuscript part, optionally subdivided using more specialised elements from the model.physDescPart class. «#msph»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            physDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike*, ( model.physDescPart_sequenceOptional ) )
    }
    Example
    <physDesc>
     <objectDesc form="codex">
      <supportDesc material="perg">
       <support>Parchment.</support>
       <extent>i + 55 leaves
       <dimensions scope="all" type="leaf" unit="inch">
         <height>7¼</height>
         <width>5â??</width>
        </dimensions>
       </extent>
      </supportDesc>
      <layoutDesc>
       <layout columns="2">In double columns.</layout>
      </layoutDesc>
     </objectDesc>
     <handDesc>
      <p>Written in more than one hand.</p>
     </handDesc>
     <decoDesc>
      <p>With a few coloured capitals.</p>
     </decoDesc>
    </physDesc>

    <placeName>

    <placeName> contains an absolute or relative place name. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/ND.html#NDPLAC
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref)) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            placeName
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <placeName>
     <settlement>Rochester</settlement>
     <region>New York</region>
    </placeName>
    Example
    <placeName>
     <geogName>Arrochar Alps</geogName>
     <region>Argylshire</region>
    </placeName>
    Example
    <placeName>
     <measure>10 miles</measure>
     <offset>Northeast of</offset>
     <settlement>Attica</settlement>
    </placeName>

    <postscript>

    <postscript> contains a postscript, e.g. to a letter. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSDTB
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            postscript
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( model.common ) | ( model.global ) )*
    }
    Example
    <div type="letter">
     <opener>
      <dateline>
       <placeName>Rimaone</placeName>
       <date when="2006-11-21">21 Nov 06</date>
      </dateline>
      <salute>Dear Susan,</salute>
     </opener>
     <p>Thank you very much for the assistance splitting those
       logs. I'm sorry about the misunderstanding as to the size of
       the task. I really was not asking for help, only to borrow the
       axe. Hope you had fun in any case.</p>
     <closer>
      <salute>Sincerely yours,</salute>
      <signed>Seymour</signed>
     </closer>
     <postscript>
      <label>P.S.</label>
      <p>The collision occured on <date when="2001-07-06">06 Jul 01</date>.</p>
     </postscript>
    </div>

    <precision>

    <precision> indicates the numerical accuracy or precision associated with some aspect of the text markup.
    Module certainty
    In addition to global attributes att.scoping (@target, @match)
    degree indicates the degree of precision to be assigned as a value between 0 (none) and 1 (optimally precise)
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" }
    stdDeviation supplies a standard deviation associated with the value in question
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            precision
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.scoping.attributes,
       attribute degree { xsd:double { minInclusive = "0" maxInclusive = "1" } }?,
       attribute 
                            stdDeviation
       {
          xsd:double | token { pattern = "(\-?[\d]+/\-?[\d]+)" } | xsd:decimal
       }?,
       model.glossLike*
    }
    Example
    <date xml:id="date001" notBefore="0014" notAfter="0064">About 50
    years after the death of Augustus</date>
    <precision target="#date001" match="@notAfter" degree="0.3"/>
    <precision target="#date001" match="@notBefore" degree="0.9"/>

    <preparedness>

    <preparedness> describes the extent to which a text may be regarded as prepared or spontaneous. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type a keyword characterizing the type of preparedness.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    none
    spontaneous or unprepared
    scripted
    follows a script
    formulaic
    follows a predefined set of conventions
    revised
    polished or revised before presentation
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            preparedness
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <preparedness type="none"/>

    <principal>

    <principal> (principal researcher) supplies the name of the principal researcher responsible for the creation of an electronic text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element principal { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq.limited }
    Example
    <principal>Gary Taylor</principal>

    <profileDesc>

    <profileDesc> (text-profile description) provides a detailed description of non-bibliographic aspects of a text, specifically the languages and sublanguages used, the situation in which it was produced, the participants and their setting. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD4 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD11
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: geneticGrp transposeGrp
    transcr: handNotes
    Declaration
    element profileDesc { gt_att.global.attributes, ( model.profileDescPart* ) }
    Example
    <profileDesc>
     <langUsage>
      <language ident="fr">French</language>
     </langUsage>
     <textDesc n="novel">
      <channel mode="w">print; part issues</channel>
      <constitution type="single"/>
      <derivation type="original"/>
      <domain type="art"/>
      <factuality type="fiction"/>
      <interaction type="none"/>
      <preparedness type="prepared"/>
      <purpose type="entertain" degree="high"/>
      <purpose type="inform" degree="medium"/>
     </textDesc>
     <settingDesc>
      <setting>
       <name>Paris, France</name>
       <time>Late 19th century</time>
      </setting>
     </settingDesc>
    </profileDesc>
    Note
    Although the content model permits it, it is rarely meaningful to supply multiple occurrences for any of the child elements of profileDesc.
    In earlier versions of these Guidelines, it was required that the creation element appear first.

    <projectDesc>

    <projectDesc> (project description) describes in detail the aim or purpose for which an electronic file was encoded, together with any other relevant information concerning the process by which it was assembled or collected. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD51 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD5 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            projectDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <projectDesc>
     <p>Texts collected for use in the Claremont Shakespeare Clinic, June 1990</p>
    </projectDesc>

    <prologue>

    <prologue> contains the prologue to a drama, typically spoken by an actor out of character, possibly in association with a particular performance or venue. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPRO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRFAB
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            prologue
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          ( model.divTop | model.global )*,
          ( ( model.common ), model.global* )+,
          ( ( model.divBottom ), model.global* )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <prologue>
     <sp>
      <l>Wits, like physicians never can agree,</l>
      <l>When of a different society.</l>
      <l>New plays are stuffed with wits, and with deboches,</l>
      <l>That crowd and sweat like cits in May-Day coaches.</l>
     </sp>
     <trailer>Written by a person of quality</trailer>
    </prologue>

    <provenance>

    <provenance> contains any descriptive or other information concerning a single identifiable episode during the history of a manuscript or manuscript part, after its creation but before its acquisition. «#mshy»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            provenance
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <provenance>Listed as the property of Lawrence Sterne in 1788.</provenance>
    <provenance>Sold at Sothebys in 1899.</provenance>

    <ptr>

    <ptr> (pointer) defines a pointer to another location. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COXR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAPT
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.declaring (@decls)
    cRef (canonical reference) specifies the destination of the pointer by supplying a canonical reference from a scheme defined in a refsDecl element in the TEI header
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values the value of cRef should be constructed so that when the algorithm for the resolution of canonical references (described in section ??) is applied to it the result is a valid URI reference to the intended target
    Note
    The refsDecl to use may be indicated with the decls attribute.
    Currently these Guidelines only provide for a single canonical reference to be encoded on any given ptr element.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            ptr
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       attribute 
                            cRef
       {
          list
          {
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" },
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }*
          }
       }?,
       empty
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="@target and @cRef">Only one of the
    attributes 'target' and 'cRef' may be supplied.</sch:report>
    Example
    <ptr target="#p143 #p144"/>
    <ptr target="http://www.tei-c.org"/>

    <pubPlace>

    <pubPlace> (publication place) contains the name of the place where a bibliographic item was published. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            pubPlace
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <publicationStmt>
     <publisher>Oxford University Press</publisher>
     <pubPlace>Oxford</pubPlace>
     <date>1989</date>
    </publicationStmt>

    <publicationStmt>

    <publicationStmt> (publication statement) groups information concerning the publication or distribution of an electronic or other text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            publicationStmt
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | model.publicationStmtPart+ )
    }
    Example
    <publicationStmt>
     <publisher>C. Muquardt </publisher>
     <pubPlace>Bruxelles &amp; Leipzig</pubPlace>
     <date when="1846"/>
    </publicationStmt>
    Example
    <publicationStmt>
     <publisher>Chadwyck Healey</publisher>
     <pubPlace>Cambridge</pubPlace>
     <availability>
      <p>Available under licence only</p>
     </availability>
     <date when="1992">1992</date>
    </publicationStmt>
    Note
    Although not enforced by the schemas, it is a requirement for TEI conformance that information about publication place, address, identifier, availability, and date be given in that order, following the name of the publisher, distributor, or authority concerned

    <publisher>

    <publisher> provides the name of the organization responsible for the publication or distribution of a bibliographic item. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOI http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD24
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element publisher { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <imprint>
     <pubPlace>Oxford</pubPlace>
     <publisher>Clarendon Press</publisher>
     <date>1987</date>
    </imprint>
    Note
    Use the full form of the name by which a company is usually referred to, rather than any abbreviation of it which may appear on a title page

    <purpose>

    <purpose> characterizes a single purpose or communicative function of the text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type specifies a particular kind of purpose.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    persuade
    didactic, advertising, propaganda, etc.
    express
    self expression, confessional, etc.
    inform
    convey information, educate, etc.
    entertain
    amuse, entertain, etc.
    degree specifies the extent to which this purpose predominates.
    Status Optional
    Datatype "high" | "medium" | "low" | "unknown"
    Note
    Values should be interpreted as follows.
    high
    this purpose is predominant
    medium
    this purpose is intermediate
    low
    this purpose is weak
    unknown
    extent unknown
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            purpose
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            type
       {
          "persuade" | "express" | "inform" | "entertain" | xsd:Name
       }?,
       attribute degree { "high" | "medium" | "low" | "unknown" }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <purpose type="persuade" degree="high"/>
    <purpose type="entertain" degree="low"/>
    Note
    Usually empty, unless some further clarification of the type attribute is needed, in which case it may contain running prose

    <q>

    <q> (separated from the surrounding text with quotation marks) contains material which is marked as (ostensibly) being somehow different than the surrounding text, for any one of a variety of reasons including, but not limited to: direct speech or thought, technical terms or jargon, authorial distance, quotations from elsewhere, and passages that are mentioned but not used. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQQ
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.ascribed (@who)
    type may be used to indicate whether the offset passage is spoken or thought, or to characterize it more finely.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    spoken
    representation of speech
    thought
    representation of thought, e.g. internal monologue
    written
    quotation from a written source
    soCalled
    authorial distance
    foreign
    (foreign words)
    distinct
    (linguistically distinct)
    term
    (technical term)
    emph
    (rhetorically emphasized)
    mentioned
    refering to itself, not its normal referant
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            q
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.ascribed.attributes,
       attribute 
                            type
       {
          "spoken"
        | "thought"
        | "written"
        | "soCalled"
        | "foreign"
        | "distinct"
        | "term"
        | "emph"
        | "mentioned"
        | xsd:Name
       }?,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    It is spelled <q>Tübingen</q> — to enter the
    letter <q>u</q> with an umlaut hold down the <q>option</q> key and press
    <q>0 0 f c</q>
    Note
    May be used to indicate that a passage is distinguished from the surrounding text by quotation marks for reasons concerning which no claim is made. When used in this manner, q may be thought of as syntactic sugar for hi with a value of rend that indicates the use of quotation marks.

    <quotation>

    <quotation> specifies editorial practice adopted with respect to quotation marks in the original. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD53 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    marks (quotation marks) indicates whether or not quotation marks have been retained as content within the text.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    none
    no quotation marks have been retained
    some
    some quotation marks have been retained
    all
    all quotation marks have been retained [Default]
    form specifies how quotation marks are indicated within the text.
    Status Optional
    Note
    The form attribute is deprecated. Although retained for compatibility, this attribute will be removed at a subsequent release.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            quotation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       attribute marks { "none" | "some" | "all" }?,
       attribute form { text }?,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <quotation marks="none">
     <p>No quotation marks have been retained. Instead, the <att>rend</att> attribute on the
     <gi>q</gi> element is used to specify what kinds of quotation mark was used, according
       to the following list: <list type="gloss">
       <label>dq</label>
       <item>double quotes, open and close</item>
       <label>sq</label>
       <item>single quotes, open and close</item>
       <label>dash</label>
       <item>long dash open, no close</item>
       <label>dg</label>
       <item>double guillemets, open and close</item>
      </list>
     </p>
    </quotation>
    Example
    <quotation marks="all">
     <p>All quotation marks are retained in the text and are represented by appropriate Unicode
       characters.</p>
    </quotation>

    <quote>

    <quote> (quotation) contains a phrase or passage attributed by the narrator or author to some agency external to the text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQQ http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSGRP
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.msExcerpt (@defective)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            quote
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.msExcerpt.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    Lexicography has
    shown little sign of being affected by the work of followers of J.R. Firth, probably
    best summarized in his slogan, <quote>You shall know a word by the company it keeps</quote>
    <ref>(Firth, 1957)</ref>
    Note
    If a bibliographic citation is supplied for the source of a quotation, the two may be grouped using the cit element.

    <rdg>

    <rdg> (reading) contains a single reading within a textual variation. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPLL
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.textCritical (@wit, @type, @cause, @varSeq, @hand) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            rdg
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.textCritical.attributes,
       (
          text
        | model.gLikemodel.phrasemodel.intermodel.globalmodel.rdgPart
       )*
    }
    Example
    <rdg wit="#Ra2">Eryment</rdg>

    <rdgGrp>

    <rdgGrp> (reading group) within a textual variation, groups two or more readings perceived to have a genetic relationship or other affinity. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPLL
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.textCritical (@wit, @type, @cause, @varSeq, @hand) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    textcrit: lem rdg rdgGrp wit
    Declaration
                            element 
                            rdgGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.textCritical.attributes,
       ( ( ( rdgGrp, wit? ) | ( ( lem, wit? )?, ( model.rdgLike, wit? ) )* )+ )
    }
    Example
    <app>
     <lem wit="#El #Ra2">though</lem>
     <rdgGrp type="orthographic">
      <rdg wit="#Hg">thogh</rdg>
      <rdg wit="#La">thouhe</rdg>
     </rdgGrp>
    </app>
    Note
    May contain readings and nested reading groups.
    Note that only one lem element may appear within a single apparatus entry, whether it appears outside a rdgGrp element or within it.

    <recordHist>

    <recordHist> (recorded history) provides information about the source and revision status of the parent manuscript description itself. «#msadad»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    header: change
    linking: ab
    msdescription: source
    Declaration
                            element 
                            recordHist
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( source, change* ) )
    }
    Example
    <recordHist>
     <source>
      <p>Derived from <ref target="#IMEV">IMEV 123</ref> with additional research
         by P.M.W.Robinson</p>
     </source>
     <change when="1999-06-23">
      <name>LDB</name> (editor)
       checked examples against DTD version 3.6
     </change>
    </recordHist>

    <redo> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <redo> points to a marked-up intervention in a text which has subsequently been marked for a second time in a different way.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.repeatable (@cause) att.spanning (@spanTo) att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) )
    target points to the element representing the intervention which is to be repeated.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            redo
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.repeatable.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       attribute target { xsd:anyURI }?,
       empty
    }

    <ref>

    <ref> (reference) defines a reference to another location, possibly modified by additional text or comment. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COXR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SAPT
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.declaring (@decls)
    cRef (canonical reference) specifies the destination of the reference by supplying a canonical reference from a scheme defined in a refsDecl element in the TEI header
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values the value of cRef should be constructed so that when the algorithm for the resolution of canonical references (described in section ??) is applied to it the result is a valid URI reference to the intended target
    Note
    The refsDecl to use may be indicated with the decls attribute.
    Currently these Guidelines only provide for a single canonical reference to be encoded on any given ref element.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            ref
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       attribute 
                            cRef
       {
          list
          {
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" },
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }*
          }
       }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="@target and @cRef">Only one of the
    attributes 'target' and 'cRef' may be supplied.</sch:report>
    Example
    <ref
      target="http://www.natcorp.ox.ac.uk/Texts/A02.xml#s2">
    See especially the second
    sentence</ref> See also <ref>s.v. <term>locution</term>
    </ref>.
    Note
    The target and cRef attributes are mutually exclusive.

    <refState>

    <refState> (reference state) specifies one component of a canonical reference defined by the milestone method. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD54M http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD54
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.sourced (@ed)
    unit indicates what kind of state is changing at this milestone.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    page
    page breaks in the reference edition.
    column
    column breaks.
    line
    line breaks.
    book
    any units termed book, liber, etc.
    poem
    individual poems in a collection.
    canto
    cantos or other major sections of a poem.
    stanza
    stanzas within a poem, book, or canto.
    act
    acts within a play.
    scene
    scenes within a play or act.
    section
    sections of any kind.
    absent
    passages not present in the reference edition.
    length specifies the fixed length of the reference component.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values Should be a positive integer; if no value is provided, the length is unlimited and goes to the next delimiter or to the end of the value.
    Note
    When constructing a reference, if the reference component found is of numeric type, the length is made up by inserting leading zeros; if it is not, by inserting trailing blanks. In either case, reference components are truncated if necessary at the right hand side.
    When seeking a reference, the length indicates the number of characters which should be compared. Values longer than this will be regarded as matching, if they start correctly.
    delim (delimiter) supplies a delimiting string following the reference component.
    Status Optional
    Datatype text
    Values If a single space is used it is interpreted as whitespace.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            refState
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.sourced.attributes,
       attribute 
                            unit
       {
          "page"
        | "column"
        | "line"
        | "book"
        | "poem"
        | "canto"
        | "stanza"
        | "act"
        | "scene"
        | "section"
        | "absent"
        | xsd:Name
       },
       attribute length { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       attribute delim { text }?,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <refState unit="book" delim=":"/>
    <refState unit="line" length="4"/>

    <refsDecl>

    <refsDecl> (references declaration) specifies how canonical references are constructed for this text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD54M http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD5 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD54
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            refsDecl
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | cRefPattern+ | refState+ )
    }
    Example
    <refsDecl>
     <cRefPattern
       matchPattern="([A-Za-z0-9]+) ([0-9]+):([0-9]+)"
       replacementPattern="#xpath(//body/div[@n='$1']/div[$2]/div3[$3])"/>

    </refsDecl>

    This example is a formal representation for the referencing scheme described informally in the following example.

    Example
    <refsDecl>
     <p>References are made up by concatenating the value for the
     <att>n</att> attribute on the highest level <gi>div</gi>
       element, followed by a space, followed by the sequential
       number of the next level <gi>div</gi> followed by a colon
       followed by the sequential number of the next (and lowest)
       level <gi>div</gi>.</p>
    </refsDecl>

    <reg>

    <reg> (regularization) contains a reading which has been regularized or normalized in some sense. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDREG http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TC
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            reg
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example

    If all that is desired is to call attention to the fact that the copy text has been regularized, reg may be used alone:

    <q>Please <reg>knock</reg> if an <reg>answer</reg> is <reg>required</reg>
    </q>
    Example

    It is also possible to identify the individual responsible for the regularization, and, using the choice and orig elements, to provide both the original and regularized readings:

    <q>Please <choice>
      <reg resp="#LB">knock</reg>
      <orig>cnk</orig>
     </choice> if an <choice>
      <reg>answer</reg>
      <orig>nsr</orig>
     </choice> is <choice>
      <reg>required</reg>
      <orig>reqd</orig>
     </choice>
    </q>

    <relatedItem>

    <relatedItem> contains or references some other bibliographic item which is related to the present one in some specified manner, for example as a constituent or alternative version of it. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBIRI
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    target points to the related bibliographic element by means of an absolute or relative URI reference
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Used by
    May contain
    header: biblFull
    msdescription: msDesc
    Declaration
                            element 
                            relatedItem
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute target { xsd:anyURI }?,
       ( model.biblLike | model.ptrLike )?
    }
    Schematron

    <sch:report test="@target and count( child::* ) > 0">If the 'target' attribute is used, the
    relatedItem element must be empty</sch:report>
    <sch:assert test="@target or child::*">A relatedItem element should have either a 'target' attribute
    or a child element to indicate the related bibliographic item</sch:assert>
    Example
    <biblStruct>
     <monogr>
      <author>Shirley, James</author>
      <title type="main">The gentlemen of Venice</title>
      <imprint>
       <pubPlace>New York</pubPlace>
       <publisher>Readex Microprint</publisher>
       <date>1953</date>
      </imprint>
      <extent>1 microprint card, 23 x 15 cm.</extent>
     </monogr>
     <series>
      <title>Three centuries of drama: English, 1642–1700</title>
     </series>
     <relatedItem type="otherForm">
      <biblStruct>
       <monogr>
        <author>Shirley, James</author>
        <title type="main">The gentlemen of Venice</title>
        <title type="subordinate">a tragi-comedie presented at the private house in Salisbury
             Court by Her Majesties servants</title>
        <imprint>
         <pubPlace>London</pubPlace>
         <publisher>H. Moseley</publisher>
         <date>1655</date>
        </imprint>
        <extent>78 p.</extent>
       </monogr>
      </biblStruct>
     </relatedItem>
    </biblStruct>
    Note
    If the target attribute is used to reference the related bibliographic item, the element should be empty.

    <relation>

    <relation> (relationship) describes any kind of relationship or linkage amongst a specified group of participants. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHPA
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    type categorizes the relationship in some respect, e.g. as social, personal or other.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    social
    relationship concerned with social roles
    personal
    relationship concerned with personal roles, e.g. kinship, marriage, etc. [Default]
    other
    other kinds of relationship
    name supplies a name for the kind of relationship of which this is an instance.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values an open list of application-dependent keywords
    passive identifies the ‘passive’ participants in a non-mutual relationship.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values a list of identifier values for participant or participant groups
    active identifies the ‘active’ participants in a non-mutual relationship, or all the participants in a mutual one.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values a list of identifier values for participant or participant groups
    mutual supplies a list of participants amongst all of whom the relationship holds equally.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values a list of identifier values for participant or participant groups
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc
    Declaration
                            element 
                            relation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       attribute type { "social" | "personal" | "other" | xsd:Name }?,
       attribute name { xsd:Name },
       attribute passive { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       (
          attribute active { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?
        | attribute mutual { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?
       ),
       desc?
    }
    Schematron

    <s:report test="@active and @mutual">Only one of the attributes
    'active' and 'mutual' may be supplied</s:report>
    Schematron

    <s:report test="@passive and not(@active)">the attribute 'passive'
    may be supplied only if the attribute 'active' is
    supplied</s:report>
    Example
    <relation
      type="social"
      name="supervisor"
      active="#p1"
      passive="#p2 #p3 #p4"/>

    This indicates that the person with identifier p1 is supervisor of persons p2, p3, and p4.

    Example
    <relation type="personal" name="friends" mutual="#p2 #p3 #p4"/>

    This indicates that p2, p3, and p4 are all friends.

    Note
    Only one of the attributes active and mutual may be supplied; the attribute passive may be supplied only if the attribute active is supplied. Not all of these constraints can be enforced in all schema languages.

    <relationGrp>

    <relationGrp> (relation group) provides information about relationships identified amongst people, places, and organizations, either informally as prose or as formally expressed relation links. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHPA
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    namesdates: relation
    Declaration
                            element 
                            relationGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | relation+ )
    }
    Example
    <listPerson>
     <person xml:id="p1"/>
    </listPerson>
    <relationGrp type="personal">
     <relation name="parent" active="#p1 #p2" passive="#p3 #p4"/>
     <relation name="spouse" mutual="#p1 #p2"/>
    </relationGrp>
    <relationGrp type="social">
     <relation name="employer" active="#p1" passive="#p3 #p5 #p6 #p7"/>
    </relationGrp>

    The persons with identifiers p1 and p2 are the parents of p3 and p4; they are also married to each other; p1 is the employer of p3, p5, p6, and p7.

    Example
    <relationGrp>
     <p>All speakers are members of the Ceruli family, born in Naples.</p>
    </relationGrp>
    Note
    May contain a prose description organized as paragraphs, or a sequence of relation elements.

    <repository>

    <repository> contains the name of a repository within which manuscripts are stored, possibly forming part of an institution. «#msid»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            repository
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <msIdentifier>
     <settlement>Oxford</settlement>
     <institution>University of Oxford</institution>
     <repository>Bodleian Library</repository>
     <idno>MS. Bodley 406</idno>
    </msIdentifier>

    <resp>

    <resp> (responsibility) contains a phrase describing the nature of a person's intellectual responsibility. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD22 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD26
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.canonical (@key, @ref)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            resp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.canonical.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <respStmt>
     <resp key="com">compiler</resp>
     <name>Edward Child</name>
    </respStmt>
    Note
    The attributes key or ref, inherited from the class att.canonical may be used to indicate the kind of responsibility in a normalised form, by referring directly (using ref) or indirectly (using key) to a standardised list of responsibility types, such as that maintained by a naming authority, for example the list maintained at http://www.loc.gov/marc/relators/relacode.html for bibliographic usage.

    <respStmt>

    <respStmt> (statement of responsibility) supplies a statement of responsibility for the intellectual content of a text, edition, recording, or series, where the specialized elements for authors, editors, etc. do not suffice or do not apply. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD22 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD26
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    core: name resp
    namesdates: persName
    Declaration
                            element 
                            respStmt
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( resp+, model.nameLike.agent+ ) | ( model.nameLike.agent+, resp+ ) )
    }
    Example
    <respStmt>
     <resp>transcribed from original ms</resp>
     <persName>Claus Huitfeldt</persName>
    </respStmt>
    Example
    <respStmt>
     <resp>converted to SGML encoding</resp>
     <name>Alan Morrison</name>
    </respStmt>

    <respons>

    <respons> (responsibility) identifies the individual(s) responsible for some aspect of the markup of particular element(s). http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CE.html#CERESP
    Module certainty
    In addition to global attributes att.scoping (@target, @match)
    locus indicates the specific aspect of the markup for which responsibility is being assigned.
    Status Required
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:Name separated by whitespace
    Legal values are:
    name
    responsibility is being assigned concerning the name of the element or attribute used.
    start
    responsibility is being assigned concerning the start of the element concerned.
    end
    responsibility is being assigned concerning the end of the element concerned.
    location
    responsibility is being assigned concerning the location of the element concerned.
    value
    responsibility is being assigned concerning the content (for an element) or the value (for an attribute)
    resp (responsible party) identifies the individual or agency responsible for the indicated aspect of the electronic text.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a pointer to one of the identifiers declared in the document header, associated with a person asserted as responsible for some aspect of the text's creation, transcription, editing, or encoding
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            respons
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.scoping.attributes,
       attribute 
                            locus
       {
          list
          {
             ( "name" | "start" | "end" | "location" | "value" ),
             ( "name" | "start" | "end" | "location" | "value" )*
          }
       },
       attribute resp { xsd:anyURI },
       model.glossLike*
    }
    Example
    <respons target="#p1" locus="name location" resp="#encoder1"/>
    <respons
      target="#p2"
      match="@rend"
      locus="value"
      resp="#encoder2"/>

    <list type="encoders">
     <item xml:id="encoder1"/>
     <item xml:id="encoder2"/>
    </list>
    Note
    The respons element is designed for cases in which fine-grained information about specific aspects of the markup of a text is desirable for whatever reason. Global responsibility for certain aspects of markup is usually more simply indicated in the TEI header, using the respStmt element within the title statement, edition statement, or change log.

    <restore>

    <restore> indicates restoration of text to an earlier state by cancellation of an editorial or authorial marking or instruction. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHCD
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) ) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            restore
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    For I hate this
    <restore hand="#dhl" type="marginalStetNote">
     <del>my</del>
    </restore> body
    Note
    On this element, the type attribute categorizes the way that the cancelled intervention has been indicated in some way, for example by means of a marginal note, over-inking, additional markup, etc.

    <revisionDesc>

    <revisionDesc> (revision description) summarizes the revision history for a file. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD6 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD11
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.docStatus (@status)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: list
    header: change
    Declaration
                            element 
                            revisionDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.docStatus.attributes,
       ( list | change+ )
    }
    Example
    <revisionDesc status="embargoed">
     <change when="1991-11-11" who="#LB"> deleted chapter 10 </change>
    </revisionDesc>
    Note
    If present on this element, the status attribute should indicate the current status of the document. The same attribute may appear on any change to record the status at the time of that change. Conventionally change elements should be given in reverse date order, with the most recent change at the start of the list.

    <rewrite> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <rewrite> contains a sequence of text which has been rewritten by the author, for example by over-inking, to clarify or fix it.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.repeatable (@cause) att.spanning (@spanTo) att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) )
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            rewrite
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.repeatable.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Note
    Multiple rewritings are indicated by nesting one rewrite within another. In principle, a rewriting differs from a substitution in that second and subsequent rewrites do not materially alter the content of an element. Where there are minor changes made during the rewriting however these may be marked up using del, add, etc. with an appropriate value for the stage attribute.

    <rhyme>

    <rhyme> marks the rhyming part of a metrical line. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/VE.html#VERH
    Module verse
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    label provides a label to identify which part of a rhyme scheme this rhyming string instantiates.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Values usually contains a single letter.
    Note
    Within a particular scope, all rhyme elements with the same value for their label attribute are assumed to rhyme with each other. The scope is defined by the nearest ancestor element for which the rhyme attribute has been supplied.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            rhyme
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute label { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <lg rhyme="abababcc">
     <l>'Tis pity learned virgins ever <rhyme label="a">wed</rhyme>
     </l>
     <l>With persons of no sort of edu<rhyme label="b">cation</rhyme>,</l>
     <l>Or gentlemen, who, though well born and <rhyme label="a">bred</rhyme>,</l>
     <l>Grow tired of scientific conver<rhyme label="b">sation</rhyme>:</l>
     <l>I don't choose to say much on this <rhyme label="a">head</rhyme>,</l>
     <l>I'm a plain man, and in a single <rhyme label="b">station</rhyme>,</l>
     <l>But — Oh! ye lords of ladies inte<rhyme label="c">llectual</rhyme>,</l>
     <l>Inform us truly, have they not hen-<rhyme label="a">peck'd you all</rhyme>?</l>
    </lg>

    <role>

    <role> the name of a dramatic role, as given in a cast list. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRCAST
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element role { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <role xml:id="jt">Joan Trash</role>
    <roleDesc>A Ginger-bread-woman</roleDesc>
    Note
    It is important to assign a meaningful ID attribute to the role element, since this ID is referred to by who attributes on many other elements.

    <roleDesc>

    <roleDesc> (role description) describes a character's role in a drama. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRCAST
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element roleDesc { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <roleDesc>gentlemen of leisure</roleDesc>

    <root>

    <root> (root node) represents the root node of a tree. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDTR
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    value provides the value of the root, which is a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier of a feature structure or other analytic element.
    children provides a list of identifiers of the elements which are the children of the root node.
    Status Required
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values A list of valid identifiers.
    Note
    If the root has no children (i.e., the tree is ‘trivial’), then the children attribute must be omitted. For technical reasons, it cannot be specified as <root children=''>.
    ord (ordered) indicates whether or not the root is ordered.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Note
    The value true indicates that the children of the root are ordered, whereas false indicates the are unordered.
    Use if and only if ord is specified as partial on the tree element and the root has more than one child.
    outDegree gives the out degree of the root, the number of its children.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A nonnegative integer.
    Note
    The in degree of the root is always 0.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label
    Declaration
                            element 
                            root
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute children { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } },
       attribute ord { xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable" }?,
       attribute outDegree { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       label?
    }
    Example
    <root xml:id="vp1" children="#vb1 #pn1" outDegree="2">
     <label>VP</label>
    </root>
    <leaf xml:id="vb1"/>
    <leaf xml:id="pn1"/>

    <row>

    <row> contains one row of a table. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/FT.html#FTTAB1
    Module figures
    In addition to global attributes att.tableDecoration (@role, @rows, @cols)
    Used by
    May contain
    figures: cell
    Declaration
                            element 
                            row
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.tableDecoration.attributes,
       cell+
    }
    Example
    <row role="data">
     <cell role="label">Classics</cell>
     <cell>Idle listless and unimproving</cell>
    </row>

    <rs>

    <rs> (referencing string) contains a general purpose name or referring string. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/ND.html#NDPER http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONARS
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref))
    type indicates more specifically the object referred to by the referencing string. Values might include person, place, ship, element etc.
    Status Mandatory when applicable
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values Any string of characters.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            rs
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <q>My dear <rs type="person">Mr. Bennet</rs>, </q> said <rs type="person">his lady</rs>
    to him one day,
    <q>have you heard that <rs type="place">Netherfield Park</rs> is let at
    last?</q>

    <rubric>

    <rubric> contains the text of any rubric or heading attached to a particular manuscript item, that is, a string of words through which a manuscript signals the beginning of a text division, often with an assertion as to its author and title, which is in some way set off from the text itself, usually in red ink, or by use of different size or type of script, or some other such visual device. «#mscoit»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            rubric
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <rubric>Nu koma Skyckiu Rym<expan>ur</expan>.</rubric>
    <rubric>Incipit liber de consciencia humana a beatissimo Bernardo editus.</rubric>
    <rubric>
     <locus>16. f. 28v in margin: </locus>Dicta Cassiodori
    </rubric>

    <s>

    <s> (s-unit) contains a sentence-like division of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AILC http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TS.html#TSSASE
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.segLike (@function, @part) (att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            s
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.segLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Schematron

    <s:report test="tei:s">You may not nest one s element within
    another: use seg instead</s:report>
    Example
    <head>
     <s>A short affair</s>
    </head>
    <s>When are you leaving?</s>
    <s>Tomorrow.</s>
    Note
    The s element may be used to mark orthographic sentences, or any other segmentation of a text, provided that the segmentation is end-to-end, complete, and non-nesting. For segmentation which is partial or recursive, the seg should be used instead.
    The type attribute may be used to indicate the type of segmentation intended, according to any convenient typology.

    <said>

    <said> (speech or thought) indicates passages thought or spoken aloud, whether explicitly indicated in the source or not, whether directly or indirectly reported, whether by real people or fictional characters. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQQ
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.ascribed (@who)
    aloud may be used to indicate whether the quoted matter is regarded as having been vocalized or signed.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Note
    The value true indicates the encoded passage was expressed outwardly (whether spoken, signed, sung, screamed, chanted, etc.); the value false indicates that the encoded passage was thought, but not outwardly expressed.
    direct may be used to indicate whether the quoted matter is regarded as direct or indirect speech.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Note
    The value true indicates the speech or thought is represented directly; the value false that speech or thought is represented indirectly, e.g. by use of a marked verbal aspect.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            said
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.ascribed.attributes,
       attribute aloud { xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable" }?,
       attribute direct { xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable" }?,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <p>
     <said>Our minstrel here will warm the old man's heart with song, dazzle him with jewels and
       gold</said>, a troublemaker simpered. <said>He'll trample on the Duke's camellias, spill
       his wine, and blunt his sword, and say his name begins with X, and in the end the Duke
       will say, <said>Take Saralinda, with my blessing, O lordly Prince of Rags and Tags, O
         rider of the sun!</said>
     </said>
    </p>
    Example
    <p>
     <said aloud="true" rend="pre(“) post(”)">Hmmm</said>, said a small voice in his ear. <said aloud="true" rend="pre(“) post(”)">Difficult. Very difficult. Plenty of courage, I see.
       Not a bad mind either. there's talent, oh my goodness, yes — and a nice thirst to prove
       yourself, now that's interesting. … So where shall I put you?</said>
    </p>
    <p>Harry gripped the edges of the stool and thought, <said aloud="false" rend="italic">Not
       Slytherin, not Slytherin</said>.</p>

    <salute>

    <salute> (salutation) contains a salutation or greeting prefixed to a foreword, dedicatory epistle, or other division of a text, or the salutation in the closing of a letter, preface, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSCO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSOC
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element salute { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <salute>To all courteous mindes, that will voutchsafe the readinge.</salute>

    <samplingDecl>

    <samplingDecl> (sampling declaration) contains a prose description of the rationale and methods used in sampling texts in the creation of a corpus or collection. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD52 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD5 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            samplingDecl
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <samplingDecl>
     <p>Samples of up to 2000 words taken at random from the beginning, middle, or end of each
       text identified as relevant by respondents.</p>
    </samplingDecl>
    Note
    This element records all information about systematic inclusion or omission of portions of the text, whether a reflection of sampling procedures in the pure sense or of systematic omission of material deemed either too difficult to transcribe or not of sufficient interest.

    <scriptDesc>

    <scriptDesc> contains a description of the scripts used in a manuscript or similar source. «#msphwr»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    header: scriptNote
    linking: ab
    msdescription: summary
    Declaration
                            element 
                            scriptDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( summary?, scriptNote+ ) )
    }
    Example
    <scriptDesc>
     <p/>
    </scriptDesc>
    Example
    <scriptDesc>
     <summary>Contains two distinct styles of scripts </summary>
     <scriptNote xml:id="style1">.</scriptNote>
     <scriptNote xml:id="style2">.</scriptNote>
    </scriptDesc>

    <scriptNote>

    <scriptNote> describes a particular script distinguished within the description of a manuscript or similar resource. «#msph2»
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.handFeatures (@scribe, @scribeRef, @script, @scriptRef, @medium, @scope)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            scriptNote
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.handFeatures.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <scriptNote scope="sole"/>

    <seal>

    <seal> contains a description of one seal or similar attachment applied to a manuscript. «#msphse»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    contemporary specifies whether or not the seal is contemporary with the item to which it is affixed
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: decoNote
    Declaration
                            element 
                            seal
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       attribute contemporary { xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable" }?,
       ( model.pLike | decoNote )+
    }
    Example
    <seal n="2" type="pendant" subtype="cauda_duplex">
     <p>The seal of <name>Jens Olufsen</name> in black wax.
       (<ref>DAS 1061</ref>). Legend: <q>S IOHANNES OLAVI</q>.
       Parchment tag on which is written: <q>Woldorp Iohanne G</q>.</p>
    </seal>

    <sealDesc>

    <sealDesc> (seal description) describes the seals or other external items attached to a manuscript, either as a series of paragraphs or as a series of distinct seal elements, possibly with additional decoNotes. «#msphse»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    msdescription: condition decoNote seal
    Declaration
                            element 
                            sealDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( decoNote | seal | condition )+ )
    }
    Example
    <sealDesc>
     <seal type="pendant" contemporary="true">
      <p>Green wax vertical oval seal attached at base.</p>
     </seal>
    </sealDesc>
    Example
    <sealDesc>
     <p>Parchment strip for seal in place; seal missing.</p>
    </sealDesc>

    <secFol>

    <secFol> (second folio) The word or words taken from a fixed point in a codex (typically the beginning of the second leaf) in order to provide a unique identifier for it. «#msmisc»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element secFol { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <secFol>(con-)versio morum</secFol>

    <seg>

    <seg> (arbitrary segment) represents any segmentation of text below the ‘chunk’ level. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SASE http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/VE.html#VESE http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRPAL
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes att.segLike (@function, @part) (att.metrical (@met, @real, @rhyme)) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            seg
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.segLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.responsibility.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <seg>When are you leaving?</seg>
    <seg>Tomorrow.</seg>
    Example
    <s>
     <seg rend="caps" type="initial-cap">So father's only</seg> glory was the ballfield.
    </s>
    Example
    <seg type="preamble">
     <seg>Sigmund, <seg type="patronym">the son of Volsung</seg>, was a king in Frankish country.</seg>
     <seg>Sinfiotli was the eldest of his sons ...</seg>
     <seg>Borghild, Sigmund's wife, had a brother ... </seg>
    </seg>
    Note
    The seg element may be used at the encoder's discretion to mark any segments of the text of interest for processing. One use of the element is to mark text features for which no appropriate markup is otherwise defined. Another use is to provide an identifier for some segment which is to be pointed at by some other element — i.e. to provide a target, or a part of a target, for a ptr or other similar element.

    <segmentation>

    <segmentation> describes the principles according to which the text has been segmented, for example into sentences, tone-units, graphemic strata, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD53 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAS2
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            segmentation
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       model.pLike+
    }
    Example
    <segmentation>
     <p>
      <gi>s</gi> elements mark orthographic sentences and are numbered sequentially within
       their parent <gi>div</gi> element </p>
    </segmentation>
    Example
    <p>
     <gi>seg</gi> elements are used to mark functional constituents of various types within each
    <gi>s</gi>; the typology used is defined by a <gi>taxonomy</gi> element in the corpus
    header <gi>classDecl</gi>
    </p>

    <series>

    <series> (series information) contains information about the series in which a book or other bibliographic item has appeared. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOL
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            series
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       (
          text
        | model.gLiketitlerefeditorrespStmtbiblScopemodel.global
       )*
    }
    Example
    <series xml:lang="de">
     <title level="s">Halbgraue Reihe zur Historischen Fachinformatik</title>
     <respStmt>
      <resp>Herausgegeben von</resp>
      <name type="person">Manfred Thaller</name>
      <name type="org">Max-Planck-Institut für Geschichte</name>
     </respStmt>
     <title level="s">Serie A: Historische Quellenkunden</title>
     <biblScope>Band 11</biblScope>
    </series>

    <seriesStmt>

    <seriesStmt> (series statement) groups information about the series, if any, to which a publication belongs. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD26 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p respStmt title
    header: idno
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            seriesStmt
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( title+, ( idno | respStmt )* ) )
    }
    Example
    <seriesStmt>
     <title>Machine-Readable Texts for the Study of Indian Literature</title>
     <respStmt>
      <resp>ed. by</resp>
      <name>Jan Gonda</name>
     </respStmt>
     <idno type="vol">1.2</idno>
     <idno type="ISSN">0 345 6789</idno>
    </seriesStmt>

    <set>

    <set> (setting) contains a description of the setting, time, locale, appearance, etc., of the action of a play, typically found in the front matter of a printed performance text (not a stage direction). http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRFAB
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            set
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( model.headLike | model.global )*, ( ( model.common ), model.global* )* )
    }
    Example
    <set>
     <p>The action takes place on February 7th between the hours of noon and six in the
       afternoon, close to the Trenartha Tin Plate Works, on the borders of England and Wales,
       where a strike has been in progress throughout the winter.</p>
    </set>
    Example
    <set>
     <head>SCENE</head>
     <p>A Sub-Post Office on a late autumn evening</p>
    </set>
    Example
    <front>
     <set>
      <list type="gloss">
       <label>TIME</label>
       <item>1907</item>
       <label>PLACE</label>
       <item>East Coast village in England</item>
      </list>
     </set>
    </front>
    Note
    Contains paragraphs or phrase level tags.
    This element should not be used outside the front matter; for similar contextual descriptions within the body of the text, use the stage element.

    <setting>

    <setting> describes one particular setting in which a language interaction takes place. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHSE
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes att.ascribed (@who)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: date name p time
    corpus: activity locale
    linking: ab
    namesdates: persName
    Declaration
                            element 
                            setting
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.ascribed.attributes,
       (
          model.pLike+
        | ( model.nameLike.agent | model.dateLike | model.settingPart )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <setting>
     <name>New York City, US</name>
     <date>1989</date>
     <locale>on a park bench</locale>
     <activity>feeding birds</activity>
    </setting>
    Note
    If the who attribute is not supplied, the setting is assumed to be that of all participants in the language interaction.

    <settingDesc>

    <settingDesc> (setting description) describes the setting or settings within which a language interaction takes place, either as a prose description or as a series of setting elements. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAH http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD4
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    corpus: setting
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            settingDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( setting | model.placeLike )+ )
    }
    Example
    <settingDesc>
     <p>Texts recorded in the Canadian Parliament building
       in Ottawa, between April and November 1988
     </p>
    </settingDesc>
    Note
    May contain a prose description organized as paragraphs, or a series of setting elements.

    <settlement>

    <settlement> contains the name of a settlement such as a city, town, or village identified as a single geo-political or administrative unit. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/ND.html#NDPLAC
    Module namesdates
    In addition to global attributes att.naming (@role, @nymRef) (att.canonical (@key, @ref)) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            settlement
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.naming.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <placeName>
     <settlement type="town">Glasgow</settlement>
     <region>Scotland</region>
    </placeName>

    <sic>

    <sic> (latin for thus or so ) contains text reproduced although apparently incorrect or inaccurate. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDCOR
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            sic
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.responsibility.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    for his nose was as sharp as
    a pen, and <sic>a Table</sic> of green fields.
    Example

    If all that is desired is to call attention to the apparent problem in the copy text, sic may be used alone:

    I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now
    — how <sic>we can</sic> prove or disprove anyone's theories?
    Example

    It is also possible, using the choice and corr elements, to provide a corrected reading:

    I don't know, Juan. It's so far in the past now
    — how <choice>
     <sic>we can</sic>
     <corr>can we</corr>
    </choice> prove or disprove anyone's theories?
    Example
    for his nose was as sharp as
    a pen, and <choice>
     <sic>a Table</sic>
     <corr>a' babbld</corr>
    </choice> of green fields.

    <signatures>

    <signatures> contains discussion of the leaf or quire signatures found within a codex. «#msmisc»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element signatures { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <signatures>Quire and leaf signatures in letters, [b]-v, and roman
    numerals; those in quires 10 (1) and 17 (s) in red ink and different
    from others; every third quire also signed with red crayon in arabic
    numerals in the center lower margin of the first leaf recto: "2" for
    quire 4 (f. 19), "3" for quire 7 (f. 43); "4," barely visible, for
    quire 10 (f. 65), "5," in a later hand, for quire 13 (f. 89), "6," in
    a later hand, for quire 16 (f. 113).</signatures>

    <signed>

    <signed> (signature) contains the closing salutation, etc., appended to a foreword, dedicatory epistle, or other division of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSCO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSOC
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element signed { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <signed>Thine to command <name>Humph. Moseley</name>
    </signed>

    <soCalled>

    <soCalled> contains a word or phrase for which the author or narrator indicates a disclaiming of responsibility, for example by the use of scare quotes or italics. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQQ
    Module core
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element soCalled { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    To edge his way along
    the crowded paths of life, warning all human sympathy to keep its distance, was what the
    knowing ones call <soCalled>nuts</soCalled> to Scrooge.

    <sound>

    <sound> describes a sound effect or musical sequence specified within a screen play or radio script. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRTEC http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DROTH
    Module drama
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type categorizes the sound in some respect, e.g. as music, special effect, etc.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    discrete indicates whether the sound overlaps the surrounding speeches or interrupts them.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable"
    Note
    The value true indicates that the sound is heard between the surrounding speeches; the value false indicates that the sound overlaps one or more of the surrounding speeches.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            sound
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       attribute discrete { xsd:boolean | "unknown" | "inapplicable" }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <sp>
     <speaker>Benjy</speaker>
     <p>Now to business.</p>
    </sp>
    <sp>
     <speaker>Ford and Zaphod</speaker>
     <p>To business.</p>
    </sp>
    <sound discrete="true">Glasses clink.</sound>
    <sp>
     <speaker>Benjy</speaker>
     <p>I beg your pardon?</p>
    </sp>
    <sp>
     <speaker>Ford</speaker>
     <p>I'm sorry, I thought you were proposing a toast.</p>
    </sp>
    Note
    A specialized form of stage direction.

    <source>

    <source> describes the original source for the information contained with a manuscript description. «#msrh»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element source { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <source>Derived from <ref>Stanley (1960)</ref>
    </source>

    <sourceDesc>

    <sourceDesc> (source description) describes the source from which an electronic text was derived or generated, typically a bibliographic description in the case of a digitized text, or a phrase such as "born digital" for a text which has no previous existence. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD3
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    header: biblFull
    linking: ab
    msdescription: msDesc
    namesdates: listEvent listNym
    textcrit: listWit
    Declaration
                            element 
                            sourceDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       (
          model.pLike+
        | ( model.biblLike | model.sourceDescPart | model.listLike )+
       )
    }
    Example
    <sourceDesc>
     <bibl>
      <title level="a">The Interesting story of the Children in the Wood</title>. In
     <author>Victor E Neuberg</author>, <title>The Penny Histories</title>.
     <publisher>OUP</publisher>
      <date>1968</date>. </bibl>
    </sourceDesc>
    Example
    <sourceDesc>
     <p>Born digital: no previous source exists.</p>
    </sourceDesc>

    <sp>

    <sp> (speech) An individual speech in a performance text, or a passage presented as such in a prose or verse text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CODR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CODV http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRSP
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.ascribed (@who)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            sp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.ascribed.attributes,
       (
          model.global*,
          ( speaker, model.global* )?,
          (
             ( model.lLike | lg | model.pLike | model.stageLike | model.qLike ),
             model.global*
          )+
       )
    }
    Example
    <sp>
     <speaker>The reverend Doctor Opimiam</speaker>
     <p>I do not think I have named a single unpresentable fish.</p>
    </sp>
    <sp>
     <speaker>Mr Gryll</speaker>
     <p>Bream, Doctor: there is not much to be said for bream.</p>
    </sp>
    <sp>
     <speaker>The Reverend Doctor Opimiam</speaker>
     <p>On the contrary, sir, I think there is much to be said for him. In the first place....</p>
     <p>Fish, Miss Gryll — I could discourse to you on fish by the hour: but for the present I
       will forbear...</p>
    </sp>
    Note
    The who attribute on this element may be used either in addition to the speaker element or as an alternative.
    Note
    Lines or paragraphs, stage directions, and phrase-level elements.
    The who attribute on this element may be used either in addition to the speaker element or as an alternative.

    <space>

    <space> indicates the location of a significant space in the copy text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHSP
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max))
    dim (dimension) indicates whether the space is horizontal or vertical.
    Status Recommended
    Legal values are:
    horizontal
    the space is horizontal.
    vertical
    the space is vertical.
    Note
    For irregular shapes in two dimensions, the value for this attribute should reflect the more important of the two dimensions. In conventional left-right scripts, a space with both vertical and horizontal components should be classed as vertical.
    resp (responsible party) indicates the individual responsible for identifying and measuring the space.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values a pointer to one of the identifiers declared in the document header, associated with a person asserted as responsible for some aspect of the text's creation, transcription, editing, or encoding
    Used by
    May contain
    core: desc gloss
    Declaration
                            element 
                            space
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.dimensions.attributes,
       attribute dim { "horizontal" | "vertical" }?,
       attribute resp { xsd:anyURI }?,
       model.glossLike*
    }
    Example
    By god if wommen had writen storyes
    As <space quantity="7" unit="minims"/> han within her oratoryes
    Note
    This element should be used wherever it is desired to record an unusual space in the source text, e.g. space left for a word to be filled in later, for later rubrication, etc. It is not intended to be used to mark normal inter-word space or the like.

    <span>

    <span> associates an interpretative annotation directly with a span of text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AISP
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.interpLike (@type, @inst) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    from specifies the beginning of the passage being annotated; if not accompanied by a to attribute, then specifies the entire passage.
    Status Required
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of the element which occurs at the beginning of the passage.
    to specifies the end of the passage being annotated.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values The identifier of the element which occurs at the end of the passage.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            span
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.interpLike.attributes,
       attribute from { xsd:anyURI },
       attribute to { xsd:anyURI }?,
       macro.phraseSeq.limited
    }
    Example
    <p xml:id="para2">(The "aftermath" starts here)</p>
    <p xml:id="para3">(The "aftermath" continues here)</p>
    <p xml:id="para4">(The "aftermath" ends in this paragraph)</p>
    <span type="structure" from="#para2" to="#para4">aftermath</span>

    <spanGrp>

    <spanGrp> (span group) collects together span tags. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/AI.html#AISP
    Module analysis
    In addition to global attributes att.interpLike (@type, @inst) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    Used by
    May contain
    analysis: span
    Declaration
                            element 
                            spanGrp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.interpLike.attributes,
       span*
    }
    Example
    <u xml:id="UU1">Can I have ten oranges and a kilo of bananas please?</u>
    <u xml:id="UU2">Yes, anything else?</u>
    <u xml:id="UU3">No thanks.</u>
    <u xml:id="UU4">That'll be dollar forty.</u>
    <u xml:id="UU5">Two dollars</u>
    <u xml:id="UU6">Sixty, eighty, two dollars.
    <anchor xml:id="UU6e"/>Thank you.<anchor xml:id="UU6f"/>
    </u>
    <spanGrp type="transactions">
     <span from="#UU1">sale request</span>
     <span from="#UU2" to="#UU3">sale compliance</span>
     <span from="#UU4">sale</span>
     <span from="#UU5" to="#UU6">purchase</span>
     <span from="#UU6e" to="#UU6f">purchase closure</span>
    </spanGrp>

    <speaker>

    <speaker> A specialized form of heading or label, giving the name of one or more speakers in a dramatic text or fragment. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CODR
    Module core
    Used by
    sp
    May contain
    Declaration
    element speaker { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <sp who="#ni #rsa">
     <speaker>Nancy and Robert</speaker>
     <stage type="delivery">(speaking simultaneously)</stage>
     <p>The future? ...</p>
    </sp>
    <list type="speakers">
     <item xml:id="ni"/>
     <item xml:id="rsa"/>
    </list>
    <sponsor> specifies the name of a sponsoring organization or institution. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element sponsor { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq.limited }
    Example
    <sponsor>Association for Computers and the Humanities</sponsor>
    <sponsor>Association for Computational Linguistics</sponsor>
    <sponsor>Association for Literary and Linguistic Computing</sponsor>
    Note
    Sponsors give their intellectual authority to a project; they are to be distinguished from funders, who provide the funding but do not necessarily take intellectual responsibility.

    <stage>

    <stage> (stage direction) contains any kind of stage direction within a dramatic text or fragment. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CODR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CODV http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRSTA
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type indicates the kind of stage direction.
    Status Recommended
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    setting
    describes a setting.
    entrance
    describes an entrance.
    exit
    describes an exit.
    business
    describes stage business.
    novelistic
    is a narrative, motivating stage direction.
    delivery
    describes how a character speaks.
    modifier
    gives some detail about a character.
    location
    describes a location.
    mixed
    more than one of the above
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            stage
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            type
       {
          "setting"
        | "entrance"
        | "exit"
        | "business"
        | "novelistic"
        | "delivery"
        | "modifier"
        | "location"
        | "mixed"
        | xsd:Name
       }?,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <stage type="setting">A curtain being drawn.</stage>
    <stage type="setting">Music</stage>
    <stage type="entrance">Enter Husband as being thrown off his horse.</stage>
    <stage type="exit">Exit pursued by a bear.</stage>
    <stage type="business">He quickly takes the stone out.</stage>
    <stage type="delivery">To Lussurioso.</stage>
    <stage type="novelistic">Having had enough, and embarrassed for the family.</stage>
    <stage type="modifier">Disguised as Ansaldo.</stage>
    <stage type="location">At a window.</stage>
    <stage rend="inline" type="delivery">Aside.</stage>

    <stageNote> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <stageNote> documents a particular stage in the genesis of a text.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    target points to one or more elements that belong to this stage.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            stageNote
    {
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute target { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } }?,
       ( macro.specialPara | stageNote )*
    }

    <stageNotes> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <stageNotes> contains one or more descriptions of the stages which have been identified in the genesis of a text.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    ordered indicates whether or not the order in which the children of this element are presented is significant
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:boolean
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: stageNote stageNotes
    Declaration
                            element 
                            stageNotes
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       attribute ordered { xsd:boolean }?,
       ( stageNotes | stageNote )+
    }

    <stamp>

    <stamp> contains a word or phrase describing a stamp or similar device. «#mswat»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso))
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            stamp
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <rubric>Apologyticu TTVLLIANI AC IGNORATIA IN XPO IHV<lb/>
    SI NON LICET<lb/>
    NOBIS RO<lb/>
    manii imperii <stamp>Bodleian stamp</stamp>
     <lb/>
    </rubric>

    <subst>

    <subst> (substitution) groups one or more deletions with one or more additions when the combination is to be regarded as a single intervention in the text.
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) )
    type The type of substitution.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: metaMark mod redo rewrite undo used
    textcrit: app
    Declaration
                            element 
                            subst
    {
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       ( ( model.pPart.transcriptional ), ( text | model.pPart.transcriptional )+ )
    }
    Example
    ... are all included. <del hand="#RG">It is</del>
    <subst>
     <add>T</add>
     <del>t</del>
    </subst>he expressed
    Note
    Although a substitution may contain any mixture of additions and deletions; there should be an addition for each deletion bearing the same sequence number. This constraint cannot be modelled in the schema language currently deployed.

    <summary>

    <summary> contains an overview of the available information concerning some aspect of an item (for example, its intellectual content, history, layout, typography etc.) as a complement or alternative to the more detailed information carried by more specific elements.
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element summary { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <summary>This item consists of three books with a prologue and an epilogue.
    </summary>
    Example
    <typeDesc>
     <summary>Uses a mixture of Roman and Black Letter types.</summary>
     <typeNote>Antiqua typeface, showing influence of Jenson's Venetian
       fonts.</typeNote>
     <typeNote>The black letter face is a variant of Schwabacher.</typeNote>
    </typeDesc>

    <supplied>

    <supplied> signifies text supplied by the transcriber or editor for any reason, typically because the original cannot be read because of physical damage or loss to the original. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHDA
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    reason indicates why the text has had to be supplied.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values any phrase describing the difficulty, e.g. overbinding, faded ink, lost folio, omitted in original.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            supplied
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       attribute 
                            reason
       {
          list
          {
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" },
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }*
          }
       }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    I am dr Sr yr
    <supplied reason="illegible" source="#amanuensis_copy">very humble Servt</supplied>
    Sydney Smith
    Note
    The damage, gap, del, unclear and supplied elements may be closely allied in use. See section ?? for discussion of which element is appropriate for which circumstance.

    <support>

    <support> contains a description of the materials etc. which make up the physical support for the written part of a manuscript. «#msph1»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element support { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <objectDesc form="roll">
     <supportDesc>
      <support> Parchment roll with <material>silk</material> ribbons.
      </support>
     </supportDesc>
    </objectDesc>

    <supportDesc>

    <supportDesc> (support description) groups elements describing the physical support for the written part of a manuscript. «#msph1»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    material a short project-defined name for the material composing the majority of the support
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    paper
    (paper)
    parch
    (parchment)
    mixed
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    header: extent
    linking: ab
    Declaration
                            element 
                            supportDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute material { "paper" | "parch" | "mixed" | xsd:Name }?,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( support?, extent?, foliation*, collation?, condition? ) )
    }
    Example
    <supportDesc>
     <support> Parchment roll with <material>silk</material> ribbons.
     </support>
    </supportDesc>

    <surface>

    <surface> defines a written surface in terms of a rectangular coordinate space, optionally grouping one or more graphic representations of that space, and rectangular zones of interest within it.
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.coordinated (@start, @ulx, @uly, @lrx, @lry, @points) att.declaring (@decls)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            surface
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.coordinated.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       ( model.global | model.glossLike | model.graphicLike | zone | patch )*
    }
    Example
    <facsimile>
     <surface
       ulx="0"
       uly="0"
       lrx="200"
       lry="300">

      <graphic url="Bovelles-49r.png"/>
     </surface>
    </facsimile>
    Note
    The surface element represents a rectangular area of any physical surface forming part of the source material. This may be a sheet of paper, one face of a monument, a billboard, a papyrus scroll, or indeed any 2-dimensional surface.
    The coordinate space defined by this element may be thought of as a grid lrx - ulx units wide and uly - lry units high. This grid is superimposed on the whole of any image directly contained by the surface element. The coordinate values used by every zone element contained by this surface are to be understood with reference to the same grid.

    <surplus>

    <surplus> (Texte superflu) marks text present in the source which the editor believes to be superfluous or redundant. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHDA
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp))
    reason indicates the grounds for believing this text to be superfluous.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values any word describing the difficulty, e.g. repeated, interpolated etc.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            surplus
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       attribute 
                            reason
       {
          list
          {
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" },
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }*
          }
       }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    I am dr Sr yrs
    <surplus reason="repeated">yrs</surplus>
    Sydney Smith

    <surrogates>

    <surrogates> contains information about any representations of the manuscript being described which may exist in the holding institution or elsewhere. «#msad»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element surrogates { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <surrogates>
     <bibl>
      <title type="gmd">diapositive</title>
      <idno>AM 74 a, fol.</idno>
      <date>May 1984</date>
     </bibl>
     <bibl>
      <title type="gmd">b/w prints</title>
      <idno>AM 75 a, fol.</idno>
      <date>1972</date>
     </bibl>
    </surrogates>

    <table>

    <table> contains text displayed in tabular form, in rows and columns. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/FT.html#FTTAB1
    Module figures
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    rows indicates the number of rows in the table.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values If no number is supplied, an application must calculate the number of rows.
    Note
    Rows should be presented from top to bottom.
    cols (columns) indicates the number of columns in each row of the table.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values If no number is supplied, an application must calculate the number of columns.
    Note
    Within each row, columns should be presented left to right.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            table
    {
       attribute rows { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       attribute cols { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( ( model.headLike | model.global )*, ( row, model.global* )+ )
    }
    Example
    <table rows="4" cols="4">
     <head>Poor Men's Lodgings in Norfolk (Mayhew, 1843)</head>
     <row role="label">
      <cell role="data"/>
      <cell role="data">Dossing Cribs or Lodging Houses</cell>
      <cell role="data">Beds</cell>
      <cell role="data">Needys or Nightly Lodgers</cell>
     </row>
     <row role="data">
      <cell role="label">Bury St Edmund's</cell>
      <cell role="data">5</cell>
      <cell role="data">8</cell>
      <cell role="data">128</cell>
     </row>
     <row role="data">
      <cell role="label">Thetford</cell>
      <cell role="data">3</cell>
      <cell role="data">6</cell>
      <cell role="data">36</cell>
     </row>
     <row role="data">
      <cell role="label">Attleboro'</cell>
      <cell role="data">3</cell>
      <cell role="data">5</cell>
      <cell role="data">20</cell>
     </row>
     <row role="data">
      <cell role="label">Wymondham</cell>
      <cell role="data">1</cell>
      <cell role="data">11</cell>
      <cell role="data">22</cell>
     </row>
    </table>
    Note
    Contains an optional heading and a series of rows.
    Any rendition information should be supplied using the global rend attribute, at the table, row, or cell level as appropriate.

    <tag>

    <tag> contains text of a complete start- or end-tag, possibly including attribute specifications, but excluding the opening and closing markup delimiter characters. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TD
    Module tagdocs
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type indicates the type of XML tag intended
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    start
    a start-tag, with delimiters < and > is intended
    end
    an end-tag, with delimiters </ and > is intended
    empty
    a empty tag, with delimiters < and /> is intended
    pi
    a pi (processing instruction), with delimiters <? and ?> is intended
    comment
    a comment, with delimiters <!-- and --> is intended
    ms
    a marked-section, with delimiters <[CDATA[ and ]]> is intended
    scheme supplies the name of the schema in which this tag is defined.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    TEI
    (text encoding initiative) This tag is defined as part of the TEI scheme. [Default]
    DBK
    (docbook) this tag is part of the Docbook scheme.
    XX
    (unknown) this tag is part of an unknown scheme.
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
                            element 
                            tag
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "start" | "end" | "empty" | "pi" | "comment" | "ms" }?,
       attribute scheme { "TEI" | "DBK" | "XX" }?,
       text
    }
    Example
    Mark the start of each italicised phrase with a
    <tag>hi rend="it"</tag> tag, and its end with a <tag type="end">hi</tag> tag.
    <tag type="comment">Example updated on 2008-04-05</tag>

    <taxonomy>

    <taxonomy> defines a typology used to classify texts either implicitly, by means of a bibliographic citation, or explicitly by a structured taxonomy. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD55
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    header: biblFull category
    msdescription: msDesc
    Declaration
                            element 
                            taxonomy
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.glossLike* | category+ | ( ( model.biblLike ), category* ) )
    }
    Example
    <taxonomy xml:id="tax.b">
     <bibl>Brown Corpus</bibl>
     <category xml:id="tax.b.a">
      <catDesc>Press Reportage</catDesc>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.a1">
       <catDesc>Daily</catDesc>
      </category>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.a2">
       <catDesc>Sunday</catDesc>
      </category>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.a3">
       <catDesc>National</catDesc>
      </category>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.a4">
       <catDesc>Provincial</catDesc>
      </category>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.a5">
       <catDesc>Political</catDesc>
      </category>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.a6">
       <catDesc>Sports</catDesc>
      </category>
     </category>
     <category xml:id="tax.b.d">
      <catDesc>Religion</catDesc>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.d1">
       <catDesc>Books</catDesc>
      </category>
      <category xml:id="tax.b.d2">
       <catDesc>Periodicals and tracts</catDesc>
      </category>
     </category>
    </taxonomy>

    <tech>

    <tech> (technical stage direction) describes a special-purpose stage direction that is not meant for the actors. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRTEC
    Module drama
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type categorizes the technical stage direction.
    Status Optional
    Legal values are:
    light
    a lighting cue
    sound
    a sound cue
    prop
    a prop cue
    block
    a blocking instruction
    perf (performance) identifies the performance or performances to which this technical direction applies.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values The IDREFS are derived from the xml:id attribute on a performance element.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            tech
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "light" | "sound" | "prop" | "block" }?,
       attribute perf { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <tech type="light">Red spot on his face</tech>

    <teiCorpus>

    <teiCorpus> contains the whole of a TEI encoded corpus, comprising a single corpus header and one or more TEI elements, each containing a single text header and a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DS http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCDEF
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    version The version of the TEI scheme
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" }
    Values a TEI version number
    Used by
    May contain
    core: teiCorpus
    header: teiHeader
    textstructure: TEI
    Declaration
                            element 
                            teiCorpus
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute version { token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" } }?,
       ( teiHeader, ( TEI | teiCorpus )+ )
    }
    Example
    <teiCorpus version="5.2">
     <teiHeader/>
     <TEI>
      <teiHeader/>
      <text/>
     </TEI>
     <TEI>
      <teiHeader/>
      <text/>
     </TEI>
    </teiCorpus>
    Note
    Must contain one TEI header for the corpus, and a series of TEI elements, one for each text.
    This element is mandatory when applicable.

    <teiHeader>

    <teiHeader> (TEI Header) supplies the descriptive and declarative information making up an electronic title page prefixed to every TEI-conformant text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD11 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCDEF
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type specifies the kind of document to which the header is attached, for example whether it is a corpus or individual text.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    text
    the header is attached to a single text. [Default]
    corpus
    the header is attached to a corpus.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            teiHeader
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       ( fileDesc, model.teiHeaderPart*, revisionDesc? )
    }
    Example
    <teiHeader>
     <fileDesc>
      <titleStmt>
       <title>Shakespeare: the first folio (1623) in electronic form</title>
       <author>Shakespeare, William (1564–1616)</author>
       <respStmt>
        <resp>Originally prepared by</resp>
        <name>Trevor Howard-Hill</name>
       </respStmt>
       <respStmt>
        <resp>Revised and edited by</resp>
        <name>Christine Avern-Carr</name>
       </respStmt>
      </titleStmt>
      <publicationStmt>
       <distributor>Oxford Text Archive</distributor>
       <address>
        <addrLine>13 Banbury Road, Oxford OX2 6NN, UK</addrLine>
       </address>
       <idno type="OTA">119</idno>
       <availability>
        <p>Freely available on a non-commercial basis.</p>
       </availability>
       <date when="1968">1968</date>
      </publicationStmt>
      <sourceDesc>
       <bibl>The first folio of Shakespeare, prepared by Charlton Hinman (The Norton Facsimile,
           1968)</bibl>
      </sourceDesc>
     </fileDesc>
     <encodingDesc>
      <projectDesc>
       <p>Originally prepared for use in the production of a series of old-spelling
           concordances in 1968, this text was extensively checked and revised for use during the
           editing of the new Oxford Shakespeare (Wells and Taylor, 1989).</p>
      </projectDesc>
      <editorialDecl>
       <correction>
        <p>Turned letters are silently corrected.</p>
       </correction>
       <normalization>
        <p>Original spelling and typography is retained, except that long s and ligatured
             forms are not encoded.</p>
       </normalization>
      </editorialDecl>
      <refsDecl xml:id="ASLREF">
       <cRefPattern
         matchPattern="(\S+) ([^.]+)\.(.*)"
         replacementPattern="#xpath(//div1[@n='$1']/div2/[@n='$2']//lb[@n='$3'])">

        <p>A reference is created by assembling the following, in the reverse order as that
             listed here: <list>
          <item>the <att>n</att> value of the preceding <gi>lb</gi>
          </item>
          <item>a period</item>
          <item>the <att>n</att> value of the ancestor <gi>div2</gi>
          </item>
          <item>a space</item>
          <item>the <att>n</att> value of the parent <gi>div1</gi>
          </item>
         </list>
        </p>
       </cRefPattern>
      </refsDecl>
     </encodingDesc>
     <revisionDesc>
      <list>
       <item>
        <date when="1989-04-12">12 Apr 89</date> Last checked by CAC</item>
       <item>
        <date when="1989-03-01">1 Mar 89</date> LB made new file</item>
      </list>
     </revisionDesc>
    </teiHeader>
    Note
    One of the few elements unconditionally required in any TEI document.

    <term>

    <term> contains a single-word, multi-word, or symbolic designation which is regarded as a technical term. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COHQU
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls) att.pointing (@target, @evaluate) att.typed (@type, @subtype) att.canonical (@key, @ref)
    cRef identifies the associated gloss element using a canonical reference from a scheme defined in a refsDecl element in the TEI header
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values the result of applying the algorithm for the resolution of canonical references (described in section ??) should be a valid URI reference that resolves to a gloss element
    Values Le résultat de l'application de l'algorithme pour la résolution de références canoniques (décrites dans la section ??) devrait être une référence à un URI valide réductible à un élément élémentgloss
    Note
    The refsDecl to use may be indicated with the decls attribute.
    sortKey supplies the sort key for this term in an index.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }
    Values contains a single ‘word’ consisting of letters, digits, punctuation characters, or symbols; may not include whitespace.
    David's other principal backer, Josiah
    ha-Kohen <index indexName="NAMES">
     <term sortKey="Azarya_Josiah_Kohen">Josiah ha-Kohen b. Azarya</term>
    </index> b. Azarya, son of one of the last gaons of Sura was David's own first
    cousin.
    Note
    The sort key is used to determine the sequence and grouping of entries in an index; if this attribute is not supplied, the textual content of the element is used for this purpose.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            term
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       gt_att.canonical.attributes,
       attribute cRef { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute sortKey { token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    A computational device that infers structure
    from grammatical strings of words is known as a <term>parser</term>, and much of the history
    of NLP over the last 20 years has been occupied with the design of parsers.
    Example
    We may define <term xml:id="TDPV" rend="sc">discoursal point of view</term> as
    <gloss target="#TDPV">the relationship, expressed
    through discourse structure, between the implied author or some other addresser, and the
    fiction.</gloss>
    Note
    This element is used to supply the form under which an index entry is to be made for the location of a parent index element.
    In formal terminological work, there is frequently discussion over whether terms must be atomic or may include multi-word lexical items, symbolic designations, or phraseological units. The term element may be used to mark any of these. No position is taken on the philosophical issue of what a term can be; the looser definition simply allows the term element to be used by practitioners of any persuasion.
    As with other members of the att.canonical class, instances of this element occuring in a text may be associated with a canonical definition, either by means of a URI (using the ref attribute), or by means of some system-specific code value (using the key attribute). Because the mutually exclusive target and cRef attributes overlap with the function of the ref attribute, they are deprecated and may be removed at a subsequent release.

    <text>

    <text> contains a single text of any kind, whether unitary or composite, for example a poem or drama, a collection of essays, a novel, a dictionary, or a corpus sample. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DS http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCDEF
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes att.declaring (@decls) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: modSpan rewrite transposeGrp used
    figures: figure
    textcrit: witDetail
    textstructure: back body front group
    Declaration
                            element 
                            text
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declaring.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       (
          model.global*,
          ( front, model.global* )?,
          ( body | group ),
          model.global*,
          ( back, model.global* )?
       )
    }
    Example
    <text>
     <front>
      <docTitle>
       <titlePart>Autumn Haze</titlePart>
      </docTitle>
     </front>
     <body>
      <l>Is it a dragonfly or a maple leaf</l>
      <l>That settles softly down upon the water?</l>
     </body>
    </text>
    Example

    The body of a text may be replaced by a group of nested texts, as in the following schematic:

    <text>
     <front/>
     <group>
      <text>
       <front/>
       <body/>
       <back/>
      </text>
      <text/>
     </group>
    </text>
    Note
    This element should not be used to represent a text which is inserted at an arbitrary point within the structure of another, for example as in an embedded or quoted narrative; the floatingText is provided for this purpose.

    <textClass>

    <textClass> (text classification) groups information which describes the nature or topic of a text in terms of a standard classification scheme, thesaurus, etc. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD43
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            textClass
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( classCode | catRef | keywords )*
    }
    Example
    <taxonomy>
     <category xml:id="acprose">
      <catDesc>Academic prose</catDesc>
     </category>
    </taxonomy>
    <textClass>
     <catRef target="#acprose"/>
     <classCode scheme="http://www.udcc.org">001.9</classCode>
     <keywords scheme="http://authorities.loc.gov">
      <list>
       <item>End of the world</item>
       <item>History - philosophy</item>
      </list>
     </keywords>
    </textClass>

    <textDesc>

    <textDesc> (text description) provides a description of a text in terms of its situational parameters. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CC.html#CCAHTD
    Module corpus
    In addition to global attributes att.declarable (@default)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            textDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.declarable.attributes,
       ( model.textDescPart_sequence, purpose+ )
    }
    Example
    <textDesc n="Informal domestic conversation">
     <channel mode="s"/>
     <constitution type="single"/>
     <derivation type="original"/>
     <domain type="domestic"/>
     <factuality type="mixed"/>
     <interaction type="complete" active="plural" passive="many"/>
     <preparedness type="spontaneous"/>
     <purpose type="entertain" degree="high"/>
     <purpose type="inform" degree="medium"/>
    </textDesc>

    <textLang>

    <textLang> (text language) in a manuscript description, describes the languages and writing systems identified within the manuscript being described. «#mslangs»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    mainLang (main language) supplies a code which identifies the chief language used in the manuscript.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:language
    Values a recognised language ‘tag’ generated according to BCP 47 which may additionally be documented by a language element in the header
    otherLangs (other languages) one or more codes identifying any other languages used in the manuscript.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 0–∞ occurrences of  xsd:language separated by whitespace
    Values a list of codes, each of which is a recognised language ‘tag’ generated according to BCP 47 which may additionally be documented by a language element in the header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            textLang
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute mainLang { xsd:language }?,
       attribute otherLangs { list { xsd:language* } }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <textLang mainLang="en" otherLangs="la"> Predominantly in English with Latin
    glosses</textLang>
    Note
    Note that this element should not be used to document the languages or writing systems used for the description itself: as for all other TEI elements, such information should be provided by means of the global xml:lang attribute attached to the element containing the description. The same values should be used to identify languages and writing systems in all cases, and the codes used may be documented further in the language element.

    <time>

    <time> contains a phrase defining a time of day in any format. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#CONADA
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.datable (att.datable.w3c (@period, @when, @notBefore, @notAfter, @from, @to)) (att.datable.iso (@when-iso, @notBefore-iso, @notAfter-iso, @from-iso, @to-iso)) att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            time
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.datable.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       ( text | model.gLike | model.phrase | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    As he sat smiling, the
    quarter struck — <time when="11:45:00">the quarter to twelve</time>.

    <timeline>

    <timeline> (timeline) provides a set of ordered points in time which can be linked to elements of a spoken text to create a temporal alignment of that text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SASYMP
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    origin designates the origin of the timeline, i.e. the time at which it begins.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values if suppplied, must point either to one of the when elements in its content, or to another timeline element.
    Note
    If this attribute is not supplied, the implication is that the time of origin is not known.
    unit specifies the unit of time corresponding to the interval value of the timeline or of its constituent points in time.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    d
    (days)
    h
    (hours)
    min
    (minutes)
    s
    (seconds)
    ms
    (milliseconds)
    interval specifies the numeric portion of a time interval
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:float { minExclusive = "0" } | "regular" | "irregular"
    Values a positive number, or one of the two special values irregular or regular.
    Note
    The value irregular indicates uncertainty about all the intervals in the timeline; the value regular indicates that all the intervals are evenly spaced, but the size of the intervals is not known; numeric values indicate evenly spaced values of the size specified. If individual points in time in the timeline are given different values for the interval attribute, those values locally override the value given in the timeline.
    Used by
    May contain
    linking: when
    Declaration
                            element 
                            timeline
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute origin { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute unit { "d" | "h" | "min" | "s" | "ms" | xsd:Name }?,
       attribute 
                            interval
       {
          xsd:float { minExclusive = "0" } | "regular" | "irregular"
       }?,
       when+
    }
    Example
    <timeline xml:id="TL01" unit="ms">
     <when xml:id="TL-w0" absolute="11:30:00"/>
     <when xml:id="TL-w1" interval="unknown" since="#TL-w0"/>
     <when xml:id="TL-w2" interval="100" since="#TL-w1"/>
     <when xml:id="TL-w3" interval="200" since="#TL-w2"/>
     <when xml:id="TL-w4" interval="150" since="#TL-w3"/>
     <when xml:id="TL-w5" interval="250" since="#TL-w4"/>
     <when xml:id="TL-w6" interval="100" since="#TL-w5"/>
    </timeline>

    <title>

    <title> contains a title for any kind of work. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COBICOR http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD26
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.canonical (@key, @ref)
    level indicates the bibliographic level for a title, that is, whether it identifies an article, book, journal, series, or unpublished material.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Legal values are:
    a
    (analytic) analytic title (article, poem, or other item published as part of a larger item)
    m
    (monographic) monographic title (book, collection, or other item published as a distinct item, including single volumes of multi-volume works)
    j
    (journal) journal title
    s
    (series) series title
    u
    (unpublished) title of unpublished material (including theses and dissertations unless published by a commercial press)
    Note
    The level of a title is sometimes implied by its context: for example, a title appearing directly within an analytic element is ipso facto of level ‘a’, and one appearing within a series element of level ‘s’. For this reason, the level attribute is not required in contexts where its value can be unambiguously inferred. Where it is supplied in such contexts, its value should not contradict the value implied by its parent element.
    type classifies the title according to some convenient typology.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    main
    main title
    sub
    (subordinate) subtitle, title of part
    alt
    (alternate) alternate title, often in another language, by which the work is also known
    short
    abbreviated form of title
    desc
    (descriptive) descriptive paraphrase of the work functioning as a title
    Note
    This attribute is provided for convenience in analysing titles and processing them according to their type; where such specialized processing is not necessary, there is no need for such analysis, and the entire title, including subtitles and any parallel titles, may be enclosed within a single title element.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            title
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.canonical.attributes,
       attribute level { "a" | "m" | "j" | "s" | "u" }?,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <title>Information Technology and the Research Process: Proceedings of
    a conference held at Cranfield Institute of Technology, UK,
    18–21 July 1989</title>
    Example
    <title>Hardy's Tess of the D'Urbervilles: a machine readable
    edition</title>
    Example
    <title type="full">
     <title type="main">Synthèse</title>
     <title type="subtitle">an international journal for
       epistemology, methodology and history of
       science</title>
    </title>
    Note
    The attributes key and ref, inherited from the class att.canonical may be used to indicate the canonical form for the title; the former, by supplying (for example) the identifier of a record in some external library system; the latter by pointing to an XML element somewhere containing the canonical form of the title.

    <titlePage>

    <titlePage> (title page) contains the title page of a text, appearing within the front or back matter. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type classifies the title page according to any convenient typology.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values Any string, e.g. full, half, Series, etc.
    Note
    This attribute allows the same element to be used for volume title pages, series title pages, etc., as well as for the‘main’ title page of a work.
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            titlePage
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       (
          model.global*,
          ( model.titlepagePart ),
          ( model.titlepagePart | model.global )*
       )
    }
    Example
    <titlePage>
     <docTitle>
      <titlePart type="main">THOMAS OF Reading.</titlePart>
      <titlePart type="alt">OR, The sixe worthy yeomen of the West.</titlePart>
     </docTitle>
     <docEdition>Now the fourth time corrected and enlarged</docEdition>
     <byline>By T.D.</byline>
     <figure>
      <head>TP</head>
      <p>Thou shalt labor till thou returne to duste</p>
      <figDesc>Printers Ornament used by TP</figDesc>
     </figure>
     <docImprint>Printed at <name type="place">London</name> for <name>T.P.</name>
      <date>1612.</date>
     </docImprint>
    </titlePage>

    <titlePart>

    <titlePart> contains a subsection or division of the title of a work, as indicated on a title page. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSTITL
    Module textstructure
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    type specifies the role of this subdivision of the title.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    main
    main title of the work [Default]
    sub
    (subordinate) subtitle of the work
    alt
    (alternate) alternative title of the work
    short
    abbreviated form of title
    desc
    (descriptive) descriptive paraphrase of the work
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            titlePart
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute type { "main" | "sub" | "alt" | "short" | "desc" | xsd:Name }?,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    <docTitle>
     <titlePart type="main">THE FORTUNES
       AND MISFORTUNES Of the FAMOUS
       Moll Flanders, &amp;c.
     </titlePart>
     <titlePart type="desc">Who was BORN in NEWGATE,
       And during a Life of continu'd Variety for
       Threescore Years, besides her Childhood, was
       Twelve Year a <hi>Whore</hi>, five times a <hi>Wife</hi> (wherof
       once to her own Brother) Twelve Year a <hi>Thief,</hi>
       Eight Year a Transported <hi>Felon</hi> in <hi>Virginia</hi>,
       at last grew <hi>Rich</hi>, liv'd <hi>Honest</hi>, and died a
     <hi>Penitent</hi>.</titlePart>
    </docTitle>

    <titleStmt>

    <titleStmt> (title statement) groups information about the title of a work and those responsible for its intellectual content. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD21 http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/HD.html#HD2
    Module header
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element titleStmt { gt_att.global.attributes, ( title+, model.respLike* ) }
    Example
    <titleStmt>
     <title>Capgrave's Life of St. John Norbert: a machine-readable transcription</title>
     <respStmt>
      <resp>compiled by</resp>
      <name>P.J. Lucas</name>
     </respStmt>
    </titleStmt>

    <trailer>

    <trailer> contains a closing title or footer appearing at the end of a division of a text. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSCO http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DS.html#DSDTB
    Module textstructure
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element trailer { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <trailer>Explicit pars tertia</trailer>

    <transpose> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <transpose> describes a single textual transposition as an ordered list of at least two pointers specifying the order in which the elements indicated should be re-combined.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    Used by
    May contain
    core: ptr
    Declaration
    element transpose { gt_att.global.attributes, ( ptr, ptr+ ) }

    <transposeGrp> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <transposeGrp> supplies a list of transpositions indicated at some point in the text, typically by means of metamarks.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    Used by
    May contain
    derived-module-geneticExercise: transpose
    Declaration
    element transposeGrp { gt_att.global.attributes, transpose+ }

    <tree>

    <tree> encodes a tree, which is made up of a root, internal nodes, leaves, and arcs from root to leaves. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDTR
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    arity gives the maximum number of children of the root and internal nodes of the tree.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A nonnegative integer.
    ord (ordered) indicates whether or not the tree is ordered, or if it is partially ordered.
    Status Required
    Legal values are:
    true
    indicates that all of the branching nodes of the tree are ordered. [Default]
    partial
    indicates that some of the branching nodes of the tree are ordered and some are unordered.
    false
    indicates that all of the branching nodes of the tree are unordered.
    order gives the order of the tree, i.e., the number of its nodes.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Values A nonnegative integer.
    Note
    The size of a tree is always one less than its order, hence there is no need for both a size and order attribute.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label
    nets: iNode leaf root
    Declaration
                            element 
                            tree
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute arity { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       attribute ord { "true" | "partial" | "false" },
       attribute order { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       ( label?, ( ( leaf | iNode )*, root, ( leaf | iNode )* ) )
    }
    Example
    <tree
      n="ex2"
      arity="2"
      ord="partial"
      order="13">

     <root xml:id="G-div1" children="#G-plu1 #G-exp1" ord="true">
      <label>/</label>
     </root>
     <iNode
       xml:id="G-plu1"
       children="#G-exp2 #G-exp3"
       parent="#G-div1"
       ord="false">

      <label>+</label>
     </iNode>
     <iNode
       xml:id="G-exp1"
       children="#G-plu2 #G-num2.3"
       parent="#G-div1"
       ord="true">

      <label>**</label>
     </iNode>
     <iNode
       xml:id="G-exp2"
       children="#G-vara1 #G-num2.1"
       parent="#G-plu1"
       ord="true">

      <label>**</label>
     </iNode>
     <iNode
       xml:id="G-exp3"
       children="#G-varb1 #G-num2.2"
       parent="#G-plu1"
       ord="true">

      <label>**</label>
     </iNode>
     <iNode
       xml:id="G-plu2"
       children="#G-vara2 #G-varb2"
       parent="#G-exp1"
       ord="false">

      <label>+</label>
     </iNode>
     <leaf xml:id="G-vara1" parent="#G-exp2">
      <label>a</label>
     </leaf>
     <leaf xml:id="G-num2.1" parent="#G-exp2">
      <label>2</label>
     </leaf>
     <leaf xml:id="G-varb1" parent="#G-exp3">
      <label>b</label>
     </leaf>
     <leaf xml:id="G-num2.2" parent="#G-exp3">
      <label>2</label>
     </leaf>
     <leaf xml:id="G-vara2" parent="#G-plu2">
      <label>a</label>
     </leaf>
     <leaf xml:id="G-varb2" parent="#G-plu2">
      <label>b</label>
     </leaf>
     <leaf xml:id="G-num2.3" parent="#G-exp1">
      <label>2</label>
     </leaf>
    </tree>
    Note
    A root, and zero or more internal nodes and leaves, but if there is an internal node, there must also be at least one leaf.

    <triangle>

    <triangle> (underspecified embedding tree, so called because of its characteristic shape when drawn) Provides for an underspecified eTree, that is, an eTree with information left out. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/GD.html#GDAT
    Module nets
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    value provides the value of a triangle, which is the identifier of a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values A valid identifier of a feature structure or other analytic element.
    Used by
    May contain
    core: label
    Declaration
                            element 
                            triangle
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute value { xsd:anyURI }?,
       ( label?, ( eTree | triangle | eLeaf )* )
    }
    Example
    <triangle>
     <label>NP</label>
     <eLeaf>
      <label>the periscope</label>
     </eLeaf>
    </triangle>
    Note
    An optional label followed by zero or more embedding trees, triangles, or embedding leafs.

    <typeDesc>

    <typeDesc> contains a description of the typefaces or other aspects of the printing of an incunable or other printed source. «#msphwr»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    core: p
    header: typeNote
    linking: ab
    msdescription: summary
    Declaration
                            element 
                            typeDesc
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       ( model.pLike+ | ( summary?, typeNote+ ) )
    }
    Example
    <typeDesc>
     <p>Uses an unidentified black letter font, probably from the
       15th century</p>
    </typeDesc>
    Example
    <typeDesc>
     <summary>Contains a mixture of blackletter and Roman (antiqua) typefaces</summary>
     <typeNote xml:id="Frak1">Blackletter face, showing
       similarities to those produced in Wuerzburg after 1470.</typeNote>
     <typeNote xml:id="Rom1">Roman face of Venetian origins.</typeNote>
    </typeDesc>

    <typeNote>

    <typeNote> describes a particular font or other significant typographic feature distinguished within the description of a printed resource. «#msph2»
    Module header
    In addition to global attributes att.handFeatures (@scribe, @scribeRef, @script, @scriptRef, @medium, @scope)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            typeNote
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.handFeatures.attributes,
       macro.specialPara
    }
    Example
    <typeNote scope="sole"> Printed in an Antiqua typeface showing strong Italianate influence.
    </typeNote>

    <unclear>

    <unclear> contains a word, phrase, or passage which cannot be transcribed with certainty because it is illegible or inaudible in the source. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/PH.html#PHDA http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/CO.html#COEDADD
    Module core
    In addition to global attributes att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) att.typed (@type, @subtype)
    reason indicates why the material is hard to transcribe.
    Status Optional
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" } separated by whitespace
    Values one or more words describing the difficulty, e.g. faded, background noise, passing truck, illegible, eccentric ductus.
    <div>
     <head>Rx</head>
     <p>500 mg <unclear reason="illegible">placebo</unclear>
     </p>
    </div>
    hand Where the difficulty in transcription arises from action (partial deletion, etc.) assignable to an identifiable hand, signifies the hand responsible for the action.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values must be one of the hand identifiers declared in the document header (see section ??).
    agent Where the difficulty in transcription arises from damage, categorizes the cause of the damage, if it can be identified.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Sample values include:
    rubbing
    damage results from rubbing of the leaf edges
    mildew
    damage results from mildew on the leaf surface
    smoke
    damage results from smoke
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            unclear
    {
       attribute 
                            reason
       {
          list
          {
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" },
             token { pattern = "(\p{L}|\p{N}|\p{P}|\p{S})+" }*
          }
       }?,
       attribute hand { xsd:anyURI }?,
       attribute agent { xsd:Name }?,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.editLike.attributes,
       gt_att.typed.attributes,
       macro.paraContent
    }
    Example
    and from time to time invited in like manner
    his att<unclear>ention</unclear>

    Here the last few letters of the word are hard to read.

    Example
    <u> ...and then <unclear reason="background-noise">Nathalie</unclear> said ... </u>
    Note
    The same element is used for all cases of uncertainty in the transcription of element content, whether for written or spoken material. For other aspects of certainty, uncertainty, and reliability of tagging and transcription, see chapter ??.
    The damage, gap, del, unclear and supplied elements may be closely allied in use. See section ?? for discussion of which element is appropriate for which circumstance.

    <undo> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <undo> points to any marked-up intervention in a text which has subsequently been marked as to be cancelled or undone.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage)) att.spanning (@spanTo) att.transcriptional (@hand, @status, @seq) (att.editLike (@instant, @evidence, @source) (att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max)) ) (att.responsibility (@cert, @resp)) )
    target points to the element representing the intervention to be undone.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            undo
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.spanning.attributes,
       gt_att.transcriptional.attributes,
       attribute target { xsd:anyURI }?,
       empty
    }

    <unicodeName>

    <unicodeName> (unicode property name) contains the name of a registered Unicode normative or informative property.
    Module gaiji
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    version specifies the version number of the Unicode Standard in which this property name is defined.
    Status Optional
    Datatype token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" }
    Values a valid Unicode version number.
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
                            element 
                            unicodeName
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute version { token { pattern = "[\d]+(\.[\d]+){0,2}" } }?,
       text
    }
    Example
    <unicodeName>character-decomposition-mapping</unicodeName>
    <unicodeName>general-category</unicodeName>
    Note
    A definitive list of current Unicode property names is provided in The Unicode Standard.

    <used> [http://www.tei-c.org/ns/geneticEditions]

    <used> a passage of text which has been marked as used, usually meaning that it has been transcribed to a fair copy.
    Module derived-module-geneticExercise
    In addition to global attributes att.spanning (@spanTo) att.global (@xml:id, @n, @xml:lang, @rend, @rendition, @xml:base, @xml:space) (att.global.linking (@corresp, @synch, @sameAs, @copyOf, @next, @prev, @exclude, @select)) (att.global.analytic (@ana)) (att.global.facs (@facs)) (att.staged (@stage))
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
    element used { gt_att.spanning.attributes, gt_att.global.attributes, empty }
    Note
    The mark is often a strikethrough, but can be any author-specific mark.

    <val>

    <val> (value) contains a single attribute value. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TD http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TD.html#TDATT
    Module tagdocs
    Used by
    May contain Character data only
    Declaration
    element val { gt_att.global.attributes, text }
    Example
    <val>unknown</val>

    <value>

    <value> (value) contains a single value for some property, attribute, or other analysis.
    Module gaiji
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
    element value { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.xtext }
    Example
    <value>unknown</value>

    <variantEncoding>

    <variantEncoding> declares the method used to encode text-critical variants. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPEN
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    method indicates which method is used to encode the apparatus of variants.
    Status Required
    Legal values are:
    location-referenced
    apparatus uses line numbers or other canonical reference scheme referenced in a base text.
    double-end-point
    apparatus indicates the precise locations of the beginning and ending of each lemma relative to a base text.
    parallel-segmentation
    alternate readings of a passage are given in parallel in the text; no notion of a base text is necessary.
    Note
    The value ‘parallel-segmentation’ requires in-line encoding of the apparatus.
    location indicates whether the apparatus appears within the running text or external to it.
    Status Required
    Legal values are:
    internal
    apparatus appears within the running text.
    external
    apparatus appears outside the base text.
    Note
    The value ‘external’ is inconsistent with the parallel-segmentation method of apparatus markup.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            variantEncoding
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            method
       {
          "location-referenced" | "double-end-point" | "parallel-segmentation"
       },
       attribute location { "internal" | "external" },
       empty
    }
    Example
    <variantEncoding method="location-referenced" location="external"/>

    <view>

    <view> describes the visual context of some part of a screen play in terms of what the spectator sees, generally independent of any dialogue. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DRTEC http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/DR.html#DROTH
    Module drama
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element view { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.specialPara }
    Example
    <view>
     <name>Max</name> joins his daughter
    at the window. <hi>Rain</hi> sprays his
    face--
    </view>
    <view>
     <camera>Max's POV</camera> He sees occasional
    windows open, and just across from his apartment
    house, a <hi>man</hi> opens the front door of
    a brownstone--
    </view>
    Example
    <div type="shot">
     <view>BBC World symbol</view>
     <sp>
      <speaker>Voice Over</speaker>
      <p>Monty Python's Flying Circus tonight comes to you live
         from the Grillomat Snack Bar, Paignton.</p>
     </sp>
    </div>
    <div type="shot">
     <view>Interior of a nasty snack bar. Customers around, preferably
       real people. Linkman sitting at one of the plastic tables.</view>
     <sp>
      <speaker>Linkman</speaker>
      <p>Hello to you live from the Grillomat Snack Bar.
      </p>
     </sp>
    </div>
    Note
    A view is a particular form of stage direction.

    <watermark>

    <watermark> contains a word or phrase describing a watermark or similar device. «#mswat»
    Module msdescription
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element watermark { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.phraseSeq }
    Example
    <support>
     <p>
      <material>Rag paper</material> with <watermark>anchor</watermark> watermark</p>
    </support>

    <when>

    <when> indicates a point in time either relative to other elements in the same timeline tag, or absolutely. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/SA.html#SASYMP
    Module linking
    In addition to global attributes In addition to global attributes
    absolute supplies an absolute value for the time.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:date | xsd:gYear | xsd:gMonth | xsd:gDay | xsd:gYearMonth | xsd:gMonthDay | xsd:time | xsd:dateTime
    Note
    This attribute should always be specified on a when element which serves as the target for the origin attribute of a <timeLine>.
    unit specifies the unit of time in which the interval value is expressed, if this is not inherited from the parent timeline.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Suggested values include:
    d
    (days)
    h
    (hours)
    min
    (minutes)
    s
    (seconds)
    ms
    (milliseconds)
    interval specifies the numeric portion of a time interval
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:float { minExclusive = "0" } | "unknown"
    Values a positive number, or the special value unknown.
    Note
    The value unknown indicates uncertainty about the interval.
    since identifies the reference point for determining the time of the current when element, which is obtained by adding the interval to the time of the reference point.
    Status Recommended when applicable
    Datatype xsd:anyURI
    Values Should point to another when element in the same timeline.
    Note
    If this attribute is omitted, and the absolute attribute is not specified, then the reference point is understood to be the origin of the enclosing timeline tag.
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
                            element 
                            when
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       attribute 
                            absolute
       {
          xsd:date
        | xsd:gYear
        | xsd:gMonth
        | xsd:gDay
        | xsd:gYearMonth
        | xsd:gMonthDay
        | xsd:time
        | xsd:dateTime
       }?,
       attribute unit { "d" | "h" | "min" | "s" | "ms" | xsd:Name }?,
       attribute interval { xsd:float { minExclusive = "0" } | "unknown" }?,
       attribute since { xsd:anyURI }?,
       empty
    }
    Example
    <when xml:id="TW3" interval="20" since="#w2"/>
    Note
    On this element, the global xml:id attribute must be supplied to specify an identifier for this point in time. The value used may be chosen freely provided that it is unique within the document and is a syntactically valid name. There is no requirement for values containing numbers to be in sequence.

    <width>

    <width> contains a measurement measured along the axis parallel to the bottom of the written surface, i.e. perpendicular to the spine of a book or codex. «#msdim»
    Module msdescription
    In addition to global attributes att.dimensions (@unit, @quantity, @extent, @precision, @scope) (att.ranging (@atLeast, @atMost, @min, @max))
    Used by
    May contain
    gaiji: g
    Declaration
                            element 
                            width
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.dimensions.attributes,
       macro.xtext
    }
    Example
    <width unit="in">4</width>
    Note
    If used to specify the depth of a non text-bearing portion of some object, for example a monument, this element conventionally refers to the axis facing the observer, and perpendicular to that indicated by the ‘depth’ axis.

    <wit>

    <wit> contains a list of one or more sigla of witnesses attesting a given reading, in a textual variation. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPLW
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.rdgPart (@wit)
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            wit
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.rdgPart.attributes,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <rdg wit="#El #Hg">Experience</rdg>
    <wit>Ellesmere, Hengwryt</wit>
    Note
    This element represents the same information as that provided by the wit attribute of the reading; it may be used to record the exact form of the sigla given in the source edition, when that is of interest.

    <witDetail>

    <witDetail> (witness detail) gives further information about a particular witness, or witnesses, to a particular reading. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPLL
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.placement (@place) att.responsibility (@cert, @resp) att.pointing (@target, @evaluate)
    wit (witnesses) indicates the sigil or sigla for the witnesses to which the detail refers.
    Status Required
    Datatype 1–∞ occurrences of  xsd:anyURI separated by whitespace
    Values the identifier or identifiers of the sigil or sigla.
    type describes the type of information given about the witness.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:Name
    Values Values can be taken from any convenient typology of annotation suitable to the work in hand; e.g. letter_form, ornament, …
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            witDetail
    {
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.placement.attributes,
       gt_att.responsibility.attributes,
       gt_att.pointing.attributes,
       attribute wit { list { xsd:anyURI, xsd:anyURI* } },
       attribute type { xsd:Name }?,
       macro.phraseSeq
    }
    Example
    <app type="substantive">
     <rdgGrp type="subvariants">
      <lem xml:id="W026x" wit="#El #HG">Experience</lem>
      <rdg wit="#Ha4">Experiens</rdg>
     </rdgGrp>
    </app>
    <witDetail
      target="#W026x"
      resp="#PR"
      wit="#El"
      type="presentation">
    Ornamental capital.</witDetail>
    Note
    The witDetail element should be regarded as a specialized type of note element; it is synonymous with <note type='witnessDetail'>, but differs from the in the omission of some attributes seldom applicable to notes within critical apparatus, and in the provision of the wit attribute, which permits an application to extract all annotation concerning a particular witness or witnesses from the apparatus. It also differs in that the location of a witDetail element is not significant and may not be used to imply the point of attachment for the annotation; this must be explicitly given by means of the target attribute.

    <witEnd>

    <witEnd> (fragmented witness end) indicates the end, or suspension, of the text of a fragmentary witness. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPMI
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.rdgPart (@wit)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
    element witEnd { gt_att.global.attributes, gt_att.rdgPart.attributes, empty }
    Example
    <app>
     <lem wit="#El #Hg">Experience</lem>
     <rdg wit="#Ha4">Ex<g ref="#per"/>
      <witEnd/>
     </rdg>
    </app>

    <witStart>

    <witStart> (fragmented witness start) indicates the beginning, or resumption, of the text of a fragmentary witness. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPMI
    Module textcrit
    In addition to global attributes att.rdgPart (@wit)
    Used by
    May contain Empty element
    Declaration
    element witStart { gt_att.global.attributes, gt_att.rdgPart.attributes, empty }
    Example
    <app>
     <lem wit="#El #Hg">Auctoritee</lem>
     <rdg wit="#La #Ra2">auctorite</rdg>
     <rdg wit="#X">
      <witStart/>auctorite</rdg>
    </app>

    <witness>

    <witness> contains either a description of a single witness referred to within the critical apparatus, or a list of witnesses which is to be referred to by a single sigil. http://www.tei-c.org/release/doc/tei-p5-doc/en/html/TC.html#TCAPLL
    Module textcrit
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
    element witness { gt_att.global.attributes, macro.limitedContent }
    Example
    <listWit>
     <witness xml:id="EL">Ellesmere, Huntingdon Library 26.C.9</witness>
     <witness xml:id="HG">Hengwrt, National Library of Wales,
       Aberystwyth, Peniarth 392D</witness>
     <witness xml:id="RA2">Bodleian Library Rawlinson Poetic 149
       (see further <ptr
        target="http://www.examples.com/MSdescs#MSRP149"/>
    )</witness>
    </listWit>
    Note
    The content of the witness element may give bibliographic information about the witness or witness group, or it may be empty.

    <zone>

    <zone> defines a rectangular area contained within a surface element.
    Module transcr
    In addition to global attributes att.coordinated (@start, @ulx, @uly, @lrx, @lry, @points)
    rotate indicates the amount by which this zone has been rotated clockwise, with respect to the normal orientation of the parent surface element as implied by the dimensions given in the msDesc section or by the coordinates of the surface itself. The orientation is expressed in arc degrees.
    Status Optional
    Datatype xsd:nonNegativeInteger
    Used by
    May contain
    Declaration
                            element 
                            zone
    {
       attribute rotate { xsd:nonNegativeInteger }?,
       gt_att.global.attributes,
       gt_att.coordinated.attributes,
       ( text | model.zonePart | model.global )*
    }
    Example
    <facsimile>
     <surface
       ulx="50"
       uly="20"
       lrx="400"
       lry="280">

      <zone
        ulx="0"
        uly="0"
        lrx="500"
        lry="321">

       <graphic url="graphic.png "/>
      </zone>
     </surface>
    </facsimile>
    Note
    The position of every zone for a given surface is always defined by reference to the coordinate system defined for that surface. Any graphic element contained by a zone represents the whole of the zone.
    Notes
    1.
    See also the TEI’s (implicit) position on this point: ‘we define markup, or (synonymously) encoding, as any means of making explicit an interpretation of a text’ (TEI Guidelines: v. A Gentle Introduction to XML). See also reference to Robinson and Solopova 1993/1997: 21: ‘Any primary textual source… has its own semiotic system within it.[…] The two semiotic system are materially distinct, in that text written by hand is not the same as the text on the computer screen’.
    2.
    As in the case where a document describes the ordering of parts of a text contained in another document. It is the case, for instance of Beckett's That Time where the speeches of A, B and C are obsessively first subdivided and subsequently shuffled and reshuffled by the means of sequences of letters and numbers contained in a number of documents.
    3.
    Manzoni, for instance, used to modify an old draft to see how a new variant fitted with the context before copying it into a new draft.
    4.
    Graph-like data structures have many applications. An early proposal to use such a formalism for handling textual variation is Sperberg-McQueen, C.M. (1989). A directed-graph data structure for text manipulation. In: ICCH/ALLC Conference. The Dynamic Text at the University of Toronto. http://www.w3.org/People/cmsmcq/1989/rhine-delta-abstract.html. For a recent one, see Desmond Schmidt Robert Colomb (2009): A data structure for representing multi-version texts online (in International Journal of Human-Computer Studies, Volume 67 , Issue 6 (June 2009) 497-514
    Notes
    1. (Leaves81-82) (Leaves56)


    Lou BurnardFotis JannidisElena PierazzoMalte RehbeinSyd Bauman. Date: based on revision 3 of geneticTEI.xml